30000 90105_Communications_Handbook_Jan1983 90105 Communications Handbook Jan1983

User Manual: 30000-90105_Communications_Handbook_Jan1983

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 500

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

rli~ HEWLETT
a:~ PACKARD

HP 3000 Computer Systems

COMMUNICATIONS
HANDBOOK

19420 HOMESTEAD ROAD
CUPERTINO, CALIFORNIA, 95014

Part No. 30000-90105

Printed in U.S.A.
January 1983

NOTICE
The information contained in this document is subject to change
without notice.
HEWLETT-PACKARD MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND
WITH REGARD TO THIS MATERIAL, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. HewlettPackard shall not be liable for errors contained herein or for incidental
or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing, performance or use of this material.
This document contains proprietary information which is protected
by copyright. All rights are reserved. No part of this document may
be photocopied or reproduced without the prior written consent of
Hewlett-Packard Company.

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

The List of Effective Pages gives the data of the current edition and of any
pages changed in updates to that edition. Within the manual, any page changed
since the last edition is indicated by printing the date the changes were made
on the bottom of the page. Changes are marked with a vertical bar in the margin.
If an update is incorporated when an edition if reprinted, these bars are
removed but the dates remain. No information is incorporated into a reprinting
unless it appears as a prior update.
First Edition
Second Edition
Third Edition
Fourth Edition

Dec 1977
Oct 1978
Apr 1981
Jan 1983

iii

PRINTING HISTORY

New editions incorporate all update material sincethe previous edition. Update
packages, which are issued between editions, contain additional and replacement pages to be merged into the manual. The date on the title page changes
only when a new edition is published. If minor corrections and updates are
incorporated, the manual is reprinted but neither the date on the title page nor
the edition changes.
Dec 1977
Oct 1978
Apr 1981
Jan 1983

First Edition
Second Edition
Third Edition
Fourth Edition

PREFACE I

This handbook is designed for quick reference by those who install, service,
and use Hewlett-Packard data communications products. The information
herein is appropriate for both Series II and Series III 30/33/44 Computer
Systems and does not apply for Series I.
The sections in the handbook are independent of each other so that readers
need refer only to the m~terial that is relevant to their situation. To aid in
locating material, the contents of each section are listed on the title page for
\'
that section.

I CONTENTS
Section
General Information

Communications Controllers and Modems

Synchronous Communications Protocol

OSN/RJE-Remote Job Entry

OSN/MRJE-Multileaving Remote Job Entry

DSN/DS- Distributed Systems

OS/3000 to OS/1000 Distributed Systems

OSN/MTS-Multipoint Terminal Software

CS Trace Facility and Error Messages
OSN/IMF-Interactive Mainframe Facility

Datacomm Troubleshooting Guide

A I

GENERAL
INFORMATION
PAGE

CONTENT
'SCII/EBCDIC/Hollerith Table
~SCII/BYTES

A-2

Table

A-l0

Jctal/Decimal Conversion Table

A-ll

Binary Table

A-16

Decimal to Octal to Hexadecimal
EIA Modem/Terminal Interface

A-l~

A-22

ASCII/EBCDIC/Hollerith

Dec

Oct

Hex

EBCDIC

ASCII

CHAR CODE
Cntl/
Gph

to
EBCDIC
(Oct)

Hollerith

to
ASCII
(Oct)

to
ASCII
(Hex)

0
1
2
3

000
001
002
003

00
01
02
03

NUL
SOH
STX
ETX

000
001
002
003

12-0-1-8-9
12-1-9
12-2-9
12-3-9

NUL
SOH
STX
ETX

000
001
002
003

00
01
02
03

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

004
005
006
007

04
05
06
07

EOT
ENQ
ACK
BEL

067
055
056
057

7-9
0-5-8-9
0-6-8-9
0-7-8-9

PF
HT
LC
DEL

234
011
206
177

9C
09
86
7F

010
011
012
013

08
09
OA
OB

BS
HT
LF
VT

11-6-9
12-5-9
0-5-9
12-3-8-9

SMM
VT

227
215
216
013

97
80
8E
OB

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

014
015
016
017
020
021
022
023

OC
OD
OE
OF

FF
CR
SO
SI

12-4-8-9
12-5-8-9
12-6-8-9
12-7-8-9

FF
CR
SO
SI

014
015
016
017

OC
00
OE
OF

OLE
DC1
OC2
OC3

12-11-1-8-9
11-1-9
11-2-9
11-3-9

10
11
12
13

OC4
NAK
SYN
ETB
CAN
EM
SUB
ESC

074
075
062
046

4-8-9
5-8-9
2-9
0-6-9
11-8-9
11-1-8-9
7-8-9
0-7-9

235
205
010
207
030
031
222
217

90
85
08
87

030
031
077
047

DLE
OC1
OC2
TM
RES
NL
BS
IL
CAN
EM
CC
CU1

020
021
022
023

024
025
026
027
030
031
032
033

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1A
1B

026
005
045
013
014
015
016
017
020
021
022
023

18
19
92
8F

28
29
30
31

034
035
036
037

1C
1D
1E
1F

FS
GS
RS
US

034
035
036
037

11-4-8-9
11-5-8-9
11-6-8-9
11-7-8-9

IFS
IGS
IRS
IUS

034
035
036
037

1C
10
1E
. 1F

NOTE: ASCII is a seven bit code, EBCDIC is an eight bit code.

A-2

Cnd/
Gph

ASCII/EBCDIC/Hollerith

ASCII

CHAR CODE

Cntll

Dec

Oct

Hex

32
33
34
35

040
041
042
043

20
21
22
23

36
37
38
39

044
045
046
047

24
25
26
27

40
41
42
43

050
051
052
053

28
29
2A
28

(
)

44
45
46
47

054
055
056
057

2C
20
2E
2F

48
49
50
51

060
061
062
063

30
31
32
33

52
53
54
55

064
065
066
067

56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63

Gph

EBCDIC

to
EBCDIC
(Oct)

Hollerith

Cntll
Gph

to
ASCII
(Oct)

to
ASCII
(Hex)

100
117
177
173

81ank
12-7-8
7-8
3-8

OS
SOS
FS

200
201
202
203

80
81
82
83

133
154
120
175

11-3-8
0-4-8
12
5-8

8YP
LF
ET8
ESC

204
012
027
033

84
OA
17
18

12-5-8
11-5-8
11-4-8
12-6-8
0-3-8
11
12-3-8
0-1

210
211
212
213
214
005
006
007

88
89
8A
88

115
135
134
116
153
140
113
141

0
1
2
3

360
361
362
363

0
1
2
3

220
221
026
223

90
91
16
93

34
35
36
37

4
5
6
7

364
365
366
367

4
5
6
7

PN
RS
UC
EOT

224
225
226
004

94
95
96
04

070
071
072
073

38
39
3A
38

8
9

370
371
172
136

CU3

230
231
232
233

98
99
9A
98

074
075
076
077

3C
3D
3E
3F

<
=
>

8
9
2-8
11-6-8
12-4-8
6-8
0-6-8
0-7-8

024
025
236
032

14
15
9E
lA

!
"

#
%
&

*
+

,
-

:
;

114
176
156
157

SM
CU2
ENQ
ACK
BEL

SYN

OC4
NAK
SUB

8C
05
06
07

A-3

ASCII/EBCDIC/Hollerith

CHAR CODE

ASCII
Cntl/
Gph

Dec

Oct

Hex

64
65
66
67

40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47

68
69
70
71

100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107

72
73
74
75

110
111
112
113

48
49
4A
48

76
77
78
79

114
115
116
117

4C
40
4E
4F

80
81
82
83

120
121
122
123

50
51
52
53

84
85
86
87

124
125
126
127

54
55
56
57

88
89
90
91

130
131
132
133

58
59
5A
5B

92
93
94
95

134
135
136
137

5C
50
5E
5F

8
C
0

E
F
G

I
J
K

L
M

N
0
P
Q

T
U
V
W

X
y
Z
[

\
]
/\

to
EBCDIC
(Oct)

EBCDIC
Hollerith

to
ASCII
(Oct)

to
ASCII
(Hex)

040
240
241
242

20
AO
Al
A2

12-4
12-5
12-6
12-7

243
244
245
246

A3
A4
A5
A6

310
311
321
322

12-8
12-9
11-1
11-2

247
250
133
056

A7
A8
58
2E

323
324
325
326

11-3
11-4
11-5
11-6

074
050
053
041

3C
28
28
21

327
330
331
342

11-7
11-8
11-9
0-2

046
251
252
253

26
A9
AA
A8

343
344
345
346

0-3
0-4
0-5
0-6

254
255
256
257

AC
AD
AE
AF

347
350
351
112

0-7
0-8
0-9
12-2-8

260
261
135
044

80
Bl
5D
24

340
132
137
155

0-2-8
11-2-8
11-7-8
0-5-8

052
051
073
136

2A
29
3B
5E

174
301
302
303
304
305
306
307

4-8
12-1
12-2
12-3

NOTE: ASCII is a seven bit code, EBCDIC is an eight bit code.

A-4

Cntl/
Gph
SP

e
(

+
I

$
.".

)

,
--,

ASCII/EBCDIC/Hollerith

ASCII

CHAR CODE
Cntl/
Gph

Dec

Oct

Hex

96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103

140
141
142
143

60
61
62
63

144
145
146
147

64
65
66
67

104
105
106
107

150
151
152
153

68
69
6A
68

i
j
k

108
109
110
111

154
155
156
157

6C
6D
6E
6F

112
113
114
115

160
161
162
163

70
71
72
73

116
117
118
119

164
165
166
167

74
75
76
77

120
121
122
123

170
171
172
173

78
79
7A
78

124
125
126
127

174
175
176
177

7C
7D
7E
7F

a
b

c
d

e
f

I
m
n
0

q
r

s
t

v
w
x
y
z

{
I

}
'"'-I

DEL

to
EBCDIC
(Oct)

EBCDIC
Hollerith

171
201
202
203

1-8
12-0-1
12-0-2
12-0-3

204
205
206
207

Cntl/
Gph

to
ASCII
(Oct)

to
ASCII
(Hex)

055
057
262
263

20
2F
82
83

12-0-4
12-0-5
12-0-6
12-0-7

264
265
266
267

84
85
86
87

210
211
221
222

12-0-8
12-0-9
12-11-1
12-11-2

88
89
7C
2C

223
224
225
226

12-11-3
12-11-4
12-11-5
12-11-6

270
271
174
054
045
137
076
077

25
5F
3E
3F

227
230
231
242

12-11-7
12-11-8
12-11-9
11-0-2

272
273
274
275

8A
88
8C
80

243
244
245
246

11-0-3
11-0-4
11-0-5
11-0-6

276
277
300
301

8E
8F
CO
C1

247
250
251
300

11-0-7
11-0-8
11-0-9
12-0

302
140
072
043

C2
69
3A
23

152
320
241
007

12-11
11-0
11-0-1
12-7-9

100
047
075
042

40
27
3D
22

,
%

>
?

#
@

A-5

ASCII/EBCDIC/Hollerith

EBCDIC

ASCII

CHAR CODe
Cntl/
Gph

to
EBCDIC
(Oct)

Hollerith

Oct

Hex

128
129
130
131

200
201
202
203

80
81
82
83

040
041
042
043

11-0-1-8-9
0-1-9
0-2-9
0-3-9

132
133
134
135

204
205
206
207

84
85
86
87

044
025
006
027

0-4-9
11-5-9
12-6-9
11-7-9

136
137
138
139

210
211
212
213

88
89
8A
88

050
051
052
053

0-8-9
0-1-8-9
0-2-8-9
0-3-8-9

h
i

140
141
142
143

214
215
216
217

8C
8D
8E
8F

054
011
012
033

0-4-8-9
12-1-8-9
12-2-8-9
11-3-8-9

144
145
146
147

220
221
222
223

90
91
92
93

060
061
032
063

12-11-0-1-8-9
1-9
11-2-8-9
3-9

148
149
150
151

224
225
226
227

94
95
96
97

064
065
066
010

4-9
5-9
6-9
12-8-9

m
n

152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159

230
231
232

98
99
9A
98
9C
9D
9E
9F

070
071
072
073
004
024
076
341

8-9
1-8-9
2-8-9
3-8-9
12-4-9
11-4-9
6-8-9
11-0-1-9

q
r

233

234
235
236
237

NOTE: ASCII is a seven bit code, EBCDIC is an eight bit code.

A-6

Cntl/
Gph

Dec

a
b

c
e
f
9

k
I

to
ASCII
(Oct)

to
ASCII
(Hex)

303
141
142
143

C3
61
62
63

144
145
146
147

65
66
67

150
151
304
305

68
C4
C5

306
307
310
311

C6
C7
C8

312
152
153
154

CA
6A
68
6C

155
156
157
160

6D
6E
6F
70

161
162
313
314
315
316
317
320

71
72
C8
CC
CD
CE
CF
DO

ASCII/EBCDIC/Hollerith

CHARCODE

ASCII
Cotl/
Gph

to
EBCDIC
(Oct)

Dec

Oct

Hex

160
161
162
163

240
241
242
243

AO
A1
A2
A3

101
102
103
104

12-0-3-9
12-0-4-9

164
165
166
167

244
245
246
247

A4
A5
A6
A7

105
106
107
110

12-0-5-9
12-0-6-9
12-0-7-9
12-0-8-9

168
169
170
171

250
251
252
253

A8
A9
AA
AB

111
121
122
123

12-1-8
12-11-1-9
12-11-2-9
12-11-3';9

172
173
174
175

254
255
256
257

AC
AO
AE
AF

124
125
126
127

176
177
178
179

260
261
262
263

BO
B1
B2
B3

180
181
182
183

264
265
266
267

184
185
186
187

270
271
272
273

188
189
190
191

274
275
276
277

Hollerith

Cntl/
Gph

to
ASCII
(Oct)

to
ASCII
(Hex)

321
176
163
164

01
7E
73
74

165
166
167
170

75
76
77
78

171
172
322
323

79
7A
02
03

12-11-4-9
12-11-5-9
12-11-6-9
12-11-7-9

324
325
326
327

04
05
06
07

130
131
142
143

12-11-8-9
11-1-8
11-0-2-9
11-0-3-9

330
331
332
333

08
09

84
85
B6
B7

144
145
146
147

11-0-4-9
11-0-5-9
11-0-6-9
11-0-7-9

334
335
336
337

OC
00
OE
OF

B8
B9
BA
BB

150
151
160
161

11-0-8-9
0-1-8
12-11-0
12-11-0-1-9

340
341
342
343

EO
E1

344
345
346
347

E4
E5
E6
E7

BC
BO
BE
BF

162
163
164
165

12-0-1-9
12~0-2-9

12-11-0-2-9
12-11-0-3-9
12-11-0-4-9
12-11 -0-5-9

s
t

u
v

w
x
y

A-7

ASCII/EBCDIC/Hollerith

CHAR CODE

ASCII
Cntll
Gph

EBCDIC

to
EBCDIC
(Oct)

Hollerith

Oct

Hex

192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203

300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307

CO
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7

166
167
170
200

12-11-0-6-9
12-11-0-7-9
12-11-0-8-9
12-0-1-8

{

212
213
214
215

12-0-2-8
12-0-3-8
12-0-4-8
12-0-5-8

0
E
F

310
311
312
313

C8
C9
CA
CB

216
2'17
220
232

12-0-6-8
12-0-7-8
12-11-1-8
12-11-2-8

204
205
206
207

314
315
316
317

CC
CO
CE
CF

233
234
235
236

12-11-3-8
12-11-4-8
12-11-5-8
12-11-6-8

208
209
210
211

320
321
322
323

DO
01
02
03

237
240
252
253

12-11-7-8
11-0-1-8
11-0-2-8
11-0-3-8

}

212
213
214
215

324
325
326
327

04
05
06
07

254
255
256
257

11-0-4-8
11-0-5-8
11-0-6-8
11-0-7-8

M
N

216
217
218
219

330
331
332
333

08
09
OA
DB

260
261
262
263

12-11-0-1-8
12-11-0-1
12-11-0-2
12-11-0-3

220
221
222
223

334
335
336
337

DC
DO
DE
OF

264
265
266
267

12-11-0-4
12-11-0-5
12-11-0-6
12-11-0-7

NOTE: ASCII is a seven bit code, EBCDIC is an eight bit code.

A-a

Cntll

Dec

Gph

A
B
C

G
I

J
K

0
P
Q

to
ASCII
(Oct)

to
ASCII
(Hex)

173
101
102
103

7B
41
42
43

104
105
106
107

44
45
46
47

110
111
350
351

48
49
E8
E9

352
353
354
355

EA
EB
EC
ED

175
112
113
114

70
4A
4B
4C

115
116
117
120

40
4E
4F
50

121
122
356
357

51
52
EE
EF

360
361
362
363

FO
F1
F2
F3

ASCII/EBCDIC/Hollerith

ASCII

CHAR CODE
Cntll
Gph

to
EBCDIC
(Oct)

EBCDIC
Hollerith

Dec

Oct

Hex

224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231

340
341
342
343

EO
E1
E2
E3

270
271
272
273

12-11-0-8
12-11-0-9
12-11 -0-2-8
12-11-0-3-8

344
345
346
347

E4
E5
E6
E7

274
275
276
277

12-11 -0-4-8
12-11-0-5-8
12-11-0-6-8
12-11-0-7-8

232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239

350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357

E8
E9
EA
EB
EC
ED

12-0-2-8-9
12-0-3-8-9
12-0-4-8-9
12-0-5-8-9
12-0-6-8-9
12-0-7-8-9
12-11-2-8-9
12-11-3-8-9

240
241
242
243

360
361
362
363

FO
F1
F2
F3

312
313
314
315
316
317
332
333
334
335
336
337

12-11-4-8-9
12-11-5-8-9
12-11-6-8-9
12-11-7-8-9

244
245
246
247

364
365
366
367

F4
F5
F6
F7

352
353
354
355

248
249
250
251

370
371
372
373

F8
F9
FA
FB

252
253
254
255

374
375
376
377

FC
FD
FE
FF

Cntll
Gph

to
ASCII
(Oct)

to
ASCII
(Hex)

134
237
123
124

5C
9F
53
54

125
126
127
130

55
56
57
58

131
132
364
365
366
367
370
371

59
5A
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9

0
1
2
3

060
061
062
063

30
31
32
33

11-0-2-8-9
11-0-3-8-9
11-0-4-8-9
11-0-5-8-9

4
5
6
7

064
065
066
067

34
35
36
37

356
357
372
373

11-0-6-8-9
11-0-7-8-9
12-11-0-2-8-9
12-11-0-3-8-9

8
9

070
071
372
373

38
39
FA
FB

374
375
376
377

12-11-0-4-8-9
12-11-0-5-8-9
12-11-0-6-8-9
12-11-0-7-8-9

374
375
376
377

FC
FD
FE
FF

T
U
V

W
X

y
Z

A-9

ASCII/BYTES

BYTE POSITION
Left

Right

Dec.

A
B
C
0
E
F
G
H

040400
041000
041400
042000
042400
043000
043400
044000
044400
045000
045400
046000
046400
047000
047400
050000
050400
051000
051400
052000
052400
053000
053400
054000
054400
055000

000101
000102
000103
000104
000105
000106
000107
000110
000111
000112
000113
000114
000115
000116
000117
000120
000121
000122
000123
000124
000125
000126
000127
000130
000131
000132

65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76

I
J

K
L.
M
N

0
I

\
/

BYTE POSITION

CHAR

0
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z

78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90

060400
061000
061400
062000
062400
063000
063400
064000
064400
065000
065400
066000
066400
067000
067400
070000
070400
071000
071400
072000
072400
073000
073400
074000
074400
075000

000141
000142
000143
000144
000145
000146
000147
000150
000151
000152
000153
000154
000155
000156
000157
000160
000161
000162
000163
000164
000165
000166
000167
000170
000171
000172

97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

030000
030400
031000
031400
032000
032400
033000
033400
034000
034400

000060
000061
000062
000063
000064
000065
000066
000067
000070

48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56

tJ
c
d
f!

q
h
I
J

k
I
rn
11
(J

Jl
q
r
~

t
1I

w
x
y

00007_~~

CHAR

Left

Rlqht

Ope

NUL 000000 000000
0
1
SOH
000400 000001
STX
001000 000002
2
ETX
001400 000003
3
4
EOT
002000 000004
ENO 002400 000005
5
ACK 003000 000006
6
BEL
003400 000007
7
BS
004000 000010
8
HT
004400 000011
9
LF
005000 000012 10
VT
005400 000013 11
FF
006000 000014 12
CR
006400 000015 13
SO
007000 000016 14
SI
007400 000017 15
OLE
010000 000020 16
DCl
010400 000021
17
DC2
011000 000022 18
DC3
011400 000023 19
DC4
012000 000024 20
NAK 012400 000025 21
SYN
013000 000026 22
i ETB 013400 000027 23
CAN 014000 000030 I 24
I EM
014400 000031
25
SUB
015000 000032 26
ESC
015400 000033 27
FS
016000 000034 28
GS
016400 0000351 29
RS
017000
30
US
017400 gggg~~ ! 31
SPACE 020000 000040 I 32
I
020400 000041 I 33
"
021000 000042 34
021400 000043 35
022000 000044 36
S
022400 000045 37
023000 000046 38
I
~
023400 000047 39
(
024000 000050 40
)
024400 000051 41
025000 000052 42
+
025400 000053 43
026000 000054 44
I
0264CJO 000055 45
027000 000056 46
I
027400 000057 47
/
:
035000 000072 58
035400 000073 59
;
036000 000074 60
036400 000075 61
037000 000076 62
)
037400 000077 63
(i,)
040000 000100 64
[
055400 000133 91
056000 000134 92
056400 000135 93
I
057000 000136 94
057400 000137 95
060000 000140 96
I
075400 000173 123
\
:
076000 000174 124
\
076400 000175 125
onooo 000176 126
"""
DEL 077400 000177 127

CD An

Control Char
@

B
C

E
F

G
H
I

J
K
L

M
N
0
P
0
R
S

(X ON)
(X OFF)

U
V
W
X
Y

Z
[

]
-

)

(2)

alrhabetir: character upshift turns bit two on
control character turns bit one off; however, terminal software
may prevent you from using a speci fic control character.

(2) A

NOTE: ASCII is a seven bit code

A-10

Octal/Decimal Conversion

2'S

COMP
0
177770
177760
177750
177740
177730
177720
177710

0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70

0
8
16
24
32
40
48
56

1
9
17
25
33
41
49
57

2
10
18
26
34
42
50
58

3
11
19
27
35
43
51
59

4
12
20
28
36
44
52
60

5
13
21
29
37
45
53
61

6
14
22
30
38
46
54
62

7
15
23
31
39
47
55
63

177700
177670
177660
177650
177640
177630
177620
177610

100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170

64
72
80
88
96
104
112
120

65
73
81
89
97
105
113
121

66
74
82
90
98
106
114
122

67
75
83
91
99
107
115
123

68
76
84
92
100
108
116
124

69
77
85
93
101
109
117
125

70
78
86
94
102
110
118
126

71
79
87
95
103
111
119
127

177600
177570
177560
177550
177540
177530
177520
177510

200
210
220
230
240
250
260
270

128
136
144
152
160
168
176
184

129
137
145
153
161
169
177
185

130
138
146
154
162
170
178
186

131
139
147
155
163
171
179
187

132
140
148
156
164
172
180
188

133
141
149
157
165
173
181
189

134
142
150
158
166
174
182
190

135
143
151
159
167
175
183
191

177500
177470
177460
1774fiO
177440
177430
177420
177410

300
310
320
330
340
350
360
370

192
200
208
216
224
232
240
248

193
201
209
217
225
233
241
249

194
202
210
218
226
234
242
250

195
203
211
219
227
235
243
251

196
204
212
220
228
236
244
252

197
205
213
221
229
237
245
253

198
206
214
222
230
238
246
254

199
207
215
223
231
239
247
255

A-l1

Octal/Decimal Conversion

2'8

COMP

177400
177370
177360
177350
177340
177330
177320
177310

400
410
420
430
440
450
460
470

256
264
272
280
288
296
304
312

257
265
273
281
289
297
305
313

258
266
274
282
290
298
306
314

259
267
275
283
291
299
307
315

260
268
276
284
292
300
308
316

261
269
277
285
293
301
309
317

262
270
278
286
294
302
310
318

263
271
279
287
295
303
311
319

177300
177270
177260
177250
177240
177230
177220
177210

500
510
520
530
540
550
560
570

320
328
336
344
352
360
368
376

321
329
337
345
353
361
369
377

322
330
338
346
354
362
370
378

323
331
339
347
355
363
371
379

324
332
340
348
356
364
372
380

325
333
341
349
357
365
373
381

326
334
342
350
358
366
374
382

327
335
343
351
359
367
375
383

177200
177170
177160
177150
177140
177130
177120
177110

600
610
620
630
640
650
660
670

384
392
400
408
416
424
432
440

385
393
401
409
417
425
433
441

386
394
402
410
418
426
434
442

387
395
403
411
419
427
435
443

388
396
404
412
420
428
436
444

389
397
405
413
421
429
437
445

390
398
406
414
422
430
438
446

391
399
407
415
423
431
439
447

177100
177070
177060
177050
177040
177030
177020
177010

700
710
720
730
740
750
760
770

448
456
464
472
480
488
496
504

449
457
465
473
481
489
497
505

450
458
466
474
482
490
498
506

451
459
467
475
483
491
499
507

452
460
468
476
484
492
500
508

453
461
469
477
485
493
501
509

454
462
470
478
486
494
502
510

455
463
471
479
487
495
503
511

A-12

Octal/Decimal Conversion

2'S

COMP

177000
176770
176760
176750
176740
176730
176720
176710

1000
1010
1020
1030
1040
1050
1060
1070

512
520
528
536
544
552
560
568

513
521
529
537
545
553
561
569

514
522
530
538
546
554
562
570

515
523
531
539
547
555
563
571

516
524
532
540
548
556
564
572

517
525
533
541
549
557
565
573

518
526
534
542
550
558
566
574

519
527
535
543
551
559
567
575

176700
176670
176660
176650
176640
176630
176620
176610

1100
1110
1120
1130
1140
1150
1160
1170

576
584
592
600
608
616
624
632

577
585
593
601
609
617
625
633

578
586
594
602
610
618
626
634

579
587
595
603
611
619
627
635

580
588
596
604
612
620
628
636

581
589
597
605
613
621
629
637

582
590
598
606
614
622
630
638

583
591
599
607
615
623
631
639

176600
176570
176560
176550
176540
176530
176520
176510

1200
1210
1220
1230
1240
1250
1260
1270

640
648
656
664
672
680
688
696

641
649
657
665
673
681
689
697

642
650
658
666
674
682
690
698

643
651
659
667
675
683
691
699

644
652
660
668
676
684
692
700

645
653
661
669
677
685
693
701

646
654
662
670
678
686
694
702

647
655
663
671
679
687
695
703

176500
176470
176460
176450
176440
176430
176420
176410

1300
1310
1320
1330
1340
1350
1360
1370

704
712
720
728
736
744
752
760

705
713
721
729
737
745
753
761

706
714
722
730
738
746
754
762

707
715
723
731
739
747
755
763

708
716
724
732
740
748
756
764

709
717
725
733
741
749
757
765

710
718
726
734
742
750
758
766

711
719
727
735 .
743
751
759
767

A-13

Octal/Decimal Conversion

2'S

COMP

176400
176370
176360
176350
176340
176330
176320
176310

1400
1410
1420
1430
1440
1450
1460
1470

768
776
784
792
800
808
816
824

769
777
785
793
801
809
817
825

770
778
786
794
802
810
818
826

771
779
787
795
803
811
819
827

772
780
788
796
804
812
820
828

773
781
789
797
805
813
821
829

774
782
790
798
806
814
822
830

775
783
791
799
807
815
823
831

176300
176270
176260
176250
176240
176230
176220
176210

1500
1510
1520
1530
1540
1550
1560
1570

832
840
848
856
864
872
880
888

833
841
849
857
865
873
881
889

834
842
850
858
866
874
882
890

835
843
851
859
867
875
883
891

836
844
852
860
868
876
884
892

837
845
853
861
869
877
885
893

838
846
854
862
870
878
886
894

839
847
855
863
871
879
887
895

176200
176170
176160
176150
176140
176130
176120
176110

1600
1610
1620
1630
1640
1650
1660
1670

896
904
912
920
928
936
944
952

897
905
913
921
929
937
945
953

898
906
914
922
930
938
946
954

899
907
915
923
931
939
947
955

900
908
916
924
932
940
·948
956

901
909
917
925
933
941
949
957

902
910
918
926
934
942
950
958

903
911
919
927
935
943
951
959

176100
176070
176060
176050
176040
176030
176020
176010

1700
1710
1720
1730
1740
1750
1760
1770

960
968
976
984
992
1000
1008
1016

961
969
977
985
993
1001
1009
1017

962
970
978
986
994
1002
1010
1018

963
971
979
987
995
1003
1011
1019

964
972
980
988
996
1004
1012
1020

965
973
981
989
997
1005
1013
1021

966
974
982
990
998
1006
1014
1022

967
975
983
991
999
1007
1015
1023

A-14

Octal/Decimal Conversion

(ASSUME 16 BIT POSITIVE INTEGER)
OCTAL DECIMAL

OCTAL DECIMAL

0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000

0
512
1024
1536
2048
2560
3072
3584

60000
61000
62000
63000
64000
65000
66000
67000

24576
25088
25600
26112
26624
27136
27648
28160

140000
141000
142000
143000
144000
145000
146000
147000

49152
49664
50176
50688
51200
51712
52224
52736

10000
11000
12000
13000
14000
15000
16000
17000

4096
4608
5120
5632
6144
6656
7168
7680

70000
71000
72000
73000
74000
75000
76000
77000

28672
29184
29696
30208
30720
31232
31744
32256

150000
151000
152000
153000
154000
155000
156000
157000

53248
53760
54272
54784
55296
55808
56320
56832

20000
21000
22000
23000
24000
25000
26000
27000

8192
8704
9216
9728
10240
10752
11264
11776

100000
101000
102000
103000
104000
105000
106000
107000

32768
33280
33792
34304
34816
35328
35840
36352

160000
161000
162000
163000
164000
165000
166000
167000

57344
57856
58368
58880
59392
59904
60416
60928

30000
31000
32000
33000
34000
35000
36000
37000

12288
12800
13312
13824
14336
14848
15360
15872

110000
111000
112000
113000
114000
115000
116000
117000

36864
37376
37888
38400
38912
39424
39936
40448

170000
171000
172000
173000
174000
175000
176000
177000

61440
61952
62464
62976
63488
64000
64512
65024

40000
41000
42000
43000
44000
45000
46000
47000

16384
16896
17408
17920
18432
18944
19456
19968

120000
121000
122000
123000
124000
125000
126000
127000

40960
41472
41984
42496
43008
43520
44032
44544

177777

65535

50000
51000
52000
53000
54000
55000
56000
57000

20480
20992
21504
22016
22528
23040
23552
24064

130000
131000
132000
133000
134000
135000
136000
137000

45056
45568
46080
46592
47104
47616
48128
48640

A-15

Binary

1
2
4
8
16
32
64
128
256

2-"

0 1.0
1 0.5
2 0.25
3 0.125
4 0.0625
5 0.03125
6 0.01562 5
7 0.00781 25
8 0.00390 625

512 9 0.00195 3125
1 024 10 0.00097 65625
2 048 11 0.00048 82812 5
4 096 12 0.00024 41406 25
8 192 13 0.00012 20703 125
16 384 14 0.00006 10351 5625
32 768 15 0.00003 05175 78125
65 536 16 0.00001 52587 89062 5
131 072 17 0.00000 76293 94531 25
262 144 18 0.00000 38146 97265 625
524 288 19 0.00000 19073 48632 8125
1 048 576 20 0.00000 09536 74316 40625

A-16

Binary

2-"

2 097 152 21 0.00000 04768 37158 20312 5
4 194 304 22 0.00000 02384 18579 10156 25
8 388 608 23 0.00000 01192 09289 55078 125
16 777 216 24 0.00000 00596 04644 77539 0625
33 554 432 25 0.00000 00298 02322 38769 53125
67 108 864 26 0.00000 00149 01161 19384 76562 5
134 217 728 27 0.00000 00074 50580 59692 38281 25
268 435 456 28 0.00000 00037 25290 29846 19140 625
536 870 912 29 0.00000 00018 62645 14923 09570 3125
1 073 741 824 30 0.00000 00009 31322 57461 54785 15625
2 147 483 648 31 0.00000 00004 65661 28730 77392 57812 5
4 294 967 296 32 0.00000 00002 32830 64365 38696 28906 25
8 589 934 592 33 0.00000 00001 16415 32182 69348 14453 125
17 179 869 184 34 0.00000 00000 58207 66091 34674 07226 5625
34 359 738 368 35 0.00000 00000 29103 83045 67337 03613 28125

68 719 476 736 36 0.00000 00000 14551 91522 83668 51806 64062 5
137 438 953 472 37 0.00000 00000 07275 95761 41834 25903 32031 25
274 877 906 944 38 0.00000 00000 03637 97880 70917 12951 66015 625
549 755 813 888 39 0.00000 00000 01818 98940 35458 56475 83007 8125

A-17

Decimal to Octal to Hexadecimal

Decimal

Octal

0 000000
1 000001
2 000002
3 000003
4 000004
5 000005
6 000006
7 0000U7
8 00001U
9 000011
10 000012
11 000013
12 000014
13 000015
14 000016
15 000017
16 000020
17 000021
18 000022
19 000023
20'000024
21 000025
22 000026
23 000027
24 000030
25 000031
26 000032
27 000033
28 000034
29 000035
30 000036
31 000037
32 000040
33 000041
34 000042
35 000043
36 000044
37 000045
38 000046
39 000047
40 000050
41 000051
42 000052
43 000053
44 000054
45 000055
46 000056
47 000057
48 000060
49 000061
50 000062
51 000063
52 000064
53 000065
54 000066
55 000067
56 000070
57 000071
58 000072
59 000073
60 000074
61 000075
62 000076
63 000077

A-18

Hex

0000
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
0006
0007
0008
0009
aOOA
OOOB
OOOC
0000
OOOE
OOOF
0010
0011
0012
0013
0014
0015
U016
0017
0018
0019
001A
001B
001C
001D
001E
001F
0020
0021
0022
0023
0024
0025
0026
0027
0028
0029
002A
0028
002C
0020
002E
002F
0030
0031
0032
0033
0034
0035
0036
0037
0038
0039
003A
0038
003C
0030
003E
003F

Decimal

Octal

Hex

64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110

000100
000101
000102
000103
000104
000105
000106
000107
000110
000111
000112
000113
000114
000115
000116
000117
000120
000121
000122
000123
000124
000125
000126
000127
000130
000131
000132
000133
000134
000135
000136
000137
000140
000141
000142
000143
000144
0001.45
000146
000147
000150
000151
000152
000153
000154
000155
000156
000157
000160
000161
000162
000163
000164
000165
000166
000167
000170
000171
000172
000173
000174
000175
000176
000177

0040
0041
0042
0043
0044
0045
0046
0047
0048
0049
004A
004B
004C
0040
004E
004F
0050
0051
0052
0053
0054
0055
0056
0057
0058
0059
005A
005B
005C
005D
005E
005F
0060
0061
0062
0063
0064
0065
0066
0067
0068
0069
006A
0068
006C
0060
006E
006F
0070
0071
0072
0073
0074
0075
0076
0077
0078
0079
007A
0078
007C
007D
007E
007F

III

112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127

Decimal to Octal to Hexadecimal

Decimal

Octal

Hex

Decimal

Octal

Hex

128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191

000200
0002Ul
000202
000203
000204
000205
000206
000207
000210
00U211
000212
000213
000214
000215
000216
000217
000220
000221
000222
000223
000224
000225
000226
000227
000230
000231
000232
000233
000234
000235
000236
000237
000240
000241
000242
000243
000244
000245
000246
000247
000250
000251
000252
000253
000254
000255
000256
000257
000260
000261
000262
000263
000264
000265
000266
000267
000270
000271
000272
000273
000274
000275
000276
000277

ooeo
0081
0082
0083
0084
0085
ooe6
0087
0088
0089
008A
0088
UOSC
ooeo
U08E
ooeF
0090
0091
0092
0093
0094
0095
0096
0097
009es
0099
009/\
0098
Q09C
0090
009E

192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255

000300
000301
000302
000303
000304
000305
000306
000307
000310
000311
000312
000313
000314
00U315
000316
U00317
000320
000321
000322
00U323
000324
000325
000326
000327
00033U
000331
000332
000333
000334
000335
000336
000337
000340
000341
000342
000343
00U344
000345
00U346
000347
000350
000351
000352
000353
000354
000355
000356
000357
000360
000361
000362
000363
000364
000365
000366
000367
000370
000371
000372
000373
000374
000375
000376
000377

ooeo
ooel
00e2
oue3
ooe4
ooe5
ooe6
ooe7
OOC8
oue9
ooe!\.
UUC13
uoee
uoco
UOCE
ooeF
UOuo
OOUI
OOU2
00U3
0004
00U5
00U6
0007
ooue
00U9
OOOA
00013
OOOC
OOuu
UODE
OOOF
OOEO
00El
00E2
00E3
00E4
00E5
UOE6
00E7
00E8
00E9
OOEA
OOE13
OOEC
LlOl::U
OOEE
OOl::F
UOFU
00F1
UOF2
00F3
00F4
OOFS
00£0'6
00F7
00F8
LlOF9
OOFA
UOF8
UOFC
OOFD
UOFt:.:
OOFF

009E'

OOAO
QOAl
00A2
00A3
00A4
00A5
00A6
00A7
00A8
00A9
OOAA
OOAS
OOAC
OOAO
OOAE
OOAF
OOBO
0081
0082
00133

0084
00135
00136
00B7
00138
0089
OOSA
0088

oose
OOBO
OOBE
OOBF

A-19

Decimal to Octal to Hexadecimal

A-20

Oecimal

Octal

Hex

Oecimal

Octal

Hex

0
256
512
768
1024
1280
1536
1792
2048
2304
2560
2816
3072
3328
3584
3840
4096
4352
4608
4864
5120
5376
5632
5888
6144
6400
6656
6912
7168
7424
7680
7936
8192
8448
8704
8960
9216
9472
9728
9984
10240
10496
10752
11008
11264
11520
11776
·12032
12288
12544
12800
13056
13312
13568
13824
14080
14336
14592
14848
15104
15360
15616
15872
16128

000000
000400
001000
001400
002000
002400
003000
003400
004000
004400
005000
005400
006000
006400
007000
007400
010000
010400
011000
011400
012000
012400
013000
013400
014000
014400
015000
015400
016000
016400
017000
017400
020000
020400
021000
021400
022000
022400
023000
023400
024000
024400
025000
025400
026000
026400
027000
027400
030000
030400
031000
031400
032000
032400
033000
033400
034000
034400
035000
035400
036000
036400
037000
037400

0000
0100
0200
0300
0400
0500
0600
0700
0800
0900
OAOO
0800
OCOO
0000
OEOO
OFOO
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
lAO-G
1800
lCOO
1000
lEOO
IFOO
2000
2100
2200
2300
2400
2500
2600
2700
2800
2900
2AOO
2800
2eOO
2000
2EOO
2FOO
3000
3100
3200
3300
3400
3500
3600
3700
3800
3900
3AOO
3800
3COO
3000
3EOO
3FOO

16384
16640
16896
17152
17408
17664
17920
18176
18432
18688
18944
19200
19456
19712
19968
20224
20480
20736
20992
21248
21504
21760
22016
22272
22528
22784
23040
23296
23552
23808
24064
24320
24576
24832
25088
25344
25600
25856
26112
26368
26624
26880
27136
27392
27648
27904
28160
28416
28672
28928
29184
29440
29696
29952
30208
30464
30720
30976
31232
31488
31744
32000
32256
32512

040000
040400
041000
041400
042000
042400
043000
043400
044000
044400
045000
045400
046000
046400
047000
047400
050000
050400
051000
051400
052000
052400
053GOO
053400
054000
054400
055000
055400
056000
056400
057000
057400
060000
060400
061000
061400
062·000
062400
063000
063400
064000
064400
065000
065400
066000
066400
067000
067400
070000
070400
071000
071400
072000
072400
073000
073400
074000
074400
075000
075400
076000
076400
077000
077400

4000
4100
4200
4300
4400
4500
4600
4700
4800
4900
4AOO
4800
4COO
4000
4EOO
4FOO
5000
5100
5200
5300
5400
5500
5600
5700
5800
5900
5AOO
5800
5COO
5000
5EOO
5FOO
6000
6100
6200
6300
6400
6500
6600
6700
6800
6900
6AOO
6800
6COO
6000
6EOO
6FOO
7000
7100
7200
7300
7400
7500
7600
7700
7800
7900
7AOO
7800
7COO
7DOO
7EOO
7FOO

Decimal to Octal to Hexadecimal

Decimal
32768
33024
33280
33536
33792
34048
34304
34560
34(316
35072
35328
35584
35840
36096
36352
36608
36864
37120
37376
37632
37888
38144
38400
38656
38912
39168
39424
39680
39936
40192
40448
40704
40960
41216
41472
41728
41984
42240
42496
42752
43008
43264
43520
43776
44032
4428(3
44544
44800
45056
45312
45568
45824
46080
46336
46592
46848
47104
47360
47616
47872
48128
4U384
48640
48896

Octal

I-lex

100000
100400
101000
101400
102000
102400
103000
103400
104000
104400
105000
105400
106000
106400
107000
107400
110000
110400
111000
111400
112000
112400
113000
113400
114000
114400
115000
115400
116000
116400
117000
117400
120000
120400

8000
8100
8200
8300
8400
8500
8600
8700
(3800
8900
8AOO
81300
(3COO
8000
81::00
8FOO
9000
9100
9200
9300
9400
9500
9600
9700
9800
9900
9AOO
9BOO
9COO
9000
9EOO
9FOO
AOOa
AI00
A200
A300
A400
A500
A600
A700
A800
A900
AAOO
ABOO
ACOO
ADOO
AI:: 0 0
AFOO
13000
1.3100
B200
B300
B400
13500
B600
B700
B800
B900
BAOO
8BOO
13COO
8000
BEOO
8FOO

121000

121400
122000
122400

123000
123400
124000
124400
125000
125400
126000
126400
127000
127400
130000
130400
131000
131400
132000
132400
133000
133400
134000
134400
135000
135400
136000
136400
137000
137400

Dec irna 1

Octal

Hex

49152
49408
49664
49920
50176
50432
50688
50944
51200
51456
51712
51968
52224
52480
52736
52992
53248
53504
53760
54016
54272
54528
54784
55040
55296
55552
55808
56064
56320
56576
56832
57088
57344
57600
57856
58112
58368
58624
58880
59136
59392
59648
59904
60160
60416
60672
60928
61184
61440
61696
61952
62208
62464
62720
62976
63232
63488
63744
64000
64256
64512
64768
65024
652(30

140000
140400
141000
141400
142000
142400
143000
143400
144000
144400
145000
145400
146000
146400
147000
147400
150000
150400
151000
151400
152000
152400
153000
153400
154000
154400
155000
155400
156000
156400
157000
157400
160000
160400
161000
161400
162000
162400
163000
163400
164000
164400
165000
165400
166000
166400
167000
167400
170000
170400
171000
171400
172000
172400
173000
173400
174000
174400
175000
175400
176000
176400
177000
177400

COOO
CI00
C200
C300
C400
C500
C600
C700
C(300
C900
CAOO
CBOO
CCOO
coOO
CcOO
CFOO
0000
0100
0200
0300
0400
0500
0600
0700
0800
0900
OAOO
OBOO
OCOO
0000
OEOO
OFOO
EOOO
EI00
1::200
E300
E400
E500
£600
E700
E800
E900
EAOO
1::800
I::COO
1::000
I:: EO 0
EFOO
FOOO
Fl00
F200
F300
F400
F500
F600
F700
F800
1:"900
FAOO
F800
FCOO
FOOO
FEOO
FFOO

A-21

EIA Modem/Terminal Interface

EIA RS-232-C AND CCITT V24
PLUG/PIN DESIGNATIONS

NAME

.-wo

(.)

....

FUNCTION

CIRCUIT
(CeITT) (EIA)

*- -+

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

FG
TD
RD
RTS
CTS
DSR
SG
DCD

--+
*-+

***-

11
12

(S)DCD

(S)CTS

(S)TD

15
16

TC
(S)RD

17
18

(S)RTS

DTR

22
23

(TC)

FRAME GROUND ...... 101
TRANSMITTED DATA .. 103
RECEIVED DATA ...... 104
REQUEST TO SEND .... 105
CLEAR TO SEND ...... 106
DATA SET READY ..... 107
SIGNAL GROUND ..... 102
DATA CARRIER
DETECT . . . . . . . . . . 109
POSITIVE DC TEST
VOLTAGE
NEGATIVE DC TEST
VOLTAGE
UNASSIGNED
SECONDARY DATA CARRIER
DETECT .......... 122
SECONDARY CLEAR
TO SEND ..........

TRANSMITTER CLOCK ..
SECONDARY RECEIVED
DATA ...........

***-+

-+
-+
-+

121

SECONDARY TRANSMITTED
DATA ........... 118

114

(AA)
(8A)
(8B)
(CA)
(CB)
(CC)
(AB)
(CF)

(SCF)
(SCB)
(SBA)
(DB)

(SBB)
119
(DO)
RECEIVER CLOCK ..... 115
RECEIVER DIBIT
CLOCK
SECONDARY REQUEST
TO SEND . . . . . . . . . . 120
(SCA)
DATA TERMINAL
(CD)
READY . . . . . . . . . . . 108.2
SIGNAL QUALITY
(CG)
DETECT. . . . . . . . . . . 110
(CE)
RING INDICATOR ..... 125
DATA RATE
(CH/CI)
SELECT . . . . . . . . 111/112
EXTERNAL TRANSMITTER
CLOCK ........... 113
(OA)
BUSY

NOTE: DCE - DATA COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT
DTE - DATA TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
*SCA is on Pin 11 for 202C's.

A-22

EIA Modem Interface

INTERFACE VOLTAGE
NOTATION
Binary State
Signal Condition
Function

NEGATIVE

POSITIVE

Marking

Spacing

OFF

A-23

EIA Modem Interface

INTERCHANGE CIRCUITS BY CATEGORY

0
CIRCUIT
Type

RS-232C

Circuit RS-449

SIGNAL GROUND

SG
SC
RC

SIGNAL GROUND
SEND COMMON
RECEIVE COMMON

CE
CD
CC

22
20
6

RING INDICATOR
DATA TERMINAL READY
DATA SET READY

IS
IC
TR
OM

TERMINAL IN SERVICE
INCOMING CALL
TERMINAL READY
DATA MODE

BA
BB

2
3

TRANSM ITTED DATA
RECEIVED DATA

SO
RD

SEND DATA
RECEIVE DATA

TRANSMITTER SIGNAL ELEMENT
TIMING (DTE SOURCE)
TRANSMITTER SIGNAL ELEMENT
TIMING (DCE SOURCE)
RECEIVER SIGNAL ELEMENT
TIMING

TERMINAL TIMING

SEND TIMING

RECEIVE TIMING

REQUEST TO SEND
CLEAR TO SEND
RECEIVED LINE SIGNAL
DETECTOR
SIGNAL QUALITY DETECTOR

RS
CS
RR

REQUEST TO SEND
CLEAR TO SEND
RECEIVER READY

SQ
NS
SF
SR

SIGNAL QUALITY
NEW SIGNAL
SELECT FREQUENCEY
SIGNALING RATE SELECTOR

SIGNALING RATE INDICATOR

...-

COMMON

CONTROL

DATA

TIMING

Circuit PIN

CA
CB
CF

4
5
8

.CH

SBA
SBB

14
16

SCA
SCB
SCF

CONTROL

1\
DATA

CONTROL

DATA SIGNAL RATE SELECTOR
(DTE SOURCE)
DATA SIGNAL RATE
(DCE SOURCE)

SECONDARY TRANSMITTED DATA SSD
SECONDARY RECEIVED DATA
SRD

SECONDARY SEND DATA
SECONDARY RECEIVE DATA

SECONDARY REQUEST TO SEND

SRS

SECONDARY CLEAR TO SEND

SCS

SECONDARY REQUEST TO
SEND
SECONDARY CLEAR TO SEND

SECONDARY RECEIVED LINE
SIGNAL DETECTOR

SRR

SECONDARY RECEIVER
READY

LL
RL
TM

LOCAL LOOPBACK
REMOTE LOOPBACK
TEST MODE

SS
SB

SELECT STANDBY
STANDBY INDICATOR

OTHER

PROTECTIVE GROUND
RESERVED FOR DATA SET
TESTING
11,18 UNASSIGNED

1
9,10

A-24

SHIELD
SPARE

EIA Modem Interface

INTERCHANGE CIRCUITS BY CATEGORY

CONTACT NUMBERS
37 PIN
9 PIN

Circuit

C.C.I.T.T. RECOMMENDATION V.24

.........

102
102a
102b

SIGNAL GROUND
DTE COMMON
DCE COMMON

28
15
12,30a
11,29a

125
108/2
107

CALLING INDICATOR
DATA TERMINAL READY
DATA SET READY

4,22a
6,24a

103
104

TRANSMITTED DATA
RECE IVED DATA
TRANSMITTER SIGNAL ELEMENT
TIMING (DTE SOURCE)
TRANSMITTER SIGNAL ELEMENT
TIMING (DCE SOURCE)
RECEIVER SIGNAL ELEMENT
TIMING (DCE SOURCE)

19
37
20

5
9
6

-OI---l+------+--~.....J,...-----____l

17,35a

113

5,23a

114

8,26

115

7,25a
9,27a
13,31a

105
108
109

33
34
16b
16b

126
111

112

110

3
4

C"'· \
32
36

SELECT TRANSMIT FREQUENCY
DATA SIGNALING RATE SELECTOR
(DTE SOURCE)
DATA SIGNALING RATE
(DCE SOURCE)

118
119

TRANSMITTED BACKWARD CHANNEL DATA
RECEIVED BACKWARD CHANNEL DATA

120

TRANSMIT BACKWARD CHANNEL
LINE SIGNAL
BACKWARD CHANNEL READY

121

122

10
14
18

•• !

REQUEST TO SEND
READY FOR SENDING
DATA CHANNEL RECEIVED LINE
SIGNAL DETECTOR
DATA SIGNAL QUALITY DETECTOR

BACKWARD CHANNEL RECEIVED
LINE SIGNAL DETECTOR

141
140
142

LOCAL LOOPBACK
REMOTE LOOPBACK
TEST INDICATOR

116
117

SELECT STANDBY
STANDBY INDICATOR

~
"

CIRCUIT
DIRECTION

TO DCE
FROM DCE
TO
FROM
TO
FROM

DCE
DCE
DCE
DCE

TO DCE
FROM DCE
TO DCE
FROM DCE
FROM DCE
TO
FROM
FROM
FROM
TO
TO
TO
FROM

DCE
DCE
DCE
DCE
DCE
DCE
DCE
DCE

TO DCE
FROM DCE

TO DCE
FROM DCE
FROM DCE
TO DCE
TO DCE
FROM DCE
TO DCE
FROM DCE

·.',·.·,'· '·, ·"~,·:',

o····

3,21a

t,':;)

a
b

=
=

First segment, second segment
Joint assignment

A-25

IBI

COMMUNICA TIONS
CONTROLLERS
AND MODEMS
CONTENT

PAGE

ATC!ADCC!ATP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

B-2

Terminal Types

B-8

·........

ATC!ADCC!ATP Cabling

B-13

Asynchronous Modems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

B-19

Asynchronous Terminal Cabling

B-24

HSI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

B-25

SSLC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .

B-27

SSLC Cabling.................................................

B-29

INP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

B-30

Communications Cabling Diagrams

B-41

Multipoint Cabling Diagrams. . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

B-43

Synchronous Modems

'.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . ..

B-48

HP Modems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

B-63

Synchronous Modem Tests.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . ..

B-65

Dataphone II Modem Tests .....•.........................•......

B-75

HP Modem Tests....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

B-79

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

Selected HP 1640A!B Settings

B-86

SSLC and INP Configuration Sununary

B-88

B-1

ATC

HP3000 COMMUNICATION CONTROLLERS

300328 ASYNCHRONOUS TERMINAL CONTROLLER
The HP 30032B Asynchronous Terminal Controller is an interface for
low-speed bit-serial asynchronous devices (e.g., terminals, bit
serial line printers, etc.).
The controller can multiplex data
transmission for up to 16 ports which may be hardwired or modem connected, or any mix thereof. IOTERMO interfaces the ATC hardware to
the MPE operating system.
Features
• IOTERMO provides speeds of: 110, 150, 300, 600, 1200, 2400 baud.
The ATC hardware speed senses all baud rates.
• Will operate in full duplex or half duplex.
• Character sizes can vary from 5 to 8 bits excluding start and stop
bits; however, only seven or eight data bit characters are supported on an HP 3000.
• Supports Bell 103J, 1130, 202S, 202T, 212A modems, VA3451, and
HP35016A modems.
Additional modems have been used but have not
been verified/certified by HP.
• Supports RS-232-C and CCITT v.24 interface specifications.
• Odd or even parity may be generated on transmitted data. Parity is
generated but not verified on received data.
Default parity on
output is ODD.
• Operates in direct I/O mode,
character sent/received.

i. e.,

one CPU interrupt

for

each

ATC Hardware Components
HP 30032B

Provides support
hardwired ports.

data

transfers

for

HP 30032B-001

Adds support of full duplex modem control signals for
these same 16 ports.

HP 30032B-002

Adds support of half duplex control signals for the
same 16 ports.
With the HP30032B and options 001 and 002, any of
these 16 ports can support either direct connected
devices,
full
or
half
duplex
modems
in
any
combination.

B-2

ADCC

30018A ASYNCHRONOUS DATA COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
The HP 30018A Asynchronous Data Communications Controller (ADCC) is
an interface for low-speed bit-serial asynchronous devices. The interface consists of an ADCC main and extend PCA which mUltiplexes
data transmission for 8 ports which may be hardwired or modem connected or any mix thereof. HIOTERMO interfaces the ADCC hardware to
the MPE operating system.
Functions
• HIOTERMO provides speeds of 110, 150, 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800,
and 9600. HIOTERMO will speed sense up to 2400 baud.
• Will operate in full duplex or half duplex. Half duplex is supported only on the Series 30 and 33.
• Character sizes vary from 10 to 11 bits including start and stop
bits where data is either 7 or 8 bits in length.
• Provides modem control for Bell 1033, 113D, 202S, 202T, 212A
modems, VA3451, and HP35016A modems. Note: 202S modems are half
duplex and are supported only on the Series 30 and 33.
• Supports the RS-2J2-C and CCITT V.24 interface specifications.
• Odd or even parity may be generated on transmitted data; even
parity is generated and checked on received data. Default parity
for the series 3x/4x/64 is pass thru.
• Provides four control lines for modem control.
• Performs all the generation of service requests and interrupt signals via channel programs.
• Detects parity errors, over-run errors, and break conditions.

B-3

ATP

30144A, 30145A, 30155A ADVANCED TERMINAL PROCESSOR
The Advanced Terminal Processor (ATP) is an interface for low and
medium-speed bit-serial asynchronous devices. The interface consists
of a System Interface Board (SIB) and up to 8 asynchronous interface
boards (AIB). It can multiplex data for up to 96 ports which may be
hardwired or on modems or a mix thereof. HIOTERMl interfaces the
ATP hardware to the MPE operating system.
Functions
• The HIOTERM1 provides speeds of 110, 300, 600, 1200, 2400,4800,
and 9600. The ATP hardware will speed sense at all supported
speeds.
• Operates in full duplex.
• Character size is 10 bits including one start and one stop bit.
NOTE: At 110 Baud there is a delay after sending a character to
simulate a second stop bit.
• Provides modem control for BELL 103J,113D, 202T, 212A, VA3451,
and HP35016A modems. NOTE: Half duplex is not supported.
• Supports
the
specifications.

RS-232C,

RS-422,

and

CCITT

v.24

interface

• Odd, even, or pass thru parity may be generated on transmitted
data. Default on output data is odd when FOPENed and even or pass
thru when speed-sensed.
• Hardware
access.

B-4

responsible

for

data

transfers

via

direct memory

ATC! ADCCI ATP

ASYNC TERMINAL I/O CONFIGURATION
ASYNCHRONOUS TERMINAL CONTROLLER
HP 30032B DRIVER IOTERMO
ASYNCHRONOUS DATA COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
HP 300i8A DRIVER HIOTERMO
ADVANCED TERMINAL PROCESSOR
HP 30144A SIB
HP 30145A DIRECT CONNECT AlB
HP 30155A MODEM AlB
DRIVERS HIOTERM1, HIOASLPO

LOGICAL DEVICE #?
DRT #?

any appropriate number

For ATC:
DRT= 7
10
13
16

(for
(for
(for
(for

first system)
second system)
third system)
fourth system)

For ADCC and ATP:
DRT# = (IMBI# x 128)
UNIT #?

(CHANNEL# x 8)

DEVICE#

For ATC

0-15 for each system

For ADCC

o for all ports on each system

For ATP

0-95 for each subsystem

SOFTWARE CHANNEL #? 0
TYPE? 16 or 32
SUBTYPE?

Speed Sensing:

Subtype 0 Directly connected terminals requiring speed sensing.
SUbtype 1 Asynchronous full duplex modems such as Bell 103's and
CCITT V.21 modems requiring speed sensing.
Subtype 2 Asynchronous half duplex modems with reverse channels
(such as Bell 202S and CCITT V.23 modems). Speed sensing is performed and "Data Rate Select (RS232C "CH"
-CCITT 111) i~ set ON. Not availableonHP 4X/64.
II

Subtype 3 Identical to sUbtype 2 except that "Data Rate Select
is set OFF. Not available on HP4X/64.

B-5

ATC/ADCC/ATP
No Speed Sensing - Speed Specified:
Subtype 4

Iden~ical

to subtype
except that automatic speed
senslng is disabled. This sUbtype is intended for
operation with leased-line full duplex modems which can
be configured to operate without control signals (i.e.,
202T).

Subtype 5 Identical to subtype
sensing is disabled.

1 except

that

automatic

speed

Subtype 6 Identical to subtype 2 except that automatic
sensing is disabled. Series II/II only.

speed

Subtype 7 Identical to subtype 3 except that automatic
sensing is disabled. Series II/III only.

speed

SUbtype 14 Directly connected 2631B.
Subtype 15 Remote 2631B over full duplex modems.
SPEED IN CPS? up to 9600 baud
TERM TYPE?
(See the table of terminal types on the following page.)
RECORD WIDTH?
40 (words). Default varies with terminal, 66 for printers.
OUTPUT DEVICE?
Class name or Ldev #
ACCEPT JOBS/SESSIONS?
ACCEPT DATA?

YES

INTERACTIVE?

YES

DUPLICATIVE?

YES

INITIALLY SPOOLED?
DRIVER NAME?

YES

IOTERMO, HIOTERMO, HIOTERMl, HIOASLPO

DEVICE CLASSES? (optional)

B-6

ATC/ ADCC/ ATP

This page intentionally left blank.

B-7

TERMINAL TYPES

Term
Type
(a)

B-8

Device Type = 16 subtype =
ADCC ATP SSLC INP
ATC
(c)
(b) (c)
(b)
(b)

Typical Term.Protocol(d)
Terminal ENQI X ONI Block
ACK X OFF Mode

0-7

-- --

ASR 33

Yes

0-7

Yes

0-7

---

ASR 37

ASR 35

Yes

0-7

----

Execuport

Yes

0-7

0-5

Datapoint

Yes

0-7

Memorex
1240

Yes

0-7

0-5

0-1

Terminet

Yes

0-7

0-5

0-1

---

Minibee

Yes

0-7

0-5

0-1

HP 2640B/
44/45;
HP 262X;

Yes

0-7

0-5

HP 2640A Yes
full enter
capability

Yes

0-7

0-5

0-1

Yes
HP 2645K
8 bit word
w/o parity

Yes

0-7

0-5

0-1

Telenet
PseudoTerminal
or 2601

Yes

0-3

Multipoint No
(HP 26xx,
HP 307x)

Yes

TERMINAL TYPES

CARRIAGE CONTROL
Term
Type

Parity
Check
Type
(f)
(e)

Cursor CTL-H
BackReply
space

Yes

1,2

\(~134)

LF
reply
used.

Yes

1,2

Yes

1,2

\(~134)

Yes

1,2

Yes

1,2

Yes

1,2

Yes

1,2

Yes

1,2

Yes

null

Yes

At input ESC-A ESC-E, ESC-H, ESC-J
and ESC-K are
stripped off on
Series II/III

Yes

1,2

Yes

null

Yes

Uses ENQ/ACK handshake when write to
terminal is greater
than 80 characters.

Yes

1,2

Yes

null

Yes

Limited support for
line block mode.

No,

Yes

null

Yes

Uses ENQ/ACK handshake when write to
terminal is greater
than 80 characters.

Ctl-Y
(EM)
No display

Form
Feed
Reply (g)

LF
reply
used.

data
bits

Comments

Series 30/33 ADCC:
Subtypes 0-5·

Yes

1,2

Yes

null

Yes

No echo.

Yes

6,9

n/a

Not used on·ATC or
ADCC. MTS/3000
required.

B-9

TERMINAL TYPES

subtype=
SSLC INP
(c)
(c)

Typical T~rm.Protocol(d)
Terminal ENQI X ON/ Block
ACK X OFF Mode

Type
(a)

Device type=16,
ATC
ADCC ATP
(b)
(b)
(b)

0-7

0-5

0-1

HP 2635 8 Yes
bit word
w/o parity

Yes

0-7

0-5

0-1

Yes
HP 2635
7 bit word

Yes

1.7

0-1

0-3

Reserved

Yes

0-7

0-5

0-1

General
Non-HP
Terminal

Yes

0-7

No
Default
Series III
only
Terminal

Yes

2631B
Serial
Printer

Yes

2631B

Yes

2631B

Yes

2631B

Yes

~erm

Device Type = 32

1.9

14-15 14-15 14-15

14-15 14-15
14

Footnotes are on page B-12.

B-10

TERMINAL TYPES

(3)

(f)

CARRIAGE CONTROL
Cursor CTL-H
Form
BackReply
Feed
space
Reply (g)

No,
8
data
bits

Yes

Use ENQ/ACK handshake when write to
terminal is greater
than 80 characters.
Sends ENQ before
writing. Does not
time out .

.16

Yes

1,2

Yes

Uses ENQ/ACK handshake when write to
terminal is greater
than 80 characters.
Sends ENQ before
writing. Does not
time out.

Yes

n/a

Not used on ATC or
ADCC

Yes

1,2

Yes

null

Yes

No DC1 sent to
start read. No
ENQ/ACK handshake.

Yes

1,2

Yes

\(%134)

Yes

Term
Type

Parity

CheCklType

Comments

Yes

n/a

Yes

Status checking
done, extensive
operator messages.

n/a

Yes

Same as 19 but no
parity.

Yes

n/a

Yes

60 second time-out
on status check.

n/a

Yes

Same as 21 but no
parity.

Footnotes are on page B-12.

B-11

TERMINAL TYPES

(a) When successive HELLO commands are used without the use of
the TERM parameter, and without any intervening BYE commands, the termtype value is carried forward.
(b) ATe, ADCC, & ATP subtypes are described on page B-4.
(c) SSLC & INP subtype =
o Group poll Hp 264x
1 Individual poll Hp 264x
2 Group poll HP 307x
3 Individual poll HP 307x
(d) CTL-S & CTL-Q are allowed on all but logon types for multipoint, termtypes 14 and 17.
(e)

SERIES III
TERMINAL GENERATES

HP 3000 OUTPUT
GENERATES

Odd parity
or none (0)

Odd parity

Even parity
or none (1)

Even parity

SERIES 3X/ijX/64
TERMINAL GENERATES

HP 3000 OUTPUT
GENERATES

HP 3000 INPUT
No parity checking is
accomplished unless
explicitly enabled via
FCONTROLS. The eighth
bit is always set to
zero.

HP 3000 INPUT

Odd parity
or none (0)

Eighth bit
is passed

Eighth bit is passed
through.

Even parity
or none (1)

Even parity

Even parity is
checked on input.

Parity verification may be allowed using the HP 3000 file
system to enable and disable parity checking, to enable
and disable binary transfers, and to set parity. All of
these are accomplished using the FCONTROL intrinsic, and
may be used on all but logon terminal types 12 and 15.
(f) Types =
Types =
1 odd
6 8 data bits, odd parity for
2 even
Bisync control characters.
3 7 data, 8=0
7 reserved
4 7 data, 8=1
8 reserved
5 8 data bits, no
9 block checking
parity
(g) Form Feed Char=%1ij

B-12

ATCI ADCC/ ATP CABLING

<-------DATA TRANSMISSION

CHANNEL~-----

TELECOMMUNICATIONS
NETWORK
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
COMMUNICATION TERMINAL
TERMINAL COMMUNICATION
EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT
TCN
STATION A

STATION B

COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK COMPONENTS

RS232C MODEM/HARDWIRE EXTENSION CABLE
MANUF ACTURING SPECIFICATIONS
(CABLE, UNSHIELDED)
The specification establishes requirements for a 3 or 25 conductor
external low voltage computer cable with overall jacket: U.L. style
2560.

ELECTRICAL
Voltage Rating: 30V for Class 2 wiring systems only (220V rms test
between conductors).

MECHANICAL
Singles:

Three or twenty-five 26 (7 x 34) AWG tinned copper;
tinned after stranding.

Insulation:

o
PVC, seven-mil minimum wall thickness; rated at +60 C.

Cable Lay:

Twist singles for flexibility.
Fillers, cloth or nylon binding
may be used for a smooth, round construction.

Jacket:

o
PVC, 35-mil minimum wall thickness; rated at +60 C.

Color:

Jade Gray per Visual Color Std., HP Part No.6009-0021.

B-13

A TCI ADCC/ ATP CABLING

25 PIN RS232C INTERFACE CABLES FOR ATC, ADCC, ATP
Modem to connector panel, 25 ft.
30062B
30062B-00I
50 ft.
Terminal to connector panel or US modem, 16 ft.
132n2N
Terminal to connector panel or European modem, 16 ft.
132n2M
n = 2
3
4

262X
264X
262X

port 1
port 2 and 2382

Extension cable, 25 ft.
50 ft.

30062C
30062C-00I

3 PIN RS232C INTERFACE CABLES FOR ATP
Terminal to connector panel
(25 pin to 3 pin)
n = 2

3
4

262X
264X
262X

132n2X

port 1
port 2 and 2382

Adapter Cable to convert 25 pin
(connector to 3 pin)

30152A

Extension Cable, 50 ft.

30153A

5 WIRE RS422 INTERFACE CABLES FOR ATP
Terminal to connector panel, 16 ft.
262X
264X
(Terminal must have opt 035)

13222P
132321

Extension Cable, 90 ft.

30154A

B-14

ATCI ADCCI ATP CABLING

5 PIN RS422 HARDWIRE OR EXTENSION CABLE FOR ATP
The specification establishes requirement for a 5 conductor
shielded cable - UL styles 2464 and 1061.
ELECTRICAL
Voltage Rating: 300V rIDS @80oC (1000V rms between conductors
and conductors to shield.
Conductor Resistance, dc: <30 ohms/1000 ft.
Mutual Pair Capacitance: <=22 pf between wires in pair.
Stray Capacitance: <=40 pf between one wire and all others
(grounded)
Pair-to-Pair Balanced Crosstalk: >=40 dB of attenuation at
150KHz between any two pairs.
MECHANICAL
Singles: Two twisted pairs plus one single AWG 24(7X32) tinned,
stranded copper.
Insulation: PVC
Colors: One conductor of each twisted pair - white; the other
conductors - blk, brn. Single conductor - red.
Cable Lay: Twist the twisted pairs around the single.
Shield (Inner): Metallized polyester; metalization facing outward
Shield (Outer): Braid from AWG 36 tinned copper for 85% minimum
coverage.
Jacket: PVC, 35 mil minimum wall thickness.
Color: Pearl Gray cabinet per HP Visual Color Standard 6009-0108.

B-15

A TCI ADCCI A TP CABLING

ASYNCHRONOUS TERMINAL CONTROLLER
MODEM CABLE PIN CONNECTIONS
(300628)

DATA SET

COMPUTER
(BB) RECEIVE DATA
(BA) SEND DATA
(CF) CARRIER DETECT
(CD) DATA TERMINAL
READY
(AB) COMMON RETURN
(CA) REQUEST TO SEND
***(SCF) SECONDARY
RECEIVE LINE
SIGNAL DETECTOR
***{SCA) SECONDARY
REQUEST TO SEND
(CC) DATA SET READY
(CB) CLEAR TO SEND
**(CH) FREQUENCY SELECT

2<~1
>2 -SEND DATA (BA)
3>
L<3 -RECEIVE DATA (BB)
4<
~>4 -REQUEST TO SEND (CA)

>5 -CLEAR TO SEND (CB)

<6 -DATA SET READY (CC)

6>-

>7 -COMMON RETURN (AB)

- -< 8 -CARRIER DETECT (CF)

10
11 <-,
12>- L
13

10 SECONDARY REQUEST
11 -TO SEND (SCA)*
->12 -SECONDARY RECEIVE
13 LINE SIGNAL DETECT
(SCF)
14

19
20<
22<
23<

>19 SRTS*
->20 -DATA TERMINAL READY (CD)
22
>23

* Required for 202S data sets only - physically strapped
together in the modem. The DTE can control SCA from
either pin 11 or pin 19.
** European modems only.
*** For 202C modems; Pin 11 is Supervisory Transmitted Data
(SBA) at the DCE.
Pin 12 is Supervisory Receive Data (SBB)
at the DCE.
Cross connect pins 11-12 and 12-11 for
202C.

B-16

ATC/ ADCC/ ATP CABLING

ASYNCHRONOUS TERMINAL CONTROLLER
HARDWIRED/MODEM CABLE PIN CONNECTIONS
(132X2N)

(DCE)
COMPUTER OR MODEM
(BA)
(BB)
(CA)
(CB)
(CC)
(AB)
(CF)

SEND DATA
RECEIVE DATA
REQUEST TO SEND
CLEAR TO SEND
DATA SET READY
COMMON RETURN
CARRIER DETECT

(SCF) SECONDARY CARRIER
DETECT

(DTE)
TERMINAL
-2 < - - -3 - - >
-4 < - - 5 -->
-6 - . - >

3
4
5
6
-7<---> 7
-8 - - - > 8

-SEND DATA (BA)
-RECEIVE DATA (BB)
-REQUEST TO SEND (CA)
CLEAR TO SEND (CB)
-DATA SET REACY (CC)
-COMMON RETURN (AB)
-CARRIER DETECT (CF)

SECONDARY CARRIER
-12 - - > 12 -DETECT (SCF)

(SDA) SECONDARY REQUEST
SECONDARY REQUEST
TO SEND
-19 < - - 19 -TO SEND (SCA)
(CD) DATA TERMINAL READY-20 < - - - 20 -DATA TERMINAL READY (CD)
(CH)

FREQUENCY SELECT

-23 - - > 23 -FREQUENCY SELECT (CH)
MALE

FEMALE

B-17

A TCI ADCCI ATP CABLING

FOR UNSUPPORTED TERMINALS DIRECTLY CONNECTED ON AN
ATC THATNEEDRS-232-C SIGNALS CONFIGURE AS SUBTYPE 4,
AND CONSTRUCT CABLE AS FOLLOWS:
DTE
(COMPUTER)

(BA)
(BB)

SEND DATA
RECEIVE DATA

(AB)

COMMON RETURN

DCE
(EIA COMPATIBLE
DEVICE)
2<-- 2
3 ---->3
4
.--4

l->5

SEND DTA (BA)
RECEIVE DATA (BB)
REQUEST TO SEND (CA)
CLEAR TO SEND (CB)
DATA SET READY (CC)
COMMON RETURN (AB)
CARRIER DETECT (CP)

67<--- t>6
->1
20

>20 DATA TERMINAL READY (CD)

TO CABLE TERMINALS ON AN ADCC 202T MODEM. CONFIGURE
AS SUBTYPE 0 AND CONSTRUCT WITHOUT SUPPORT USING THE
FOLLOWING SPECIAL CABLE:
DTE
(COMPUTER)

(BA)

SEND DATA

(BB)

RECEIVE DATA

DCE
(EIA COMPATIBLE DEVICE)
PIN

3>~~<3

(AB)

COMMON RETURN

SEND DATA (BA)
RECEIVE DATA (BB)
REQUEST TO SEND (CA)

7<---~->7

COMMON RETURN (AB)

POSITIVE DC TEST

B-18

2<~~>2

>20 DATA TERMINAL READY (CD)

ASYNCHRONOUS MODEMS

Following are the recommended asynchronous modems and options to be
used in conjunction with the ATC, ADCC, and ATP. Note that these
options are those required at the CPU end (local). To insure successful communication with the remote end, different options in the
remote data set may be required.
For further definition of these options/modem capabilities refer to
the relevant "Bell System Technical Reference publication that is
available from your local Bell System Representative.
II

BELL 103J AND 1130 MODEMS
0-300 Bits/sec, Asynchronous
Pull duplex on 2-wire operation
Works with another 103, 113, 212A, VA3451, or HP35016A Modem

OPTION

DESCRIPTION

RECOMMENDATIONS
COMPUTER TERMINAL

Send Space Disconnect

Receive Space Disconnect

Loss of Carrier Disconnect

Fail Safe State on CN
Circuit OFF

Auto Answer YES

B-19

ASYNCHRONOUS MODEMS

BELL 202S MODEM
Asynchronous,half duplex, with Reverse Channel, in switched
network applications.
Speed 1200 bits per second.
NOTE: Not supported on an HP 3000/4X/64

OPTION

DESCRIPTION

RECOMMENDATIONS
COMPUTER TERMINAL

Al
A2

Local copy on primary
No local copy on primary

B3
B4

Local copy on Reverse
No local copy on Reverse

Telephone company engineer
timing options

Data Set Ready Interface
lead OFF in Analog
loopback test mode

E9
E10

Automatic Answer IN (Note
Automatic Answer OUT 2)

F11

Signal ground connected to
Frame Ground

X
Note 1

X
X

Notes: 1. If terminal has internal echo capability to provide
local copy use B4, otherwise specify B3 for local
copy.
2. Auto answer depends on application. Generally, the
terminal is dialed manually, and the computer auto
answers.

B-20

ASYNCHRONOUS MODEMS

~ELL

202T-L1A MODEM
Modem, provides Self Test, Analog Loopback and
Test capabilities.

~synchronous

~emote

lenerally, used with HP 3000 at 1200 bits per second; full
iuplex on normal 3002 channel 4-wire service (no reverse
~hannel) .
>ubtype 4 is preferred for configuration without speed sense.
(Subtype 0 may also be used, however, noisy line or power
railure may cause potential trouble with speed sense.)

OPTION

DESCRIPTION

RECOMMENDATIONS
COMPUTER TERMINAL

No local copy on primary
channel

No local copy on reverse
channel

Telephone company engineer
timing options

Telephone company engineer
control options

E10

Reverse channel not
installed

F11

Signal Ground connected to
Frame Ground

B-21

ASYNCHRONOUS MODEMS

BELL 212A MODEM
0-300 bits per second asynchronous
1200 bits per second asynchronous
Compatible with 103/113 type modem at 300 bits per second, and
212 type modem at 1200 bits/second full duplex type operation.
Use subtype 1 or 5.

OPTION
A2

B-22

DESCRIPTION

RECOMMENDATIONS
COMPUTER TERMINAL

Customer selected disconnect
options
a. Send space disconnect
b. Receive space disconnect
c. Loss of carrier disconnect

IN
OUT
IN

Automatic Answer

YES

Customer selected EIA interface
a. Data set ready (CC)
indication for analog loop
b. Clear to send (CB) and
carrier (CF) indications
c. Signal ground to frame
d. Answer mode indication (CE)
e. Interface speed indication
f. Speed control
g. Interface controlled DL
h. CN & TM assignments

OFF
COMMON
IN
OFF
OUT
HS
OUT
CN-25

Customer selected modes
a. 1200 bps operation
b. Character length
c. Transmitter timing
d. Speed mode
e. Receiver responds to DL

ASYNC
10
INT
DUAL
OUT

EI0

Make Busy/Analog Loop (CN)
circuit disabled

OUT

Fl1

TELCO Option Table
tip-ring make busy

donlt
care

OUT
IN
donlt care

OFF
COMMON
IN
OFF
OUT
HS

OUT
CN:"25
ASYNC
10
INT
DUAL
donlt care
OUT

ASYNCHRONOUS MODEMS

HP35016A and V ADIC 3451P /S

OPTION

DESCRIPTION

RECOMMENDATION

Attended Disconnect

Respond to Remote Test Enable

A3 & A5

Character Length - 10 bits

A3 ON,

103 Operation Enabled

Standard Options Mode Disabled

Loss of Carrier Disconnect
Disabled

OFF

Remote DLB Select

Controlled by DTE

OFF

Originate/Answer

OFF

Maximum Data Rate 1205 BPS

OFF

Auto Disconnect/Abort Timer
Enabled

Data Timing Asynchronous

OFF

Data Set Ready in Test
DSR ON

OFF

Top Board Straps

OUT

W1-W5

A5 OFF

B-23

ASYNCHRONOUS TERMINAL CABLING

POINT-TO-POINT CABLE CONFIGURATIONS
TERMINALS

CABLES AND MODEMS

r~------k

r=
2675A

I
I

Hardwired

~6~~et

300620

~(OPtional~ -

430062C<4 300628 l>~ MOde~ ~4:Modem5 430062C<_J
(Optional)

* l

I" I.

Required. Order Separately

(Optional)

4--------t>

Remote

301,302 or 303

Cable Included
with terminal (2M)

I
I

Included with
Printing Terminal

~~
Cables
Not included with

Display Terminal.
ordrseparatel{Y.

tt
I ~*~
\
307x
~

Key:
~ Male OTE Connector

----<

---a

Female DTE Connector
PC Edge Connector

I
I

Cables
Not included with

I
I
I

Display Terminal.
Order Separately.

262xCRT

13222N M

I ~*

I 4--------t> ..
I

13242M N

Only option 001 is supported for RS-232-C distance
specit"ications.

B-24

HSI

30360A HARDWIRED SERIAL INTERFACE
The HP 30360A is a controller interface which uses modified binary
synchronous protocol for high speed asynchronous data communications
between HP 3000 CPUs and/or the HP 1000 systems used with the
DS/3000 subsystems. (RJE/3000 will also run using this controller
between two HP 3000 Systems.) The connection between machines is via
a pair of coaxial cables.
Features
• 2.5 Mega-bits per second transfer rate up to 1000 ft. cable
lengths.
• 1.25 Mega-bits per second transfer rate up to 2000 ft. cable
lengths.
• Transmission is half duplex in a full duplex environment in
point-to-point mode.
• CRe parity checking on the controller.
• Speed is system configurable.
• Four separate transmit/receive channels, only one of which may
be open at anyone time.
• Maximum number of active HSIs per CPU is two.
Basic Configuration
Hardwired Serial Interface Kit includes one PC board (30360-60001),
cable connector panel (30360-60003), and one coaxial cable as
follows:
30220A
Opt. -001
Opt. -002
Opt. -003
Opt. -004
Opt. -005

25
100
250
500
1000
2000

ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.

B-25

HSI

HSI LINK -- 3000 TO 3000

HP 1251-2760
3-PIN FEMALE

HP 3000

I
I

HP 1251-4749
2-PIN FEMALE

RCV\

XMT

......---H-P-30-2-2-0-A----t

CABLE

7
RCV

CABLE SET

ASSEMB~L~~1251-474~

XMT

I
:

lp t ~~~LE

HP 3000

ASSEMBLY

1251-2760
3-PIN FEMALE

2-PIN FEMALE

(INCLUDES RUBBER
SLEEVE)

HSI LINK -- 3000 TO 1000

RECEIVE
CONNECTOR

HP 1251-4749
2-PIN FEMALE

HP 3000

XMT

TRANSMIT
CONNECTOR

~\HP

HSI
CABLE ASSEMBLY

B-26

HP 30220A
CABLE SET

1251-2760
3-PIN FEMALE

HP 1251-4847
2-PIN MALE

SSLC

30055A SYNCHRONOUS SINGLE LINE CONTROLLER
The HP 30055A SSLC is a controller interface for high speed bitserial synchronous devices. The controller can accommodate one modem
device and is utilized with the RJE, DS, MRJE, and MTS subsystems.
With MTS (Multipoint Terminal Software), the SSLC board may option~
ally be used for asynchronous transmissions.
An SSLC may NOT be
used for IMF, Remote Data Link (MTS), HP 2608S printer, or HP 2333A
Cluster Controller.
.
Features
• 15 to 19,200 bits/sec. 9600 bps max certified for use with modems
to date.
• Operates on a 2-wire (half duplex) or 4-wire (full duplex)
and/or split-speed.
• Transmission
protocol.

always

half

duplex,

IBM

binary

~ircuit

synchronous

• May be utilized in a leased or dial up environment.
• Data communications may be point-to-point (RJE, DS, and MRJE) or
multipoint (MTS).
• Character size may be six to eight bits
synchronous, five to nine for asynchronous.

length,

for

• Supports HP 37210T, HP 37220T, HP 37230A, Bell 201C, 208A, 208B,
209A modems, and DATAPHONE II (2024,2048,2096). Additional modems
have been used but have not been verified/certified by HP.
• Supports the standard
specifications.

EIA

RS232C

and

CCITT. v24

interface

• Odd or even parity may be specified. Under System Software, additional LRC and CRC parity is provided.
• Maximum number of SSLC's per CPU is 1.
Basic Configuration
Synchronous Single Line Controller kit includes one PC board (3005560001), cable assembly (30055-60008*), and test connector (3005560009). On previously installed systems, obsolete interface cable
30055-60003 and obsolete test connector 30055-60005 may be present.
Within the United States this combination will work for synchronous
testing.
Outside the USA,
only the 30055-60008* cable and
30055-60009
test
connector
combination
is
recommended
for
synchronous mode.
(Note that the test connectors are designed for
use with a particular cable and thus are not interchangeable.)

B-27

SSLC CABLING - SYNCHRONOUS

For asynchronous
30055-60010.

communication

under

MTS,

use

cable

assembly

*30055-60011 replaces 30055-60008. Pin 23 (Modem speed) tied high
on 60011 cable. (Always "ON")

HP 30055-60010 CABLE AND TEST CONNECTOR
WIRING DIAGRAM
INTERCONNECTING
SIGNAL IN
CABLE ASSY
EXTERNAL DEVICE
(PART NO. 30055-60010)
P1A-B7

P2-19

SCA

P1A-B8

P2-4

P1A-A16

P2-23

P1A-A15

P2-20

P1A-A2

P2-3

P1A-A24

P2-2

P1A-A3

P2-5

P1A-A7

P2-12

SCF

P1A-B3

P2-6

P1A-A12

P2-22

PIA-B4

P2-8

P1A-B12

P2-21

B-28

=:J

TEST CONNECTOR ASSY
(PART NO. 30055-60009)

SSLC CABLING - SYNCHRONOUS

HP 30055-60011 CABLE AND TEST CONNECTOR
WIRING DIAGRAM

INTERCONNECTING
SIGNAL IN
TEST CONNECTOR ASSY
CABLE
EXTERNAL DEVICE
(PART NO. 30055-60011)
(PART NO. 30055-60009)
5061-2501
P1A-B1

P2-14

SBA

P1A-B8

P2-4

P1A-A16

P2-23

P1A-A15

P2-20

P1A-A23

P2-24

P1A-A2

P2-3

P1A-A24

P2-2

]

P1A-B24

P2-11

P1A-A1

P2-16

SBB

P1A-B3

P2-6

P1A-A12

P2-22

P1A-B4

P2-8

P1A-A3

P2-5

P1A-B12

P2-15

NOTE:
* Obsolete SSLC cable (Part No. 30055-60003) has DA signal
presented on pin 13.
* Obsolete test connector (Part No 30055-60005) has pins 13,
15, and 11 tied together.
* Obsolete SSLC cable 30055-60008 replaced by 30055-60011. An
upgrade is only necessary if a dual speed modem is to be
installed.
* Note pin 25 is tied high on 60011 cable.
* Connector Part No. 30055-60009 is the same as 5061-2501.
Pins 12, 19, 21 are not shown and not required.

B-29

INTELLIGENT NETWORK PROCESSOR (lNP)

30010A, 30020A/B INTELLIGENT NETWORK PROCESSOR
The Intelligent Network Processor (INP) is a computer system which
provides the HP 3000 with data communciations capabilities in a high
speed as well as a low speed environment. The HP 30010A is used with
a Series II/III. The HP 30020A/B is used with Series 3X/4X/64. An
INP can accommodate one modem, or a test hood, or anINP to SSLC
direct connect cable, or an INP to INP direct connect cable. An INP
may be used with the RJE, DS, MRJE, MTS, and IMF subsystems. With
MTS an INP may optionally be used £or asynchronous transmission.
Features:
• Maximum data transfer rates: NOTE: Data transfer rates are influenced by the communications subsystem being used. Up to 19,200
bits per second in hal£ duplex or £ull duplex mode using a modem.
Up to 56,000 bits per second in CCITT V.35 (DDS) connections, or
for INP to INP connections, hardwired.
• Operates on two wire (half duplex)
circuits.

or four wire

(full duplex)

• Performs data communications protocol handling. Transmission is in
half duplex, IBM binary synchronous protocol for an HP 3000. The
INP is HDLC/SDLC protocol compatibile.
• May be utilized in a leased or dial up (switched') environment.
• Data communications may be point-to-point (RJE, DS, MRJE, IMF) or
multipoint (MTS and IMF).
• Character size may be seven to eight bits in length.
• Modems Supported: HP 37210T, HP 37220T, HP 37230A, Bell 201C, Bell
208A, Bell 208B, Bell 209A, and Dataphone II, DDS. Also Bell 202T
and 212 for Remote Data Link (MTS). The 30020B supports the Bell
801 Auto Call Unit and the Vadic 811 Autodialer.
Additional
modems have not been verified or certified by HP.
• Interfaces supported: EIA RS232C, CCITT V.24, V.28, V.34 (DDS).
• Odd, even, or no parity may be
checking (CRe) is provided.

specified.

Cyclic

redundancy

• Buffering is through 1024 word buffers.
• The INP uses an LSI DMA controller chip to provide three high
speed channels between data buffers in RAM and the HP 3000
Interface, as well as between RAM and datacomm LSI devices.
• The maximum number of HP 30010A INP's per Series II/III is 7; of
HP 30020A/B INP's per Series 30/40 is 3; of HP 30020A/B INP's per
Series 33/44 is 7; of HP 30020B INP's per Series 64 is 16.

B-30

INTELLIGENT NETWORK PROCESSOR (lNP)

• Diagnostics and self-testing built in; diagnostics run under MPE
(DSM) .
Basic Configuration:
The standard HP 30010A INP consists of:
• One INP Micro-processor PCA board (30010-60001)
• One INP Data communications interface PCA board (30010-60002)
• One Flat Cable (ribbon cable
boards) (30000-93052)

for

connecting the

two INP

PCA

• One Memory Power Jumper PCA board (30380-60033)
• One I/O Memory Power Cable (30380-60034)
• One I/O Memory Jumper Cable (30380-60035)
The standard HP 30020A/B INPs consist of:
• One INP Network processor PCA board (30020-60001)
• One HP-IB ribbon cable (30030-60008)
2848 (optional longer cable)

standard length,

or 8120-

HP 3000 SERIES II/III CABLE ASSEMBLIES FOR 30010A

Product
Number

Description

Part
Number

30222A

RS232 Synchronous Modem Cable

30222-60001

30222B

Asynchronous Multipoint Cable

30222-60002

30222F

HP3000 to HP1000 direct connect

30222-60006

302220

High-speed Synchronous Modem Cable

30222-60004

30224A

INP-to--INP Direct-Connect Cable

5061-2524

30224L

External Interconnect Cable
(lO-meter)

30224-60001

30225A

INP to SSLC Direct Connect Cable
(Modem Eliminator Cable)

30225-60004

B-31

INTELLIGENT NETWORK PROCESSOR (lNP)

HP 3000 SERIES II/III TEST EQUIPMENT COMPATIBILITY

Description

Part Number

Used With Cable
Product Number

Board Test Hood

5061-2527

30222A
30225A

5061-2529

30222D

5061-2530

30224A

5061-2507
30055-60009

30222A

5061-2512

30224A

30225-60004

30225A

Cable Test Connector
(See Note)

Note: Pins: 2-3, 4-5-21, 6-20, 8-22-23, 12-14-16-19,
15-17-24.

HP 3000 SERIES 3X/4X/64 EQUIPMENT COMPATIBILITY:

Description

Board Test Hood

Cable Test Connector
(See Note)

Part Number

Used With Cable
Product Number

5061-2519

30221A
30221B
30225B

5061-2522

30224B

5061-2507
30055-60009

30221A
30221B

5061-2512

30224B

30225-60004

30225B

Note: Pins: 2-3, 4-5-21, 6-20, 8-22-23, 12-14-16-19,
15-17-24.

B-32

INTELLIGENT NETWORK PROCESSOR (lNP)

3000 SERIES 3X/4X/64 CABLE ASSEMBLIES FOR 30020A/B

Product
Number

Description

Part
Number

30221A

RS232 Synchronous Internal Cable
RS232 10-meter External Cable

30221-60001
5061-2514

30221B

RS232 Asynchronous Internal Cable
RS232 10-meter External Cable

30221-60002
5061-2514

30221F

HP3000 to HP1000 Direct Connect
Cable (HP1000 board is 12834A
with 5061-3422 cable)

30221-60006

30221D

High Speed Synchronous Modem
Cable (V.35)

30221-60010
5061-2517

30224B

INP-to-INP Direct Connect Cable
(Internal) (1)

30224-60014

30224L

External Interconnect Cable
Direct Connect 10 meter
25 meter
50 meter
100 meter
250 meter
500 meter
1000 meter

30224-60001
-60002
-60003
-60004
-60005
-60006
-60007

30225B'

INP-SSLC Direct Connect
(Modem Eliminator Cable)

30225-60006

30221G

AUTO CALL Modem Cable
(INP-B only)

30221-60007
8120-3576

30221H

X.21 Digital Network
Direct Connect Cable

30221-60012
5061-2535

(1) INP-to-INP direct connection requires the use ot a 30224L interconnect cable, part numbers 30224-60001 through 30224- 60007.
The cable lengths range from 10 through 1000 meters.

B-33

INTELLIGENT NETWORK PROCESSOR (INP)

lOP
BUS

I/O CARD CAGE
BACKPLANE
(PCA BOARDS MUST BE INSTALLED
IN ADJACENT CARD SLOTS)

MPU PCA
(PIN 30010-60001)

~
~
3r

...

, :..-::;:1':

RIBBON CABLE

(PIN 30000-930521

BOARD
TEST HOOD

HP 30225A
INP-TO -SSLC
DIRECT-CONNECT
CABLE

CABLE TEST CONNECTOR
(5061-2512)

HP 30224L
EXTERNAL
INTERCONNECT CABLE

~~~

HP 30010A INTELLIGENT NETWORK PROCESSOR
AND RELATED CABLING FOR SERIES II/III
B-34

INTELLIGENT NETWORK PROCESSOR (lNP)

CLOSED
OPEN

PARITY

OPEN = 1
CLOSED = 0

64
32
16

4
2
1

INP-MPU
peA

FUNCTION SWITCHES
~

HP30010A LOCATION OF peA SWITCHES
B-35

INTELLIGENT NETWORK PROCESSOR (lNP)

FUNCTION SWITCH SETTING, HP30010A

Switch
Number

SERIES II/III

Function

Enable
Position

Position For
System Use

Unassigned

Open

Watchdog Timer

Closed

Access INP ROM (see note 1)

Closed

Execute from ET PROM instead
of self test after reset of
INP

Closed

Open

Access ET PROM
exclusively (see note 1)

Closed

Open

System Interface Indicator

Closed

Unassigned

Open

Loop Self Test (see note 2)

Closed

Open

Notes:

1. Simultaneous closure of switches 3 and 5 defaults to
ET PROM access.
2. With HP-supplied SOS ROMs, the self-test program will
loop when switch 8 is closed.

B-36

INTELLIGENT NETWORK PROCESSOR (lNP)

SERVICE
REQUEST
NUMBER
SRO
SRl
SR2
SR3
SR4
SR5
SR6
SR7
SR8
SR9
SRlO
SRl1
SRl2
SRl3
SRl4
SRl5

ROCKER SWITCH
NUMBER TO BE
CLOSED
1
2
3
4
5

7
8
1
2

3
4
5
6
7
8

SWITCH BLOCK
LOCATION
(LEFT OR RIGHT)
Right
Right
Right
Right
Right
Right
Right
Right
Left
Left
Left
Left
Left
Left
Left
Left

B-37

INTELLIGENT NETWORK PROCESSOR (lNP)

/POWER
MODEM
INTERCONNECTING
CABLE - INTERNAL
MODEM

I
HP 30221 AIBID

INTERCONNECTING
CABLE - EXTERNAL

HP 30224B or HP 30225B
D IR ECT-CONN ECT
CABLE - INTERNAL

HP 30224L or HP 30225B
DIRECT-CONNECT
CABLE - EXTERNAL

CABLETEST~

MODEM

CONNECTOR
(5061-5212)

HP 30020A/B INTELLIGENT NETWORK PROCESSOR AND RELATED CABLING
FOR SERIES 3X/4X/64
B-38

INTELLIGENT NETWORK PROCESSOR (lNP)

INP peA

8CD

6('II
o
o

4,7 CLOSED
-

OPEN

HP-IB ADDRESS SWITCH

NOTE: HP30020B has no switches.
HP 30020A, LOCATION OF PCA SWITCHES

B-39

INTELLIGENT NETWORK PROCESSOR (lNP)

ROCKER SWITCH POSITIONS 30020A

Switch
Number

Function

Enable
Position

SERIES 3X,4X

Required Position
for System Use

Allow RAM refresh

Open

Allow processor
execution

Open

Access ET PROM exelusively (see note 1)

Closed

Open

Access INP ROM
(see note 1)

Closed

Allow remote restart
capability

Open

HP-IB shield (ground)

Closed

Open

HP-IB system controller

Open

Closed

Execute from ET PROM
instead of self-test
after reset of INP

Closed

Open

System interface
indicator

Open

Loop self-test
(see note 2)

Closed

Open

Notes:

1. Simultaneous closu~e of switches 3 and 4 defaults
to ET PROM access.
2. With HP-supplied SOS ROMs, the self-test program
will loop when switch 10 is closed.

B-40

COMMUNICATIONS CABLING DIAGRAMS

INP Modem Connection

--------------1> B

30221 A for Series 3x, 4x or 64
302210 for Series 3x, 4x, or 64
(order cables separately)

To HP or IBM installation

Note: May be used for OS13000, RJE13000, MRJE 3000, IML 3000, or MTS 3000 synchronous
modem communication.

INP Modem - Auto Call Unit Connection

M_m

I..

to HP or IBM installation

Note: May be used for OS13000, RJE13000, MRJE 3000, IML 3000, or MTS 3000 synchronous
modem communication.

DS/3000 INP-INP Direct Connection

---3-02-2-4S-fo-rs-e-ri-es-3-x-,4-x-o-r-64---«

~--30-2-24-L-------!~ -3-0-22-4-S-fo-r-se-r-ies-3x-,4-x-o-r-64-....
) >-.

(order separately and
select option for
appropriate length)

Symbol Key
MaleDTE

Female DTE

---<

Male M,P

----{)

Female M'P

--{

Male A'R
Connector

--0

Female A'R
Connector

--c

INP Communications Cabling Diagrams

B-41

COMMUNICATIONS CABLING DIAGRAMS

08/3000 INP-88LC Direct Connection

----------------~~)>--------302258 for Series 3x or 44
30225A for Series III
(order cables separately)

cable included

Note: Transmission mode 1 and subtype 1 on both sides is required.

OS/3000 H81-H81 Hardwired Connection (Available only on 8eries III)

30220A Coaxial Cable (Order Separately)
Up to 4 links to other HSI cards are possible on a single HSI. However, OS/3000 can he active over only one link at a time,

08/3000-08/1000 Hardwired Connection
HP3000
HP 1000

c=J
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-«

t:X'
I

.,f::"
.,f::"

-I

HP30010
INTELLIGENT
NETWORK
PROCESSOR
SERIES II/III

30222-60001

SYNCHRONOUS CABLE

~
C
en .r~;':-lA-w
L:J L:J

-I

rt--~ ID
!·~FM

~.L

MOO. EM

Z
c

G)
F

13232P MODEM-TOTERMINAL CABLE

13268A~01

SYNCHRONOUS
MULTIPOINT MODULE

-t

(:)

13232P MODEM-TOTERMINAL CABLE

~F
M

132320 STAN DAR D
MULTIPOINT CABLE
OR
13232T POWER-DOWN
PROTECT CABLE

13268A~01

SYNCHRONOUS
MULTIPOINT MODULE

MODEM

s:
»
en
-<

()

»
Z

::u

MULTIPOINT CABLING DIAGRAMS

LOCAL 26085 ON SERIES II/III

-----0]

'-------3-02-25-A

[)~---------el

INP MODEM BYPASS CABLE

B-45

tX'
I

.s::-

-t

;;
o
Z

-t

»OJ
r-

HP 13264A
RS-232-e/DATA LINK
ADAPTER

~::~~NAL'I ~:~~;~:O~OUS-

:J:J

_C -~H
F~ A
-L----~~r
rff

1./

JUNCTION
P
ANEL./

EXTERNAL
5061-2514

HP13264A
RS-232-e/DATA LINK
ADAPTER

-I
m

»-I

»
r

F
MODEM

HP3074M
RS-232C/DATA LINK
ADAPTER

lOOn TERMINATING
RESISTOR

Z
o
i>

MULTIPOINT CABLING DIAGRAMS

IBM 3270 CLUSTER HARDWIRED POINT-TO-POINT

JUNCT'O~ ~------=7
PANEL

IfjL

lY\.....-.M

lJJ

EXTERNAL MODEM
BYPASS CABLE

30225-60006

REMOTE POINT -TO-POINT

EXTERNAL CABLE

5061-2514

B-47

SYNCHRONOUS MODEMS

The following Synchronous modem reco.mmendations and options are tor
use with the 30055A Synchronous Single line Controller (SSLC) or
30010A/30020A/B Intelligent Network Processor. Further definition of
these options and capabilities can be obtained from the relevant
"Bell System Technical Reference" publication, which is available
from your local Bell System Representative or CCITT reference.

MODEM CONFIGURATIONS
Modems can be connected in one of two basic configurations:
CONFIGURATION A
Point-to-Point Connection (RJE, MRJE, DS, IMP-, MTS)
Control
MODEM

Tributary
HP MODEMS

I-__

A_ _~_MO_D_E_M_

PUBLIC (SWITCHED) OR
PRIVATE (LEASED) LINE
*IMP must be leased.

37210T
37220T
37230A

BELL SYSTEM
MODEMS
201C
208A
208B
209A
2024A
2048A
2096A
DDS

CONFIGURATION B
Multidrop Connection (MTS, IMF - as tributary)
Control

Tributary
B

HP MODEMS
37210T
37230A

BELL SYSTEM
MODEMS
201C
208A
2024A
2048A,C
DDS

PRIVATE (LEASED)
MULTIDROP LINE
CONTROL = The site responsible for running diagnostics.
TRIB = All other sites.

B-48

SYNCHRONOUS MODEMS

BELL 201C MODEM, PUBLIC SWITCHED LINE, HALF DUPLEX,
POINT-TO-POINT

Type of Modem:

Bell System Type 201C Data Set (Also called
DATAPHONE 2400)
~ype of Line:
Public Telephone Network (Switched Line)
Transmission Rate: 2400 bits-per-second
HP Products:
RJE (2780/3180), MRJE, DS,
andMTS - Configuration A.

OPTION
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

RECOMMENDATION

Transmitter internally
timed.

B3
B4

Without 801 Automatic
Calling Unit
With 801 Automatic
Calling Unit

EIA interface

With automatic answer

Automatic answer
permanently wired.
Automatic answer
key-controlled.

E10

NOTE 1:

Depends(Note 1)

Either

Depends on whether auto-dialer onINP-B is used.

In half duplex operation, this modem provides a 150 msec
Request-to-Send - Clear-to-Send delay.
Note 2: The Bell 201C is fUlly compatible with CCITT V.26bis
modems (Modulation Alternative B).

B-49

SYNCHRONOUS MODEMS

BELL 201C MODEM, PRIVATE LEASED LINE, POINT-TO-POINT,
FULL ,OR HALF DUPLEX

Type of Modem:

Bell System Type 201C Data Set (Also called
DATAPHONE 2400)
Public Telephone Network
Type of Line:
Private Leased Line
Transmission Rate: 24~0 bits-per-second
HP Products:
RJE (2780/3780), IMF, MRJE,
DS, and MTS - Configuration A.

OPTION
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

RECOMMENDATION

EIA interface

B3
B4

Alternate voice
Without alternate voice

New synch under
customer control

4-wire circuit

4-wire private line
continuous carrier
O-millisecond delay
4-wire private line
transmitter internally
timed

E10

B-50

Customer
defined

X
X

SYNCHRONOUS MODEMS

BELL 201C-L10 MODEM, PRIVA TE LEASED LINE,
POINT-TO-POINT

Type of Modem:
Type of Line:

Bell System Type 201C-L1D Data Set
Public Telephone Network
Private Leased Line
Full Duplex Operation
~ransmission Rate: 2400 bits-per-second
HP Products:
RJE (2780/3780), IMF, MRJE, DS,
MTS - Configuration A.

OPTION
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

RECOMMENDATION

Transmitter timing internal

Without new synch

Continuous carrier operation
4-wire, o msec clear-tosend delay

(

Continuous receiver
Bit clock

E10

EIA interface pin 18 provides
receive symbol clock.

F12

Customer selected EIA interface and ground options.
A1 Status of data set ready
during ~ocal analog loopback - ON.
B1 Frame ground connected
to signal ground.

X
X

B-51

SYNCHRONOUS MODEMS

BELL 201C-L1D MODEM, PRIVATE LEASED LINE, MULTIDROP

Type of Modem:
Type of Line:

Bell System Type 201C-LID Data Set
Public Telephone Network
Private Leased Line
Full Duplex Operation
Multidrop Configuration
Transmission Rate: 2400 bits-per-second

HP products:
OPTION
NUMBER

MTS, IMF - Configuration B

DESCRIPTION

RECOMMENDATION
COMPUTER TERMINAL

Transmitter timing internal

Without new synch
With new synch (w/SSLC)

Switched carrier operation
4-wire, 7 msec clear-tosend delay
Continuous carrier operation
4-wire, o msec clear-tosend delay

X
X

Continuous receiver
Bit clock - OUT

EI0

EIA interface pin 18 provides
receive symbol clock

F12

Customer selected EIA interface
and ground options
Al Status of data set ready
during local analog loopback - ON
Bl Frame ground connected
to signal ground

B-52

SYNCHRONOUS MODEMS

BELL 208A, MODEM, PRIVATE LEASED LINE, POINT-TO-POINT,
FULL DUPLEX

Type of Modem:

Bell System Type 208A Data Set (Also called
DATAPHONE 4800)
Type of Line:
Private Leased Line
Transmission Rate: 4800 bits-per-second
HP Products:
RJE, MRJE, DS, IMF,
MTS - Configuration A

OPTION
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

RECOMMENDATION

Transmitter timing internal

Continuous carrier

Continuous REQUEST TO SEND

One second holdover used

E10

Without new synch

Fll

Continuous carrier ON when
analog loop is present

B-53

SYNCHRONOUS MODEMS

BELL 208A MODEM, PRIV ATE LEASED LINE - MUL TIDROP

Type of Modem:

Bell System Type
DATAPHONE4BOO)

20BA

Data Set (Also called

Type of Line:
Private Leased Line
Transmission Rate: 4800 bits-per-second
HP Products:
IMP, MTS - Configuration B

OPTION
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

RECOMMENDATION
COMPUTER TERMINAL

Transmitter inrernally timed.

B3
B4

Continuous carrier.
Switched carrier.

Switched REQUEST TO SEND.
Continuous REQUEST TO SEND.

One-second holdover used.
One-second holdover not used.

E9
EIO

With new sync. (w/SSLC)
Without new sync.

FII

Continuous Carrier when
analog loop is present.

B-54

X
X
X

X
X

SYNCHRONOUS MODEMS

BELL 2088 MODEMA HALF DUPLEX.,J SWITCHED LINE,
PuINT-TO-POIN I

Type of Modem:

Bell System Type 208B Data Set (Also called
DATAPHONE 4800)
Type of Line:
Public Telephone Network (Switched)
Transmission Rate: 4800 bits-per-second
HP Products:
RJE (2780/3780), MRJE, DS,
IMF, MTS - Configuration A

OPTION
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

RECOMMENDATION

Transmitter internally timed.

Without 801 Automatic calling
Unit.

Depends

Data Set Ready (CC) ON when
analog loop is present.

With automatic answer.

E9
E10

Desk mounting
Rack or cabinet mounting.

Either

NOTE: Switch controlled 50 or 150 msec Request-to-Send
Clear-to-Send delay.

801 AUTO CALL UNIT OPTIONS

DESCRIPTION

*
*
*
*

Abandon Call Timer Control
Abandon Call Timer Options
Call Termination Control
Signal Ground Option

RECOMMENDATION
Stop
56 Seconds
Via Data Set
Signal to Frame

B-55

SYNCHRONOUS MODEMS
BELL 209A MODEM, FULL DUPLEX,.PRIVATE LEASED LINE,
POINT- TO-POINT

Type of Modem:

Bell System Type 209A Data Set (Also called
DATAPHONE 9600)
Type of Line:
Private Leased Line (3002 Type 4-wire) with
Dl conditioning (no C conditioning)
Transmission Rate: 9600 bits-per-second.
HP Products:
RJE (2180/3180), MRJE, DS,
IMF, MTS - Configuration A
Note that this modem will accept four simUltaneous devices as
long as their aggregate speed does not exceed 9600 bits/sec.

OPTION
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

RECOMMENDATION

Transmitter timing supplied
by data set

Data Set Ready interface lead
On for Analog Loopback mode

Transmitter timing NOT
slaved by receiver

Elastic Store option
disabled (OUT)

Continuous carrier operation

F12

Continuous Request-to-Send
operation.

Grounding: Protective ground
to signal ground
With alternate voice
Without alternate voice

AA to AB
Either*

*The data set normally is supplied without a hand set.

B-56

SYNCHRONOUS MODEMS

BELL DAT APHONE II 2024A MODEM,.. PRIVATE LEASED LINE,
POINT-TO-PO NT
1'ype of Modem:
Type of Line:
Transmission Rate:
HP Products:
NOTE:
*
*
*
*

Bell System Type DPII 2024A Data Set
Private Leased Line
Public Telephone Network (Dial Back-Up)
2400 bits-per-second
RJE, MRJE, DS, IMP,
MTS - Configuration A

For Dataphone II modems:
only one control on each line
C is usually the control computer site
T is.usually the remote computer, host, or terminal site
C and T are for diagnostic purpose$ only.

OPTION
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

Point-to-point control

Point-to-point tributary
or extended point-topoint tributary

RECOMMENDATION
COMPUTER TERMINAL
X

Internal timing (default)

Continuous Carrier,
continuous RTS

Maximum Address

RS-232 Rise Time

X
X

*Local
Address

101

011

Network
Address

*If rack mount, level II, or level III, contact TELCO marketing
for assistance.
*If rack mount, level II, or level III, contact TELCO marketing
for addressing assistance.

B-57

SYNCHRONOUS MODEMS

BELL DATAPHONE II 2024A MODEM, PRIV ATE LEASED LINE,
MULTIDROP
Type of Modem:
Type of Line:
Transmission Rate:
HP Products:

OPTION
NUMBER

Bell System Type DPII 2024A Data Set
Private Leased Line
Public Telephone Network (Dial Back-Up)
2400bits-per-second
MTS - Configuation B, IMF as
a tributary

DESCRIPTION

RECOMMENDATION
COMPUTER TERMINAL

A3
A4

Multipoint Control
Multipoint Tributary

Internal Timing (Default)

C5
C6

Continuous Carrier,
Switched Carrier

D6
D8

Anti-Stream Timer 27 seconds
Disable Receive Signal
Quality

E5***
E6***
E7
E8

Maximum Address-16
Maximum Address-32
Disable Diagnostic Channel
Disable Receive Signal
Level

RS-232 Rise Time

*Local Address
Network Address

X
X
X
X

**
X

**
**
X

101
65

001
01,02 ...

*If rack mount, level II, or level III, contact TELCO marketing
for addressing assistance.
**Use E7 if alarms are not desired during partially complete
network conversion. Varying degrees of alarm suppression
can be obtained by combinations of DB and EB instead of E7.
***Use E5 for 1-16 remote modems; use E6 for 17-32.

B-58

SYNCHRONOUS MODEMS

BELL DATAPHONE II 2048A MODEM, PRIV ATE LEASED LINE,
POINT-TO-PO NT
Type of Modem:
Type of Line:
Transmission Rate:
HP Products:

OPTION
NUMBER

Bell System Type DPII 2048A Data Set
Private Leased Line
Public Telephone Network (Dial Back-Up)
4800 bits-per-second
RJE, MRJE, DS, IMF
MTS - Configuration A

RECOMMENDATION
COMPUTER TERMINAL

DESCRIPTION

A1
A2

Point-to-Point Control
Point-to-Point Tributary

Internal Timing (Default)

Continuous Carrier

Maximum Address-16

RS-232 Rise Time

101
65

011
01

*Local Address
Network Address

*If rack mount, level II, or
for addressing assistance.

l~vel

III, contact TELCO marketing

B-59

SYNCHRONOUS MODEMS

BELL DATAPHONE II 2048A MODEM, PRIVATE LEASED LINE,
MULTIDROP
Type of Modem:
Type of Line:
Transmission Rate:
HP Products:
NOTE:

Bell System Type DPII 2048A Data Set
Private Leased Line
Public Telephone Network (Dial Back-Up)
4800 bits-per-second
MTS - Configuration B, IMP as
Tributary

With more than 8 remote modems, use 2048c Quick Start at
control, with option El at all modems.

OPTION
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

RECOMMENDATION
COMPUTER TERMINAL

A3
A4

Multipoint Control
MUltipoint Tributary

Internal Timing (Default)

C5
c6

Continuous Carrier
Switched Carrier

Anti-Stream Timer 27 seconds
Disable Receive Signal
Quality

Maximum Address-16
Maximum Address-32
Disable Diagnostic Channel
Disable Receive Signal
level
RS-232 Rise Time

08
E5***
E6***
E7**
E8**
Sa

*Local Address
Network Address

X
X
X

101
65

001
01,02 ...

*If rack mount, level II, or level III, contact TELCO marketing
for addressing assistance.
**Use E7 if alarms are not desired during partially complete
network conversion. Varying degrees of alarm suppression can
be obtained by combinations of D8 and E8 instead of using E7.
***Use E5 for 1-16 remote modems; use E6 for 17-32.

B-60

SYNCHRONOUS MODEMS

BELL DATAPHONE II 2096A MODEM,.PRIVATE LEASED LINE,
POINT-TO-PO NT
Type of Modem:
Type of Line:
~ransmission

Rate:

HP Products:

OPTION
NUMBER

Bell System Type DPII 2096A Data Set
Private Leased Line
Public Telephone Network (Dial Back-Up)
9600 bits-per-second
RJE,MRJE,IMF,DS
MTS - Configuration A

DESCRIPTION

RECOMMENDATION
COMPUTER TERMINAL

A1
A2

Point-to-Point Control
Point-to-Point Tributary

Internal Timing (Default)

Continuous Carrier

Maximum Address-16

RS-232 Rise Time

101
65

011
01.

*Local Address
Network Address

*If rack mount, level II or level III, contact TELCO marketing for
addressing assistance.

B-61

SYNCHRONOUS MODEMS

BELL DA T APHONE DIGITAL SERVICE (DDS), DATA SERVICE
UNIT (DSU), BELL PRIVATE LEASED LINE, POINT-TO-POINT
OR MULTIPOINT
Type of Modem:
Type of Line:
Transmission Rate:

Bell
Bell
500B
500B
500B
500B

HP Products:

RJE,MRJE,IMF,DS,
MTS - Configurations A and B

OPTION
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

RECOMMENDATION
COMPUTER TERMINAL

Continuous Request-to-Send
(Default Option)
Switched Request-to-send

Signal Ground to Frame
Ground (Default Option)

C5
c6

Loop-Back Switch and Indicator
Lamps on Front - (Default)
Loop-Back Switch and Indicator
Lamps on Rear

Circuit Assurance Installed

A1
A2

B-62

System 500B Type Data Service Unit (DSU)
DATAPHONE Digital Service (DDS) Channel
L1/2 2400 bits-per-second
L1/3 4800 bits-per-second
L1/4 9600 bits-per-second
L1/5 56 kilobits-per-second

X
X

Customer
Choice
X

HEWLETT-PACKARD MODEMS

HEWLETT-PACKARD 37210T MODEM
Type of Modem:
Synchronous
Type of Line:
Private Line/Switched Telephone Network
Transmission Rate: 4800 bps, 2400 bps fallback
Options
*Option
Option
Option
Option
**Option

001
002
003
004
005

PTT Module (Private Line Isolation)
2-Wire Switched Line Isolation
Auto Answer USA
Secondary Channel
Remote Command

*Not required in the USA
**4-Wire Leased Lines Only. Options 002 or 003 must be installed in modem.

Modem configuration Recommendations
See Modem Strapping Configuration Log located inside modem top
cover.
More comprehensive strapping information is to be found in the
Operating and Service Manual, HP 37210-90000.

B-63

HEWLETT-PACKARD MODEMS

HEWLETT-PACKARD 37220T MODEM
Type of Modem:
Synchronous
Type of Line:
Private Line (D1 conditioning recommended)
Transmission Rate: 9600 bps, 4800 bps fallback
Options
·Option 001 PTT Module (Private Line Isolation).
·Not required in the USA.
Modem Configuration Recommendations
See Modem Strapping Configuration Log
cover.

located

More comprehensive strapping information is
Operating and Service Manual.

inside modem top

to be found

in the

HEWLETT-PACKARD 37230A MODEM
Type of Modem:
Type of Line:

Synchronous Modem.
4 or 2-wire leased/private lines. Must be unloaded metalic circuit.
Transmission Rate: 19200/9600/4800/2400/bps

INTERNAL STRAPPING OPTIONS
Internal straps tailor modem operation to suit the particular installation. Full details of all internal straps and their recommended setting are contained in the 37230A Operating and
Installation Manual (37230-90000). The Modem Strapping Configuration
Log, located on the underside of the modem top cover, also contains
details of all internal strapping and should be filled in at time of
installation to document actual modem strapping.

OPTIONS
001

B-64

DTE Control of loopback. Allows the local data terminal equipment to control the loopback features on the local modem.

SYNCHRONOUS MODEM TESTS

SELF TESTS FOR
WESTERN ELECTRIC
SYNCHRONOUS MODEMS

3ENERAL
rhe majority of the supported modems have built-in test capabilities
~hich can be utilized by a customer to isolate transmission problems
to the data set(s) transmission facility and in some cases the data
terminal equipment. The test procedures should be used. prior to
calling the Telephone Company Repair Center or when assistance is
required by the Rapair Center.
that on those modems that are on dial-up lines, the relevant
IIdown line" tests will only indicate the given dialed connection is
either good or bad and is no guarantee that all calls will be the
same.
~ote

201C DATA SET TESTS
STATUS LAMPS

POWER
INDICATION

REQUEST
TO SEND

DATA
TERMINAL
READY

DATA SET
READY
(Modem
Ready)

~
TEST
MODE

MODEM
CHECK

RECEIVED
LINE SIGNAL
INDICATOR
(Carrier ON)
CLEAR TO
SEND

RECEIVE
ONLY

.......

...-..R_T_

DIGITAL
LOOPBACK
REMOTE
TEST
SELF
TEST
ANALOG
LOOP
BACK

B-65

SYNCHRONOUS MODEM TESTS

TEST 1.

Analog Loopback Self-Test (Used for either 2- or 4- wire
data sets).

Step 1 - Press the AL button
Step 2 - Press the ST button
Step 3 - At this point the MC lamp should be off and all other lamps
should be on.
Step 4 - If the MC lamp blinks on or remains on or if any of the
other lamps are off, the data set is defective. The lamps
should be observed for at least 30 seconds to be confident
that the data set is working properly.
Step 5 - To check that the transmitter turns off, press the RO button. The RS and CS lamps should go off and the MC lamp
should go on. The CO lamp should go off if the data set is
optioned for switched carrier operation, or on if for continuous carrier operation.
Step 6 - To return the data set to normal operation, release the RO,
ST, and AL buttons. Check that the TM lamp goes off.

TEST 2.

End-To-End Self-Test

Step 1 - Press the ST button on each data set.
Step 2 - Establish a line connection between the data sets, i.e., go
to DATA mode. After the line connection is made, the MC
lamp should be off and all other lamps on each data set
should be on.
Step 3 - The MC lamp on each data set will blink on if an error occurs in the received data signal from the other end. An
average of two blinks per minute or less at each end indicates satisfactory operation. If more blinks than this are
observed, or if the MC lamp is on con- tinuously, or if any
other status lamps are off, the data set or telephone
facilities are the source of trouble.
Step 4 - To return each data set to normal operation, the ST button
should be released at both ends. This should turn the TN
lamp off.

B-66

SYNCHRONOUS MODEM TESTS

rEST 3.

2-Wire Data Set End-to-End Self-Test

Step 1 - Press the ST button on both data sets. Decide which data
set is to receive data. Press the RO button on that data
set.
Step 2 - Establish a line connection between the data sets. At the
transmitting data set, the CO lamp should be off and all
other lamps should be on. At the receiving data set, the
RS, CS, and MC lamps should be off and the remaining lamps
should be on.
Step 3 - At the receiving data set the MC lamp will blink on if an
error occurs. Satisfactory operation is indicated by an
average of two blinks per minute or less. If the number of
blinks is excessive, or if the MC lamp is on continuously,
or if the status of any of the lamps on either data set is
not as specified in Step 2, then the data sets or telephone
facilities are the source of trouble. For switched network
service, due to the statistical nature of performance on
dial connections, several connections must be tested before
a valid in- dication of unsatisfactory operation can be
deter- mined.
Step 4 - This same test should be repeated in the opposite di- rection by releasing the RO button on one data set and pressing the RO button on the other data set. Then repeat Steps
2 and 3.
Step 5 - To return the data sets to normal operation, release the ST
button on each data set and RO button at the receiving data
set to release them from TEST mode. The TM lamp on each
data set should go off.

relephone Company Remote Test
~urther testing should be done through the telephone company if no
errors have yet been detected and modem is still suspect.

B-67

SYNCHRONOUS MODEM TESTS

208A DATA SET TESTS

Status Lamps

POWER INDICATOR ~
DATA SET READY
(Modem Ready)

IMR\
Q

Test Buttons

0
0

LAMP TEST
ANALOG LOOPBACK TEST MODE

SELF TEST MODE

RECEIVED LINE
~
SIGNAL DETECTOR ~
(Carrier On)

DIGITAL
LOOPBACK
TEST MODE

CLEAR TO SEND

EQUALIZER
RETRAIN OR
ERROR INDICATOR

TEST 1.

'-Y

Analog Loopback Self-Test

Step 1 - Press the AL button
Step 2 - Press the ST button to place the data set in self-test.
Ignore flashes on ER while the ST button is being operated.
Step 3 - At this point the ON, RS, CS, and CO lamps should be on and
the MR and ER lamps should be off.
Step 4 - If the ER lamp flashes one or more times or remains on or
if any of the other lamps do not agree with the conditions
in Step 3, the data set is defective. The lamps should be
observed for at least 30 seconds to be confident that the
data set is or is not working.
Step 5 - To return the data set to normal operation, release the ST
and AL buttons.

B-68

SYNCHRONOUS MODEM TESTS

TEST 2. End-to-End Self-Test
Step 1 - With an attendant at each station, manually establish a
voice link between them by means of a separate voice channel. (If alternate voice service is pro- vided, the. private
line to be tested can serve as the initial voice link as
long as no discussion is desired during the test interval.)
Step 2 - Have the attendants agree on when to start the test and
when to end it, then transfer from the TALK to the DATA
mode (if necessary).
Step 3 - Press the ST button on both data sets. Note that the data
set whose ST button is depressed first may show error indications until the ST button on the other set is pressed.
Step 4 - After a few seconds have the attendant at each data set
check that ON, RS, CS, and CO lamps are on and that the MR
and ER lamps are off.
Step 5 - The ER lamp at each data set will flash if errors occur.
Satisfactory operation is indicated by an average of three
flashes per minute or less. At either end, if the number of
flashes of ERexceeds an average of three per minute, or i t
the ER lamp is on continuously, or if the status of any of
the lamps on either data set is not correct per Step 4, the
receiver of that data set, the transmitter of the other
data set, or the interconnecting facilities is not providing proper performance. Each data set may be tested using
TEST 1 to isolate the trouble further.
Step 6 - To return the data sets to normal operation, release the ST
button on each data set to release them from the TEST mode.

B-69

SYNCHRONOUS MODEM TESTS

2088 DA T A SET TESTS

Status Lamps

Test Buttons

POWER INDICATION

DATA TERMINAL READY
(TERMINAL READY)

0
0

DATA SET READY
(MODEM READY)

SELF TES'T

REQUEST TO SEND

RECEIVE ONLY

CLEAR TO SEND

REMOTE TEST

RECEIVED LINE
SIGNAL DETECTOR
(Carrier On)

IN 50 MILLISECONDS
RTS - CTS INTERVAL
OUT 150 ms
RTS - CTS INTERVAL

@
@

EQUALIZER RETRAIN
IN NORMAL MODE
ERROR INDICATION
TEST MODE

B-70

LAMP TEST
ANALOG LOOPBACK

SYNCHRONOUS MODEM TESTS

TEST 1.

Analog Loopback Self-Test

Step 1 - Press the AL button.
Step 2 - Press the ST button to place the data set in the self- test
mode.
Step 3 - At this point the . MR and ER lamps should be off and all
other lamps except TR should be on. The TR lamp may be on
or off depending on the state of the Data Terminal Ready
circuit provided by the data terminal equipment.
Step 4 - If the ER lamp flashes one or more times or remains on or
if any of the lamps do not agree with t.he condi- tions in
Step 3, the data set is defective. The lamps should be observed for at least 30 seconds to be con- fident that the
data set is or is not working.
Step 5 - To return the data set to normal operation, release the ST
and AL buttons.
The data set's power supply is equipped with an over- voltage protection circuit which limits the output voltage
should it rise excessively. When this occurs, the data set
fails the analog loopback self-test. To reset the power
supply, the power cord must be un- plugged and rep lugged
into the ac outlet.

TEST 2.

End-to-End Self-Test

Step 1 - With an attendant at each station, manually establish a
call between the two data sets to be tested.
Step 2 - Have the attendants agree on when to start and end the
test. Decide which data set will receive data first. The
RO button on the receiving data set.
Step 3 - Depress the ST button on both data sets and the RO button
on the receiving data set.
Step 4 - Transfer both data sets to the DATA mode in the

no~al

way.

Step 5 - After a few seconds have the attendant at the transmitting
data set check that the ON, RS, CS, and ER lamps are on and
the MR and CO lamps are off. The attendant at the receiving
data set should check that the ON and CO lamps are on and
that the MR, RS, CS, and ER lamps are off. The TR lamp on
either data set may be on or off dependingQn the state of
the data terminal.

B-7!

SYNCHRONOUS MODEM TESTS

Step 6 - At the rece1v1ng data set the EH lamp will flash if an error occurs. Satisfactory operation is indicated by an
average of three flashes per minute or less. If the number
of flashes or ER exceeds an average of three per minute, or
if the EH lamp is on continuously, or if the status of any
of the lamps on either data set is not correct per Step 5,
then the data sets or the particular telephone facilities
involved in the call are not providing proper performance.
Step 7 - If no problems are indicated in Step 6, this same test
should be repeated in the opposite direction of transmission by releasing the HO button on one data set and pressing the HO button on the other data set. The Steps 5 and 6
should be repeated.
Step 8 - To return the data sets to normal operation, release the ST
button on each data set and the HO button at the receiving
data set to release them from the TEST mode.
If the transmission test on at least two calls fails to
meet the limit of three error indications per minute or the
data set lamps are not providing the proper indication in
Step 5, then the customer should notify the Telephone
Company of the problem.

Telephone Company
Further testing should be done through the telephone company if no
errors have yet been detected and modem is still suspect.

B-72

SYNCHRONOUS MODEM TESTS

209A DATA SET TESTS

MUltiplex
Status
Lamps

General
Status
Lamps

@
@
@
@

@
@
@
@
@
@
@

TEST 1.

Test Switches
POWER
INDICATION

LAMPTEST

DATA SET READY
(Modem Ready)

ANALOG LOOPBACK

REQUEST TO SEND

[§]

SELF-TEST

CLEAR TO SEND

DIGITAL LOOPBACK

RECEIVED LINE
INDICATOR
(Carrier On)
EQUALIZER RETRAIN
IN DATA MODE OR
ERROR (In Self-test Mode)

TEST MODE

Analog Loopback Self-Test

Step 1 - Depress the AL switch. The TM lamp should light.
Step 2 - Depress the ST switch to place the data set in self- test
mode.
Step 3 - At this point the MR and ER lamps should be off and all
other lamps should be on.
Step 4 - If the ER lamp flashes one or more times or remains lit or
if any of the other lamps do not agree with the conditions
in Step 3, the data set is defective. The lamps should be
observed for at least 30 seconds to be~confident that the
data set is or is not working.
Step 5 - To return the data set to normal operation, release the ST
and AL switches.

B-73

SYNCHRONOUS MODEM TESTS

TEST 2.

Digital Loopback Self-Test

Step 1 - After assuring that the AL and ST switches are released,
depress the DL switch on the remote data set. The TM lamp
should light on that data set.
Step 2 - Depress the St switch on the local data set to place it in
the self-test mode. The TM lamp should light on the local
data set. The test is controlled from this data set.
Step 3 - At this point the MR and ER lamps on the local data set
should be out and the remaining lamps should be lit. On the
remote data set, the lamps should be in the same states except it should be noted that the ER lamp indicates
equalizer retain periods and not errors. Lamp indications
other than these denote data set malfunction or transmission problems on the channel.
Step 4 - At the local data set the ER lamp will flash if errors
cur. Five one minute observations should be made. If
number of flashes of ER over these 5 minutes exceeds
the error performance objective is not being met by
data sets and the channel.

octhe
30,
the

Step 5 - To return to normal operation, release the ST switch on the
local data set and the DL switch on the remote data set.

Telephone Company Remote Test
Further testing should be done through the telephone company if no
errors have yet been detected and modem is still suspect.

B-74

DAT APHONE II MODEM TESTS

DAT APHONE II DIAGNOSTICS
All Dataphone II tests are accessed thru switches on the front of
the data set. Persistent faults in the network will be detected by
the monitoring system and displayed as an acronym in the alphanumeric display. Transient impairments such as impulse noise and
hits may not cause a fault to display. In such a case, an extended
test between the moderns is necessary. There are many tests within
the Dataphone II which have replaced some of the need for DSM tests
in Set 6 which are used for loop back tests.
When responding to a fault (MD, FA, SR, or NR), the recommendation
by Telco is to run the modern test (MT) first. It may also be necessary to display options (DSDP) and addresses (DSNA, DSPL) before
going on to other tests such as end-to-end (EE), remote Digital
Loopback (DL), or a continuous modem test (C-MT). The steps to perform the extended tests are documented in the data set User's Manual
and on a plastic card inside the data set. The MT and EE are listed
below.
If the network is experiencing transient hits, it may be desirable
to test the network, cables and INP using DSM. For this purpose,
the local loop (LL) and remote digital loop (DL) are listed.
All of the diagnostics are accessed thru this panel.
Dataphone II Controls

STATUS
0

DM
RD
SD

0000
0000
0000

EJ
Display

DIAG
CHAN
0
0

TEST
COND

BWD

FWD

TEST

CMD

EXEQ

Switches

CJ
Button

The switches (TEST/CMD, BWD/FWD, and -/+) allowing scroll thru a
three level menu of tests and commands which are listed in in menu
order in this section after the tests. The steps included here show
the action to take and the displayed result of each step.
These
diagnostics included many flashing LEDs, flashing displays and
pauses between steps. Some tests take two minutes to run; always
wait for the display to stop as noted below.

B-75

DATAPHONE II MODEM TESTS

Modem Test (MT) at Control

Displayed

Place TEST/CMD switch to TEST position.
Use BWD/FWD switch to scroll to MT.
Press the EXEQ button.
Use +/- switch to scroll to MT--.
Press the EXEQbutton.
Return TEST/CMD switch to center when done.

AUTO
MT
MT** (** flashing)
MT-PASS or FAIL

Modem Test (MT) at Tributary
Place TEST/CMD switch to TEST position.
Press the EXEQ button.
Return TEST/CMD switch to center when done.

MT
PASS or FAIL

End-to-End Test (EE) at Control
Place TEST/CMD switch to TEST position.
Use BWD/FWD switch to scroll to EE.
Press the EXEQ button.
Use +/- switch to scroll to EE01.
Press the EXEQ button.
If nn is 00, there are no errors.
Return TEST/CMD switch to center when done.

AUTO
EE
EE** (** flashing)
EEOl
EE01,nnEO,nnEI

Displaying Options and Addresses
Place TEST/CMD switch to CMD position.
Use BWD/FWD switch to scroll to DSOP.
Press the EXEQ button.
Use +/- switch to scroll thru options.
At the Control only,
Use BWD/FWD switch to scroll to DSPL
Press the EXEQbutton
Use +/- switch to scroll thru poll list.
Use BWD/FWD switch to scroll to DSNA.
Press the EXEQ button for network address.
Return TEST/CMD switch to center when done.

B-76

MDCK or DSAB
DSOP
OP** (** flashing)
Options with check
DSPL
PL** (** flashing)
Addresses with check
DSNA
NA65 or NAOl

DAT APHONE II MODEM TESTS

Maintenance Mode (MTCE) is required for the following tests:
To place the data set in maintenance mode:
Place TEST/CMD switch to CMD position.
Use BWD/FWD switch to scroll to MTCE.
Press the EXEQ button.
Press the EXEQ button.

MOCK or OSAB
MTCE
MC/O
Me/I (in)

DoEE, LL or DLtests, then
Place TEST/CMD switch to CMO position.
Use BWD/FWD switch to scroll to MTCE.
Press the EXEQ button.
Press the EXEQ button.
Return TEST/CMD switch to center when done.

MDCK or OSAB
MTCE
MC/I
MC/O (out)

End-to-End Test (EE) at Tributary
In Maintenance Mode (MC/I),
Place TEST/CMD switch to TEST position.
Use BWD/FWD switch to scroll to EE.
Press the EXEQ button.
If nn is 00, there are no errors.

MT
EE
EEOl,nnEO,nnEI

Local Loop (LL) at Control or Tributary
In Maintenance Mode (MC/I),
Place TEST/CMD switch to TEST position.
Use BWD/FWD switch to scroll to LL.
Press the EXEQ button.
Wait for TEST COND lamp to light.

AUTO or MT
LL
LL flashing

Remote Digital Loop (DL) at Control
In Maintenance Mode (MC/I),
Place TEST/CMD switch to TEST position.
Use BWD/FWD switch to scroll to OL.
Press the EXEQ button.
Use +/- switch to scroll to OLOI.
Press the EXEQ button.
Wait for TEST COND lamp to light.

AUTO
DL
OL** (** flashing)
OLOI
OL01 flashing

B-77

DAT APHONE II MODEM TESTS

DATAPHONE II DIAGNOSTIC MENUS

TESTS
PORTx
AUTO NETWORK TEST
MODEM TEST
DIGITAL TESTxx
ENO-TO-ENO
TRANSMIT LOSS
RECEIVE LOSS
1004 Hz TEST TONE
LOCAL LOOPBACK
DIGITAL LOOPBACK
CONT. MODEM TEST
SELF-TESTxx
RCV SIGNAL LOSS
RCV SIGNAL QUAI.
LAMP TEST
ABORT TEST

COMMANDS
MODEM CHECK
DISABLE/ENABLE
MAINTENANCE MODE
DISPLAY OPTIONS
CLEAR OPTIONS
CHANGE OPTIONS
CHG MUX OPTIONSx
ADD TO POLL LIST
PORTx
DISPLAY POLL LIST
ACQUIRE POLL LIST
CHANGE POLL LIST
DISPLAY SW VERS.
DISP NETWORK ADDR
CHG NETWORK ADDR
DISP LOCAL ADDR
PORT MONITORx
*
x
1

ACRONYM

CNTL

PORT
AUTO
MT
OT
EE
TRMT
RCV
1004
LL
DL
C-MT
ST
RSL
RSQ
LAMP
ABT

*
*D
*D
*D
*D

ACRONYM

CNTL

MDCK
DSAB
MTCE
DSOP
CLOP
CHOP
CHMX
ADPL
PORT
DSPL
AQPL
CHPL
DSSV
DSNA
CHNA
DSLA
PMON

*
*D
*
*

*
*
*

*
*

TRIB
*

*0
*0

*
*
*
*

TRIB

*D
*
*

*
-

*
*

Maintenance Mode
CNTL
TRIB
*
*D
*D
*0
*0
*0
*0
*DN
*DN
*DN
*DN
*DN
*
*
*
*

*D
*0
*D
*D
*D
*DN
*DN
*DN
*DN
*DN
*
*
*
*

Maintenance Mode
CNTL
TRIB
*
*D
*
*
*D
*D
*

*
*
*
*
*

*
*
*

Available
D Disrupts data transmission
Not available
N Non-timed; user must terminate
2096A only
xx 2024A,2048A/C only
Only when G2 or G4 options are used

B-78

*D
*
*
*D
*D
*
*
1
1
1
1
*
*
*
*
*

HEWLETT-PACKARD MODEM TESTS

HP 37210T FRONT PANEL

RTS

CTS

TXD

LSD

120

121

118

122

119

TST

SCM

RXD

TXD

LSD

CTS

RTS

DSR

142

110

104

103

109

106

105

107

108

RXD

DTR

0
ON

SELF TESTS FOR 37210T MODEM
The following self tests can be used by the customer or CE to determine if a data transmission problem exists between two modems, and
to isolate the fault to either the modems or telephone lines.
Tests 1 and 2 should be performed at all suspect modem sites.
Test 3 should be performed on 4-wire installations only.
Test 4 should be performed at all 2-wire installations.
NOTE: On modems fitted with option 005 the remote modem can be controlled from the local modem using the Remote Command
Assembly.

TEST 1. Lamp Test
1. Depress the LP pushbutton.
2.

If any of the front panel indicators fails to illuminate, the
modem is faulty.

B-79

HEWLETT-PACKARD MODEM TESTS

TEST 2. Local Analog Loopback Test
1. Depress the AL and TP pushbuttons (DL should not be depressed).
2. The LSD indicator should be fully on.
3. If the SQM indicator flickers on or remains on, the modem is
faulty. The indicators should be observed for at least 30s.
4. Return the modem to normal operation by releasing the TP and AL
pushbuttons.

TEST 3. Remote Digital Loopback Test (4-wire installations only)
1. Depress the DL pushbutton at the remote modem.

2. Depress the TP pushbutton at the local modem.
3. The LSD indicators at both modems should turn on.
4. If the SQM indicator flickers on more often than 3 times per 30s
period on average, the telephone lines are likely to be
substandard.

5. Return both modems to normal operation by releasing the DL push-

button at the remote modem and the TP pushbutton at the local
modem.

TEST 4. 2-Wire Receive Only Test
1. Press the RO pushbutton on the local modern.
2. Depress the TP pushbutton at the remote modem.
3. The LSD and RXD indicators at the local modem should turn on.
4. If the SQM indicator at the local modem flickers on, it indicates
a telephone line disturbance. Frequent flickering on of the SQM
indicator (more often than 3 times/30s period on average) indicates a substandard telephone line.

5. Repeat the test reversing the direction of transmission.

B-80

HEWLETT-PACKARD MODEM TESTS

REMOTE COMMAND OPERATION
In a point-to-point system remote commands can be sent from either
modem to the other. In a multi-point system remote commands can only
be sent from the master modem.
Procedure to send remote commands:
1. Set the ADDRESS thumbwheel to the address of the remote modem.
2. Set the Code thumbwheel to the appropriate code (see table).

3. Momentarily depress the TX pushbutton to transmit the remote command. The TX indicator will light to indicate transmission of the
remote command.

11. A message confirming receipt of the remote command is transmitted

back·to the master modem. Receipt of this message is indicated by
the TX indicator turning OFF and the ABORT indicator not
lighting.

5. If the ABORT indicator lights, no confirmatory message has been
received by the master modem.

6. To resend a command it will be necessary to depress the TX indicator twice, once to clear the ABORT indication and once to
transmit the command.

REMOTE COMMAND CODES

Code No.
0
1
2

3
4

5
6
7

8 or 9

Function at Remote Modem
Depression of TP pushbutton
Selects 2400 bps data rate
No effect
Depression of AL pushbutton
Remote Command Module transmits 1020Hz tone.
Remote Transmitter disabled
Disables transmitter
No effect
Depression of DL pushbutton
Resets/Clears remote commands in the remote modem.

B-8!

HEWLETT-PACKARD MODEM TESTS

HP 37220T TRANSMITTER & RECEIVER FRONT
PANELS WITH FRONT COVER OPEN

~g~gg ~[G

~g~~g ~[G

~oZ

3::UOZ

~~~SS@~ ~~~

~0~0 ~©

j.
~O

-f
X

::0

SELF TESTS FOR 37220T MODEM
The following self tests can be used by the customer of CE to determine if a data transmission problem exists between two modems and to
isolate the fault to either the modem or telephone lines.
Test 1 should be performed at all suspect modem sites.
TEST 1. Local Analog Loopback Test
1. Set the ALB-NORM-DLB switch to ALB.

2. Set the MK-NORM-SP switch to MK.
3. If the ERR indicator flickers on or remains on, the modem is
faulty. The ERR indicator should be observed for at least 30s.

4. Set the MK-NORM-SP switch to SP and repeat step 3.
5. Check that the TXD and RXD indicators both light when the MKNORM-SP switch is set to SP, and both go out when MK is selected.

TEST 2. Remote Digital Loopback Test
1. Set the ALB-NORM-DLB switch on the remote modem to DLB.

2. Set the MK-NORM-SP switch on the local modem to SP.
3. Check that LSD turns on steady at the local modem within 9s.
LSD fails to turn on, the phone lines are faUlty.

4. If the SQM indicator at the local modem flickers on more often
than 3 times every 30s on average, the telephone lines are likely
to be substandard.

5. Set the MK-NORM-SP switch to MK and repeat step 4.

B-82

HEWLETT-PACKARD MODEM TESTS

REMOTE CONTROL OF LOOPBACK
The 37220T modem has a facility whereby a local modem can control
loopback on the remote modem. The loopback returns signals received
over the telephone lines either by looping the received phone line
signal directly to the transmit phone lines (analog loopback) or by
looping the output of the receiver back to the transmitter input
(digitalloopback).
Only one of these two remote loopback modes can be selected. See
Operating and Service Manual for details.
Depression of the TRN pushbutton at the local modem for greater than
3s will cause the remote modem to enter the remote loopback mode.
The TST indicators at both modems will also light.
To remove the remote modem from the remote loopback mode, press TRN
at aproximately Is intervals. The TST indicators at both modems
should extinguish provided both test switches are in the NORM
position.

B-83

HEWLETT-PACKARD MODEM TESTS

HP 37230A FRONT PANEL
ON

RTS

CTS

TXO

RXO

OCO

ROL

OLB

ROL

DID

0000000

TEST

SELF TESTS FOR HP 37230A
ANALOG LOOPBACK TEST:
Should be performed at each modem to check local transmit/receive
functions. Failure of this test indicates a faulty modem.
1. Depress the ALB and TEST pushbuttons on the modem front panel.
Ensure all other pushbuttons are not depressed.
2. Check that the ERR lamp is off. If ERR is on or flashes on, the
modem is faulty.
3. Return the
pushbuttons.

modem

normal

operation

releasing

both

DIGITAL LOOPBACK TEST: (Modems connected by 4-wire only)
Checks out the ability of two modems to transmit and receive data
over the telephone network. In a multidrop network this test can be
performed only between the master modem and a slave modem. It cannot be performed between two slave modems. Failure of this test and
a pass for both modems in the Analog Loopback Test indicates a faulty phone line connection.
1. Depress the DLB pushbutton on the far end modem. Ensure all other

pushbuttons are not depressed.
2. Depress the TEST pushbutton on the local modem. Ensure all other
pushbuttons are not depressed
3. Each time an error is
modem, ERR will flash
ceptable. However, if
long periods, a faUlty

detected in the data received at the local
on. Occasional flashing on of ERR is acERR flashes on frequently or stays on for
phone line connection is indicated.

4. Return both modems to normal mode by releasing both pushbuttons.

B-84

HEWLETT-PACKARD MODEM TESTS

2-WIRE TEST: (Modems connected by 2-wire lines only)
rhis test checks out the phone line connection between two modems
)perating in a 2-wire network.

L. At the local modem remove the wire links between the rear panel
TX and RX terminals.. Ensure that the 2-wiretelephone line is
connected to theRX terminals on the modem.
2. Depress the TEST pushbuttons on both the local and far
modems. Ensure all other pushbuttons are not depressed.

end

3. Each time an error is detected in the data received at the local
modem, ERR will flash on. Occasional flashing of ERR is acceptable. However, if ERR flashes on frequently or stays on for long
periods, a faulty phone line connection is indicated.
~.

Release both TEST pushbuttons, and reconnect the wire links between the TX and RX terminals on the local modem.

~EMOTE

CONTROL OF DIGITAL LOOPBACK

rhis facility, available only when two modems are connected in a
point-to-point arrangement via a 4-wire line, allows an_operator at
)ne of the modems to command the far end modem to enter the digital
loopback mode.

L. Depress the RDL pushbutton on the local modem to command the far
end modem to enter the digital loopback mode.
2. Check that the RDL indicator turns on at the local modem within
6s. If RDL fails to light and ERR turns on, digital loopback at
the far end modem is not guaranteed.

3. Releasing the RDL pushbutton at the local modem removes the digital loopback from the far end modem.

B-85

SELECTED HP 1640A/B SETTINGS

FORMAT

ATC

ATP/ADCC

ASYNC MTS

DATA CODE

ASCII-7

MODE
CLK(3)
BITS/SEC(l)
SYNC CHAR(2)

ASYNC-1

ASCII-8 or
ASCII-7
ASYNC-1

line speed

ERROR CHECK

ODD

NONE OR EVEN (4)

ODD

Mode:
(defaults)

MONITOR

TRIG SOURCE

TX DATA

RUN MODE
(exception)

CONT TIG or
CONTINUOUS(3)

CONT TIG or
CONTINUOUS

CONT TRIG or
CONTINUOUS(3)

TRIGGER

any

SUPPRESS
PLUS-- -CHARACTERS

OFF
n/a

OFF

OFF
n/a

Patch Panel

2:TX 3:RX 7:GND

2:TX 3:RX
7:GND

ASYNC-l

RESYNC ON(2)
PLUS-IDLES(2)

Notes:
1
2
3
4
5

Asynchronous
Synchronous
Synchronous for HP 1640B
None for ASCII 8. Even for ASCII-7
Applies to 1640A; for 1640B - don't care

For asynchronous operation, CLEAR-TO-SEND must be "ON" for TRANSMI
DATA to be displayed. CARRIER DETECT must be "0N" for RECEIVED DAT
to be displayed. The 1640A/B will set these lines ON automatical
ly if pins are not used at positions 5 and 8 on the patch panel.
II

B-86

SSLC AND INP CONFIGURATION SUMMARY

DS and Synchronous
MTS

DS X.25

IMF, MRJE,
RJE (to host)

ASCII-7

HEX-8

OTHER-8 (EBCDIC)

SYNC

SYNC
EXT

16,16 (5)

32,32 (5)

FF (5)

ODD

SDLC

NONE

MONITOR

TX DATA

TIME INT

TX DATA

CONT TRIG or
CONTINUOUS

CONT TRIG

CONT TRIG or
CONTINUOUS

OFF
n/a

SYNCS

OFF

2:TX 3:RX 4:RTS
5:CTS 6:DSR 7:GND
8:CAR 15:SCT
17:SCR 20:DTR

B-87

SSLC AND INP CONFIGURA TION SUMMARY

If several subsystems will use
figured so as to be compatible
configuration choices available
SOLE user of the SSLC or INP.
choices that will permit his or
use the SSLC or INP.
Step
Number

the SSLC or INP, it must be confor all. This table summarizes the
for each subsystem when it is the
The user will need to select the
her particular set of subsystems to

MPE Prompt and the Recommended Response for Each
Data Communications Subsystem

3.7

UNIT #?O

3.8

SOFTWARE CHANNEL #?O

3.9

TYPE?

17 (INP)
18 (SSLC)
3.10

SUBTYPE?

Synchronous, switched line with a modem

1 Synchronous, nonswitched line with a modem

3 Synchronous hardwired line
7 Asynchronous line

o or

0,1,3,or7
1

(DS, RJE, MRJE)
(MTS)
(IML)

3.14

PROTOCOL? 1 (Bisync)

3.15

LOCAL MODE?
1

Local is mUltipoint control station or primary
contention station.

2 Local is secondary contention station.
1
1

B-88

or 2

(DS, RJE)
(MTS and IMF)
(MRJE overrides this option)

SSLC AND INPCONFIGURATIONSUMMARY

Step
Number
3.16

MPE Prompt and the Recommended Response for Each
Data Communications Subsystem
TRANSMISSION CODE?
1 Automatic code sensing
2 ASCII
3 EBCDIC
1,2,or 3

3.17

3.18

RECEIVE TIMEOUT?

(OS, RJE, MTS, IMF)
(MRJE overrides response)

LOCAL TIMEOUT?

(default=20)
(DS, RJE, MTS, IMF)
(MRJE overrides response)

CONNECT TIMEOUT?
300
900+

3.20

(default=20)

0-32000
or return

0-32000
or return
3.19

(DS,RJE)
(MRJE,MTS,and IMP
override the response)

(default=900)

(Reconunended for DS, RJE,
MTS)
(Reconunended for IMF)
(MRJE overrides response)

DIAL FACILITY? YES, NO, LDEV # on INP-B, or return
(DS,RJE, and MTS use response)
(MRJE and IMF don't use response)

3.21

ANSWER FACILITY? YES, NO, or return
(DS,RJE, and MTS use response)
(MRJE and IMF don't use response)

3.23

DUAL SPEED?
YES or NO
NO

3.24

HALF-SPEED?

(DS,RJE,MRJEYES for European modems only)
(MTS)
(I~F doesn't use response)
YES or NO

(DS,RJE,MRJE use response)
(MTS and IMF don't use response)

B-89

SSLC AND INP CONFIGURA TION SUMMARY

Step
Number
3.25

MPE Prompt and the Recommended Response for Each
Data Communication SUbsystem
SPEED CHANGEABLE? YES or NO
(response overridden if modens that provide internal
clocking are used)

3.26

TRANSMISSION SPEED?
line transmission speed in characters per second:
250, 300, 600, 900, 1200, 2400, 7000
(IMF overrides response)

3.27

TRANSMISSION MODE?

o Full duplex (Transmission facility, not protocol.)
1 Half duplex
3.28

PREFERRED BUFFER SIZE? 0-4095
1024 words maximum for INP, 4095 maximum for SSLC.
1024
500

3.29

(recommended for DS)
(recommended for MTS)
(MRJE,RJE and IMF
override response)

DRIVER CHANGEABLE?
YES
NO

(MRJE with SSLC, MTS with SSLC)
(All other subsystems and configurations)

3.30

DRIVER OPTIONS? 0

3.50

DRIVER NAME?
CSSBSCO
IOINPO

3.52

(SSLC)
(INP)

PHONE LIST? YES or NO
(DS,RJE,and MTS use response)
(MRJE and IMP override response)

B-90

SSLC AND INP CONFIGURATION SUMMARY

Step
Number

3.54

MPE Prompt and the Recommended Response for Each
Data Communications Subsystem
LOCAL 10 SEQUENCE? ID or return
(OS uses response)
(MTS,RJE,MRJE, and IMF do not
use response)

3.55

REMOTE ID SEQUENCE? IO or return
(OS uses response)
(MTS,RJE,MRJE, and IMF do not
use response)

3.70

DEVICE CLASSES?
classname or return

(DS,MRJE,MTS,IMF)

RJLINE

(RJE. Additional names
are optional; see RJE
Reference manual, Section III
for discussion of #RJLINE
subsystem command.)
Note: The same class name may
not be used for both the INP
and the SSLC.

3.94

ADDITIONAL DRIVER CHANGES?
YES
NO

(MRJE (SSLC),MTS with SSLC)
(All other subsystems and configurations.)

3.98

ADD DRIVERS? YES or NO

3.99

DRIVER NAME?
CSSMRJEO (MRJE WITH SSLC)
CSSBSCl (MTS WITH SSLC)

B-91

I c I

COMMUNICATIONS
PROTOCOL
Reference: "Binary Synchronous Communication Protocol
IBM GA27-3004-02

CONTENT

PAGE

BISYNC Control Characters

C-2

BISYNC Control Character Definitions

C-3

BISYNC END TO END Control Characters

C-4

END TO END Control Character Definitions

C-5

Summary of Respqnses

C-1

DS/3000 Format Using BISYNC Protocol

C-8

Control Character Sequences

C-ll

BISYNC Handshaking

C-15

RJE Peculiarities

c-16

Comments on Block Format

c-16

X.25 Data Link Protocol: LAP-B

C-17

SDLC: Synchronous Data Link Control

C-28

NOTE: The information in this handbook is not a set of product
specifications. Refer to the appropriate sUbsystem, system,
and
component
specifications,
reference
manuals,
or
technical specifications.

C-l

COMMUNICA TIONS PROTOCOL

Bisync Control Characters
Characters

NAME

ACII/octal
/[hex]

EBCDIC/octal
[hex]

ACKO

Even
Acknowledgment

DLE 0 [10.
20.60 30]

DLE
20.160 [10.70]

ACK1

Odd
Acknowledgment

DLE 1 [10.
20.61 30]

DLE/
20.141 [10.61]

BEL

Bell

57 [2F]

DLE

Data Link
Escape

20 [10]

ENQ

Enquiry

55 [2D]

EOT

End of
Tranmission

67 [37]

ETB

End of
Text Block

ETX

End of
Text

NAK

Negative
Acknowledgment

[15]

75 [3D]

PAD

Trailing Pad

377

[FF]

377 [FF]

RVI

Reverse
Interrupt

DLE< [10.
20.74 3C]

DLE@
20.174 [10.7C]

SOH

Start of
Header

STX

Start of
Text

SYN

Sync
Character

TTD

Temp. Text
Delay

STX.ENQ

2·5

2.55 [02.20]

US/IUS

Information
Unit Separator

WACK

Wait Before
Transmit

DLE; 20.73
[10.3B]

C-2

[17]

46 [26]
3

[16]

[IF]

62 [32]

37 [IF]
DLE,;20.153
[10.6B]

COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOL

BISYNCH Control Character Definitions
ACK

(Affirmative Acknowledge) reply to station selection,
receipt of message sent.

DLE

(Data link Escape) provdes supplementary line control
expansions; control of DLE sequences. DLE-EOT is a
forced disconnect. (1)

ENQ

(Enquiry) Interrogates terminal to status or I.D.
(control). Message state; request retransmission of
acknowledgement or preceding block to be ignored.(l)

EOT

(End of Transmission) ends a transmission, all
stations go to control mode; negative response to a
poll.

ETB

(End of Transmission Block) terminates a message
block, indicating additional messsage blocks to be
sent. Requires a reply.(l)

ETX

(End of Text) terminates last block of a message.
Requires a reply.(l)

NAK

(Negative Acknowledge) indicates a message error by
receiving terminal; reply to a selection sequence by
a non-ready device; response to a TTD.

RVI

(Reverse Interrupt) sent by receiving station to
terminate prematurely operation in progress.

SOH

(Start of Heading) precedes header records.

STX

(Start of Text) precedes text records. (1)

SYN

(Synchronous Idle) used as a "fill" to maintain
sync.(l)

TTD

(Temporary Text Delay) sent by transmitting station
to indicate a delay or initiate an abort in
transmission.
(Unit Separator) (Information Separator)

US or IUS

Terminates an intermediate block of characters,
BBC is sent, no line turnaround occurs. This character may also be called ITB (Intermediate Text
Block Separator).(l)

WACK

(Wait Before Transmit Positive Acknowledge) sent by
receiving station to indicate not ready to receive.
(1) Follows a DLE to indicate control characters
while in TRANSPARENT TEXT mode.

C-3

COMMUNICA TIONS PROTOCOL

BISYNCH End To End Control Characters
Characters

NAME

ASCII/octal/
[hex]

EBCDIC/octal
[hex]

DCI, DC2 or
ESC*

Component
Select (Refer
to 2780/ 3780
RJE)

21,22[11.12]
33*[lB*]

21,22 [11,12]
47.* [27.*]

ESC*

Carriage Control (Refer to
2780/37808
RJE)

33.* [lB*]

47.* [27.*]

GS/IGS

Group
Separator

[10]

35 [lD]

Horizontal Tab

[9]

RS/IRS

Intermediate
Record
Separator

[lE]

36 [lE]

Vertical Tab

rOB]

13 [OB]

*An appropriate character.

C-4

COMMUNICA TIONS PROTOCOL

End To End Control Character Definitions
DCI,DC2
or ESC*

(Component Selection) The 3780 uses DCI for selecting printer and DC2 or DC3 for selecting punch.
The 2780 uses ESC 4 for selecting punch and any valid
carriage control sequence ESC* for selecting printer.
(Refer to 2780?3780 RJE)

ESC*

(Carriage Control) The 2780/3780 uses a two-character
ESC sequence to provide carriage control. (Refer to
2780/3780 RJE).

GS/IGS

(Group Separator) used for space compression within
a record to represent repetitive consecutive characters. (In 2780/3780 RJE).

(Horizontal Tab) requires a tab format message which
defines tab positions. Allows tabbing to next tab
position.

RS/IRS

(Intermediate Record Separator) In 3780 RJE nontransparent mode, allows record separation and blank
truncation.

(Vertical Tab) terminates buffer loading, initiates
print cycle, and skips to printer tape channel 2.

C-5

COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOL

CRe CYCLIC REDUNDANCY CHECK

A 16-bit longitudinal check performed on all significant characters following SOH or STX, including the End-of-Block character.
Also referred to as BCC Block Check Character.
Used in EBDIC mode or ASCI Transparent.
I BBP

EBB P

Tee a
Bee d

Tee a

XC C d

Tee a
Bee d

VRC VERTICAL REDUNDANCY CHECK

Provides odd parity for each character (including LRC character).
Used in ASCII mode.
LRC LONGITUDINAL REDUNDANCY CHECK

Computed on each block following SOH or STX but including a Endof-Block character.
Used in ASCII mode.
ELp
T Ra
Cd

ELp
T Ra
xed

IUS INFORMATION UNIT SEPARATOR
IUS (EBCDII), US (ASCII), (2780 PROTOCOL)

Serves as an Intermediate Block Check. It is followed by the BCe
character.
EBCDIC

ASCII

c-6

COMMUNICA TIONS PROTOCOL

IRS INTER RECORD SEPARATOR

IRS (EBCDIC), RS (ASCII), (3180 Protocol)
In non-transparent mode each record normally terminates with
IRS/RS, each block with ETB. The last block in data set is terminated with ETX. Allows trailing blank record truncation.
IRS also terminates line for print control.

Summary of Responses
EOT
Sent by receiver as an error response for printer error; parity
error;buffer overrun.
Sent by sender to indicate End-of-Data set, or abort.
NAK
Sent y receiver as an error response for incorrect CRC or VRC/
LRC check, or received ENQ in text.

E
T N
XQ

S
E
T data N

TTD
Sent in text by sender if buffer parity error occurs, or
transparency check is detected by communications adapter.
TTD
..
TTD

•
NAK
•

An abort sequence for card reader error or input parity error.

NOTE:

The EOT is a blind transmission. It does not require a
response. If the EOT is not received, it may produce
anomalous results.

C-1

COMMUNICA TIONS PROTOCOL

DS/3000 FORMAT USING BISYNCH PROTOCOL
S D S
Y L T
N E X

16 BYTES
fixed
format

....

Length of
Fixed & Appendage
(words)
R

e
p
1
y

e
j
e
c
t

3
4

5
6
7

D E B B P
L T C C A
E X C C D

........

variable
byte
user
appendage data
0-50 bytes

n
t
i

B
r
e
a
k

u
e
2

Message
Class

C
0

m
p
r
e
s
s

Stream
Class

I.C. - from
Process #

to - I.C.
Process #

Length (bytes)
Appendage & Data

GROUP POLL (GENERAL POLL)
Group

CPU

Control
Station
Tributaries
(Conponents)

Control
Station
(Continued)
Tributaries
(continued)
Station CA transmits
a text block
NOTE: If terminal sends transparent text there would be a
DL E in front of the STX and ETB characters.

c-8

COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOL

GROUP POLL (GENERAL POLL, CONTINUED)
Control
Station
(continued)
Tributaries
(continued)
Station CA
sends more data

Station CD
sends data

Control
Station
(continued)
Tributaries
(continued)
No other stations
in Group C want
to transmit data

Specific Poll
Control
Station
Tributary
(AD)

Selection
Note: Lower case

--L

Control
Station

NOTE: OLE precedes control characters
of transparent.

Tributaries

C-9

COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOL

Broadcast (Not Supported)

Control
Station

No response from
Tributaries

*=
Control
State

Line Select (Not

Support~d)

Control

*=
Control
State

C-10

COMMUNICA TIONS PROTOCOL

BINARY SYNCHRONOUS
CONTROL CHARACTER SEQUENCES

Framing
Heading Block

Text Block

[]]
Combined Heading and Text Blocks

STX mayor may not be sent

Bee

Response

Accumulation - Transparent Mode
Start Transparent Text

DE:ITIJ
Deleted

l I t '"
BCC

Deleted BCC

C-l1

COMMUNICA TIONS PROTOCOL

BINARY SYNCHRONOUS CONTROL CHARACTER
SEQUENCES (Continued)

Normal Message
CPU
Sends

B Sends

s
T

[[G ~---'---'

ENQ -ENQ Convention
Primary
Secondary

N time
out N
2-sec
Q
Q
E 3-sec
N time out

A
C0
K

[ill rn
C1
K

Unanswered Line Bid
N

C-12

2- or 3-sec
response
time out

N time out

time out
N 11 of retries

[ill

T
Oe 0
S text T
E
X
XT
K
N

il
0
T

S text T
E
T
X
X

~ rn
0
T

COMMUNICA TIONS PROTOCOL

BINARY SYNCHRONOUS CONTROL CHARACTER
SEQUENCES (Continued)

Retransmission

Receive - Initiated Transmission Delay (WACK)
S

iml

Ttext T

T text T

SeC
delay
2- A
C

rnG

sec
delay
2- A
C

T text T ...

C0
[lliA
K

[ill...

Transmitter - Initiated Transmission Delay (TTD)

~QE

~X text iB

lliJ

[ill

Lext
X

*fi~1 *filE1J

[ill

[ill rn rn

Lext
X

[ill

m
W

*Up to a 20-second delay

Improper Ack
E

rn~

S odd E
T t ex t T

[ill

Seven E

T tex t T

[ill

[ill
*The text block may be retransmitted.

C-13

COMMUNICA TIONS PROTOCOL

BINARY SYNCHRONOUS CONTROL CHARACTER
SEQUENCES (Continued)

No -Response

*3-second response time out

C-14

COMMUNICA TIONS PROTOCOL

Bisynch Handshaking

ENQ

ACK
(ASCII)

STX
NAK

TTD
WACK

[IT]]
L ; a
E . d

ASCII

ETB

EL p
T Ra
Bed

ETX

EL P
T Ra
Xed

RVI

ill)
L< a
E d

ASCII

EDT

C-15

COMMUNICA TIONS PROTOCOL

RJE Peculiarities
Buffer overruns may result in NAK, or in failure to alternate
ACK.
Attempted sign-on to a remote already in use may result in line
disconnect rather than NAK or error message.
Some installations send EOT every 10 or 15 seconds so wait=m,s
fails to time out.

Comments on Block Format
2780 and 3780 RJE Emulators may use either non-transparent or
transparent mode.
The MRJE subsystem uses transparent mode. The transmission block
requires control parameters for data control, stream identification, repetitive character compression, etc. See Section E.
The DS/3000 subsystem uses transparent mode. The transmission
block contains an 8-word header and an optional appendage for parameter values and DS control information, described above.

c-16

X.25

X.25 DATA LINK PROTOCOL: LAP-B

(Reference: CCITT X.1 - X.29 recommendations)

Framing Format
FLAG
Flag

Information (optional)
(FRAME CHECK SEQUENCE)
FLAG is 01111110 or 7E (Hex)

Address Convention for LAP-B
A
B

00000011
00000001

Frame Transmitter:
Type of Frame

Network
(DCE)

DTE

Command

Response

C-17

X.25

CONTROL FIELD

FORMAT

FUNCTION

ENCODING

TYPE

87654 3 2 1

Information

Command

o 0 0 1

Either

~ 0 1 0 1

Either

1 0 0 1

Either

SABM- Set
Asynchronous
Balanced Mode

0 0 1 P 1 1 1 1

Command

DM- Disc Mode

0 0 0 F 1 1 1 1

Response

DISC Disconnect

0 1 0 P 0 0 1 1

Command

UA- Unnumbered
Ack

0 1 1 F 0 0 1 1

Response

FRMR- Frame
Reject

1 0 0 F 0 1 1 1

Response

I-Information

RR- Receiver
Ready
Supervisory RNR-Receiver
Not Ready
REJ-REJECT

Unnumbered

C-18

N(R)

N(S)

N(R)

X.25

LAP-B CONTROL FUNCTION DEFINITONS

I-Frame
(Information)

Frame which transmits data in packets.

RR (Receiver
Ready)

Indicates the DTE or DCE is ready to receive
an I frame and acknowledge previously received
I-frames numbered up to and including N(R)-l.
May also be used to clear a busy condition.

RNR (Receiver
Not Ready)

Indicates a busy condition at the remote DTE
or or DCE and acknowledges frames numbered
N(R)-l. The transmission of a UA, RR, REJ or
SABM indicates the busy condition has cleared.

REJ (REJECT)

Used by DTE or DCE to request retransmission
of I-frames starting with the frame numbered
N(R) . I-frames numbered N(R)-l and below are
acknowledged.

SABM (Set Async.
Balanced Mode)

Set up a LAP-B link.

DM (Disconnect
Mode)

Used to report that the DTE or DCE is lo~ically disconnected from the link and is in the
disconnected phase.

DISC (Disconnect)

Used to terminate the link.

UA (Unnumbered
Acknowledgment)

Used to acknowledge the receipt and acceptance
of the Unnumbered format commands.

FRMR (Frame
Reject)

Used to report an error condition not recoverable by retransmission of the identical frame.

P/F (Poll/Final
Bit)

Used in timeout recovery situations. The P-bit
is set in a command to elicit an immediate
response from the remote secondary. The
specific response to this command will have
the F-bit set to acknowledge the poll bit.

N(R), N(S)

N(R) is the sequence number of the next
receive frame expected. N(S) is the sequence
number of the send frame assigned by the
transmitter.

C-19

X.25

INFORMATION FIELD

The I-field appears in Information frames and contains the packet. This field is unrestricted with respect to code.
In the FRMR frame the following information appears in the
I-field:
Rejected
Control Field
----8 bits----

V(S}I CIRI V(R}I 0

-------8 bits-----

000 0 Z Y X W

-----8 bits-----

V(S}

the current send state variable of the rejecting
station.

C/R

1 = frame rejected was a response frame.
o = frame rejected was a command frame.

V(R}

the current receive state variable of the rejecting
station.

the control field was invalid.

the control field was invalid because the I-field was
not permitted with the command. Bit W must be set also.

the I-field exceeded maximum established capacity.

the control field contained an invalid N(R}.

FCS (FRAME CHECKING SEQUENCE)

The FCS is a 16-bit sequence used to detect transmission errors.
The address, control, and information fields are checked.
Transparency Bit Stuffing
• When transmitting, DTE or DeE inserts O-bit after all sequences
of 5 contiguous l-bits within the frame content .
• When receiving, DTE or DCE discards O-bit which follows 5 contiguous l-bits within the frame content.
Interframe time fill is accomplished by transmitting contiguous
flags between frames.

C-20

X.25

PACKET LEVEL PROTOCOL
Packet Formats
CALL
CONFIRMA TION

DATA
Q

011 OiL C G N
LeN

PISI

P(R)

USER DATA

Address
Lengths
Addresses

RR (Receiver
Ready)

CLEAR
REQUEST

CLEAR
CONFIRMATION

RNR (Receiver
Not Ready)

RESET
REQUEST

RESET
CONFIRM A TION

INT. (Interrupt)

CALL REQUEST

INCOMING CALL
FROM-PAD

Addresses

C-21

X.25

GFI (GENERAL FORMAT IDENTIFIER)

The data qualifier bit used in X.29 (host <--> PAD) packets only.

The delivery confirmation bit used to signal the use of
the D-bit in call request packets. In data packets, it
means that an end-to-end acknowledgment is desired.

SN --- Sequence Numbering
01: sequencing is modulo 8
10: sequencing is modulo 128
LCGN LeN

The logical channel group number and logical channel
number combine to identify the virtual circuit
(values 0-4095).

P(R)

The sequence number of the next receive packet expected.

P(S) -

The sequence number of the send packet.

M-bit - Indicates the data was longer than the packet length so
there is more data in the next packet.
Interrupt User Data (DS/X.25 on HP3000)
1
2
3

4
6

C-22

Break
Control-y
Resume
Abort
Abort job

X.25

Clearing Cause Codes
Coding of Clearing Cause Field in Clear Indication Packet
Bits

DTE originated ..............................
Number bUsy ................................
Out of order ...............................
Remote procedure error .....................
Reverse charging acceptance not subscribed*.
Incompatible destination ...................
Fast select acceptance not subscribed* ......

8 7 6 5 4 3 2'1

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0
0
0
0
0 0
0 0
0
0
0
0

0 0 0 0 0 1

0
0
0
1
1

0 1 0 0
1 0 0 0
1 1 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 1 0 0

1
1
1
1
1

Invalid facility request ................... 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
Access barred .............................. 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1
Local procedure error
0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1
••

e. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Network congestion ......................... 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
Not obtainable ............................. 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1
RPOA out of order* .......................... 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
*May be received only if the corresponding optional user
facility is used.

C-23

X.25

Resetting Cause Codes
Coding of Resetting Cause Field in Reset Indication Packet
Bits

......................
Out of order** .......................
Remote procedure error* ..............
Local procedure error ................
Network congestion ...................
Remote DTE operational** .............
Network operational*** ...............
Incompatible destination* ............
DTE originated*

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0 0 0 0 0 1
1
1
1
1
1
1

0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 1 0
0 0 0 1 1
0 0 1 0 0
0 0 1 1 1
0 1 0 0 0

* Applicable to virtual calls and permanent virtual
circuits only.
** Applicable to permanent virtual circuits only.
*** Applicable to permanent virtual circuits and datagram
logical channels only.

Restarting Cause Codes
Coding of the Restarting Cause Field in Restart Indication
Packets
Bits
Local procedure error

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

Network
Network

0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1

C-24

.................
congestion ....................
operational ...................

X.25

Diagnostic Codes
Coding of X.25 Network Generated Diagnostic Fields in Clear,
Reset, and Restart Indication and Diagnostic Packets

No additional information
Invalid P(S)
Invalid P(R)
..

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0

1
2

1 1 1

0 0 1 0 0 0 0
0 0 1 0 0 0 1

0 0
0 1

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

1 1 1 1 1

0 0
0 0
0 0

1 0 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0 0 1
1 0 0 0 1 0

32
33
34

0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0

1 0 0 0 1 1
1 0 0 1 0 0
1 0 0 1 0 1
1 0 0 1 1 0
1 0 0 1 1 1
1 0 1 0 0 0
1 0 1 0 0 1

35
36
37
38
39
40
41

0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1
0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0

42
43
44

0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1

. . ..

0 0 0 0 1

Packet type invalid
For state rl
. . ...
For state r2
For state r3
·. .. . .
For state pI
For state p2
..
For state p3
For state p4
For state p5
For state p6
· . ..
For state p7
·.
For state dl
For state d2
For state d3

·.

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0 0
0 0
0 0

0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0

0
0
0
0 0
0 0
0 0

0 0 0

Packet not allowed
Unidentifiable packet .
Call on one way logical channel
Invalid packet type on a permanent
virtual circuit.
Packet on unassigned logical channel
Re,ject not subscribed to
Packet too short
..
Packet too long
..
..
..
Invalid general format identifier
Restart with nonzero in bits 1-4,9-16.
Packet type not compatible with
facility ..... .....
Unauthorized interrupt confirmation
Unauthorized interrupt
e .•••••••

e,_

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

0 0 1 0
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 0

0 1
1
1
1 0
1 0
1 0
1 0
1 1
1 1
0
0

.. ..

0 1
1 0
1 1
0 0

1
1 0
1 1
0

C-25

X.25

Timer expired
For incoming call
For clear indication
For reset indication
For restart indication

Call set-up problem
Facility code not allowed
Facility parameter not allowed
Invalid called address
Invalid calling address

Not assigned

0 0 1
0 0 1
001
0 0 1
0 0 1

0
1
0
1
0

48
49
50
51
52

o 0 1 1 1 1 1 1

0
0
0
0
0

1
1
1
1
1

0
1
0
1
0

64
65

1 0 0 1 1 1 1

1 0 100 0 0

1 0 1 1 1 1 1

o
o

1 1 000 0 0

0
0
0
0
0

1 0 0
100
100
100
101

0
0
1
1
0

0 000
000 0
0 001
000 1
0 010

67
68

1 1 0 1 1 1 1 111

o 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 112
o 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 127

Reserved for network
specific diagnostic information

1 0 0 0 000 0 128
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 255

Not all diagnostic codes need apply to a specific network, but
those used are as coded in the table.

A given diagnostic need not apply to all packet types (i.e.,
reset indication. clear indication. restart indication. diagnosticpackets).

The first diagnostic in each grouping is a generic diagnostic
and can be used in place of the more specific diagnostics
within the grouping. The decimal 0 diagnostic code can be used
in situations where no additional information is available.

c-26

X.25

DS/3000 FORMATING FOR DATA TRANSFER USING X.25 PROTOCOL

FLAG

ADDRESS
CONTROL

Frame Checking Sequence

GFI/LEN
LCGN

DATA PACKET TYPE

*Refer to page C-8 for fixed format.

C-27

SOLC

SOLC: SYNCHRONOUS DA T A LINK CONTROL
SDLC is the Data Link Control defined in Systems Network
Architecture (SNA). Two types of stations are used in SDLC communications: primary stations and secondary stations.
Primary stations - controls a data link and issues commands.
Secondary stations - receive commands and returns responses.
There can be only one primary station on a data link at one time,
but there can be multiple secondary stations. All communications
on a data link are from the primary station to one or more secondary stations, or from a secondary station to the primary
station.
All information is sent in frames. A prov~s10n is made for
transmitting numbered information frames and making sure they are
received in the proper order.

Framing Format
FLAG
Flag

Information (optional)
(FRAME CHECK SEQUENCE)
FLAG is 01111110 or 1E (Hex)
ADDRESS FIELD

The address field always contains the address of the secondary
station. There are 3 types of addresses:
• a station address - intended for individual secondary station;
• a group address - intended for a group of secondary stations;
• a broadcast address - intended for all secondary stations.
Hex 'FF' is reserved for a broadcast address.

C-28

SOLe

CONTROL FIELD

FORMAT

FUNCTION

ENCODING

8 7 6 5 II 3
Information

I-Information

RR- Receiver
Ready
Supervisory RNR-Receiver
Not Ready
REJ-REJECT
UI Unnumbered
Information

Unnumbered

RIM - Request
Initialization
Mode
*SIM - Set
Initialization
Mode
'*SNRM - Set
Normal
Response Mode
DM - Disconnected Mode
DISC Disconnect
UA - Unumbered
Acknowledgment
FRMR - Frame
Reject
BCN - Beacon

Nr
Nr
Nr

~
~

TYPE
2 1

Either

0 0 0 1

Either

1 0 1

Either

~ 1 0 0 1
F

Either

0 0 0 ~ 0 0 1 1

Either

0 0 0

F 0 1 1 1

Response

0 0 0

P 0 1 1 1

Command

1 0 0 P 0 0 1 1

Command

0 0 0

F 1 1 1 1

0 1 0 P 0 0 1 1

Response
Command

F 0 0 1 1

Response

1 0 0 F 0 1 1 1

Response

1 1 1 F 1 1 1 1

Response

CFGR Configure

~
1 1 0 F 0 1 1 1

Either

RD - Request
Disconnect

0 1 0

F 0 0 1 1

Response

XID - Exchange
Identification

1 0 1

Either

0 0 1

P 0 0 1 1

Command

1 1 1

Either

UP - Unumbered
Poll
TEST

0 1 1

1 1 1 1

0 0 1 1

*Resets Nr and Ns

C-29

SOLe
P/F Bit

All three C field formats contain a poll/final (P/F)
bit. A P (poll) bit is sent to a secondary station
to require that it initiate transmission; an F
(final) bit is sent to a primary station by a secondary station in the last frame of a transmission.
(Do not confuse the F (final) bit with the F (flag)
frame delimiter pattern.) Only one P bit may be outstanding (unanswered by an F bit) at one .time on any
of the data links described thus far.

Modulo 8 sequence number assigned by the transmitter
to the frame being sent.

Count of the next expected frame; should match the
next incoming Ns count.

C-30

SOLe

SDLC CONTROL FUNCTION DEFINITIONS

I-Frame
(Information)

Frame which transmits data

RR (Receiver
Ready)

Indicates the primary or secondary is ready to
receive an I frame and acknowledge previously
received I-frames numbered up to and including
Nr-l. May also be used to clear a bUsy condition.

RNR (Receiver
Not Ready)

Indicates a bUsy condition at the remote
primary or secondary and acknowledges frames
numbered Nr-l. The transmission of a UA, RR,
REJ or SNRM indicates the busy condition has
cleared.

REJ (REJECT)

Used by primary or secondary to request
retransmission of I-frames starting with the
frame numbered Nr. I-frames numbered Nr-l and
below are acknowledged.

SNRM (Set Normal
Response Mode)

Set up a SDLC link.

DM (Disconnect
Mode)

Used to report that the secondary is logically
disconnected from the link and is in the disconnected mode.

DISC (Disconnect)

Used to terminate the link.

UA (Unnumbered
Acknowledgment)

Used to acknowledge the receipt and acceptance
of the Unnumbered format conunands.

FRMR (Frame
Reject)

Used to report an error condition not recoverable by retransmission of the identical frame.

UI (Unnumbered
Information)

Unnumbered conunand or response that carries
information.

RIM (Request Initialization Mode)

Response sent by secondary if SIM has not been
issued.

SIM (Set Initiation Mode)

Conunand to set initiation mode.

RD (Request
Disconnect)

Response requesting disconnection.

TEST

Test pattern being sent in information field.

C-31

SOLe

XID (Exchange
Identification)

Identification is being sent in information
field.

UP (Unnumbered
Poll)

Response optional if poll set not on.

BCN (Beacon)

Loss of input detected.

CFGR (Configure)

Contains function descriptor in information
field.

C-32

SOLe

INFORMATION FIELD

The I-field appears in Information frames and contains the data.
This field is unrestricted with respect to code.
The information field in an SNA environment consists of a transmission header (TH) and a request/response header and data. The
data may be user or application data or it may be SNA commands.

Information

C
S

FRAME

I - FIELD
SNA command
or
user data
When operating a 3270 device the TH is 2 bytes in length and the
RH is 3 bytes. When reading an SDLC trace of a 3270 data stream,
this means that the eighth byte is the start of the 3270 data
stream. (The flag is stripped off by the TRACE facility.)
For environments other than 3270, consult the SNA handbook (GA
27-3136-4) for TH and RH header lengths.

C-33

l1li
I 0 I
DSN/RJE
REMOTE JOB ENTRY
2780/3780 EMULATOR
For official information about RJE refer to these IBM manuals:
•
•

Component Information for the IBM 3780 Data Communications
Terminal (GA 27-3063)
Component Description IBM 2780 Transmission Terminal
(GA 27 --3005)

CONTENT

PAGE

:RJE Command

D- 2

DSN/RJE Subsystem Commands

D- 4

Space Compression

D-12

Transparency

D-12

Carriage Control

D-13

Component Selection

D-13

Special Forms

D-14

2780/3780 Comparison

D-15

Timeouts

D-16

DSN/RJE Errors

D-17

DSN/RJE Communications Line Specifications

D-18

JES2 Commands

D-20

JES3 Commands

D-2'6

D-l

DSN/RJE

DSN/RJE - HP 30130E
Driver
CSSBSCO
IOINPO

SSLC
INP

Interface Board

30055A
30010A, Series 11,111
30020A/B, Series 30, 33, 40, 44, 64

Capability Requirements
Account
Group
User

CS, OP for Programmatic Control
CS, OP for Programmatic Control

:RJE
:RJE [command file][,[input file][,[list file] [,punch file]]]
command file RJECOM Default: $STDINX
File or device containing DSN/RJE commands
FOPTIONS %2054 if unspecified.
FOPTIONS %7 if user-specified.
AOPTIONS %0
input file RJ1N Default: $STDIN
File or device containing input data to be transmitted to
remote computer
FOPTIONS %2054 if unspecified.
FOPTIONS %7 if user-specified.
AOPTIONS %0
list or out file RJL1ST Default: $STDL1ST
----File-or device to which list output from remote computer is
routed.
FOPTIONS %2514 if unspecified.
FOPTIONS %507 if user-specified file.
FOPTIONS %504 if user-specified device.
AOPTIONS %1
punch file RJPUNCH Default: $OLDPASS
File or device to which punch output from the remote computer
is routed.
FOPTIONS %2132 if unspecified.
FOPTIONS %3 if user-specified.
AOPTIONS %102
Use for routed output with #RJOUT with no file, device, or
procedure specified.

D-2

DSN/RJE

If opened for HRJPUNCH command:
FOPTIONS %3 if a file is specified.
FOPTIONS %0 if a device is specified.
AOPTIONS %102
File code = 1060, which shows up as RJEPN when :LISTF ,1
source file
Used when you want to look at the contents of source file
and stay within RJE, using either #RJLIST or HRJPUNCH
followed by the option ;SOURCE=source file.
FOPTIONS %7
AOPTIONS not passed.
message file
In group and account MSG.RJE, typically,
:BUILD message file name;REC=-36"V,ASCII;DISC=100;MSG.
Used in MSGFILE parameter of RJLINE, with OP capability.
A user program to write to message file name opens with
FOPTIONS %32105
AOPTIONS %1203

D-3

DSN/RJE

Defines communication link. This must be the first
command unless RJLIST or RJPUNCH is used with SOURCE.

subsystem

#RJLINE {278013780}
[;LINECODE={ASCIIIEBCDIC}]

The default is ASCII.
If the communications controller is
an INP and it is to be used in
EBCDIC the LINECODE must be passed
explicitly.
[;CONNECT={DIAL[,{telephone number}{selection signals}{DIRECT}]}
{ANSWER}
]
The default is DIAL.
[;MAXRPB=blocking factor]
Transparent
No
Yes

Default
Values:

4
6

2780
3780

7
255

[;ID=local terminal identification]
[;RIN=rin number,rin password]
[;CHNL3=printer channel number]
The default is 8, the single
space VFU position.
[;XEND]
Ignore DLE EOT sequence.
[;TRACE=ON,[ALL], [mask],[numentries], [WRAP], [trace file name]]
Default values:
Trace errors only, not ALL; mask = %37 (See Section I);
numentries = 24; linear trace file use, not WRAP;
trace file name = RJETRCEnlRJETRCnnlRJETRnnn in the
log on group and account, where 'n is the logical device
number of the communications line.
l

[{;DEV={logical device number}{class name}
Default is RJLINE.
{;NODE={logical node name}
]
Locks stack, or allows its memory management.
[;LOCK={YESINO}]
[;PRI={HIGHINORMAL}]
HIGH is 150, otherwise job or session
---priority.
[;QUEUETIME=[m] [,s]]
[;MSGFILE=message file name]

The file must reside in MSG.RJE.

Typically, :BUILD message file name;REC=-36"V;ASCII;MSG;DISC=100
OP capability is required to use MSGFILE.

D-4

DSN/RJE

Initiates transmission of input data set to the remote computer.
#RJIN [input filel@procedure name[(GIPI~)]]
[;REC=[starting record number] [,ending record number]]
This is for disc files only. The first record is O.
[;COMPRESS={YESINO}]
Default for 2780 is NO, for 3780 is YES.
Default is NO. Sends transparent text.
[;XPARENT={YESINO}]
[;TRUNCATE={YESINO}]
Default is YES, for trailing blanks.
[;INCODE={ASCIIIEBCDICIBINARY}]
Default is ASCII.
When INCODE and LINECODE are a combination of ASCII and
EBCDIC, the appropriate conversion of data is provided.
When INCODE is BINARY data is left unconverted.
[;MAXSIZE=nnn]
Extends 80-byte input limit to -256message
Equivalent to '#RJIN followed by #RJOUT. Useful for sending
job entry system commands or other job control language. Not
required in session mode where 'L2!QA' type commands are
appropriate.

I~
Initiates communications line information display to $STDLIST.
See Section I of Handbook for the format of this display.

#RJDEBUG

Sets DSN/RJE into 'debug' mode to allow the user to access the
debugging facility.
Used to test user-written input and output
procedures.

#RJCOMMENT

Provides a way to explain a subsystem command stream in the
file as the commands.
#RJCOMMENT [message string]

D-8

same

DSN/RJE

CONTROL-Y
Breaks a subsystem command in a session.
•
•
•
•

•
•

RJOUT, RJLIST, RJPUNCH: Data sets in proc~ss will complete.
RJIN: If no file specified, terminates input.
RJCMDFILE: Interruptable commands will be interrupted, and
control will return to the session console.
Programmatic Control: RJOUT with repeat or interrupt set YES
returns control to the session terminal. Commands from a command file referenced in a message file will conclude execution, after which control returns to the session terminal.
Error situations: If a CONTROL-Y is entered before a data set
is received or before all commands in a command file are executed, then control is returned to the session terminal.
Other: During programmatic control mode without either error
recovery or data received or user command files in execution,
control is returned to the session terminal.

In order to return to programmatic control mode an RJOUT command
with interrupt or repeat set YES must be entered.
The only response message issued by the subsystem is the prompt
character, #
II

II •

#RJCMDFILE
Causes DSN/RJE to stop processing subsystem commands from its current source, and to begin processing
subsystem commands from a new source.
#RJCMDFILE command file reference
The command file reference in this subsystem command may
of the following:

any

logical device number
"device class name
actual file designator
*formal file designator
ll

The default value is $STDINX.

D-9

DSN/RJE

HRJCONTINUE
Identifies user procedure to handle DSN/RJE detected errors.
HRJCONTINUE

File System

Line Error

RIN Error
Procedure
Error
Command
Error

Routing

Syntax Error

D-IO

@procname[(GIPI~)]

errors(1)
errors(2)
o List File
MPE File System Error
1
Punch File
Number.
2
Out File
3
Command File
4
In File
5 Source File
6
Message File
7
Statistic File
o COPEN Intrinsic
CS Error Number.
1
CREAD Intrinsic
(0:8) = Recoverable
2
CWRITE Intrinsic
(8:8) = Irrecoverable
o Not specified
-1, Not used.
1
Unable to open any.
2
NODE not in database.
3
Database access error.
4
Database intrinsic error.
5
DEVor NODE mapping error.
o Invalid RIN value
-1, Not used.
Invalid Procedure
-1, Not used.
1
Identification
o Invalid Conunand
-1, Not used.
Invalid Conunand
1
Length
Invalid Number of
2
Parameters
o Routed list output -1, Not used.
data set received
when not expected.
Routed punch output
1
data set received
when not expected.
o Invalid key word
Byte position of
Duplicate key word
1
the command string
Invalid construct.
2
error.
Invalid parameter.
3
Invalid numeric parmeter.
4
Parameter required.
5

DSN/RJE

Provides statistical information on frequency of subsystem command use, elapsed times, and tallies of data sets transmitted
and received. This information is displayed on $STDLIST, or to a
statistic file reference specified by the user.
HRJSTAT [statistic file reference]
statistic file reference is any of the following:
logical device number
"device class name
actual file designator
*formal file designator
II

@procedurename[

See DSN/RJE Reference Manual
for file characteristics.
See the following comments.

--U:L

When "Gil is specified, the segmented library files,
SL's, are
searched in the following order: Group, Account Public, System.
When "p" is specified, the segmented library files,
SL's, are
searched in the following order: Account Public, System. When
liS" is specified or the parameter omitted, the system segmented
library file, SL.PUB.SYS, is searched.
If the statistic file reference is present, all output
will be passed as list output to that file or device.

received

If a user-supplied procedure is specified, it must adhere to
following formal declaration:

the

PROCEDURE procedurename(target,count)
VALUE count;
INTEGER count;
ARRAY target;

0-11

DSN/RJE

Space Compression
Operational in 3780 with non-transparent mode.
Each group of two or more consecutive characters, up to 63, are
replaced by an EBCDIC lGS or an ASCII GS character followed by
the space count.
This is %100 plus the number of space
characters.

Transparency
Treats

all

data

binary, allowing all 256-bit combinations.

Requires DLE STX at the beginning of each transparent record.
A
DLE precedes any valid data-link control character. With no preceding DLE character, the binary representation is considered to
be data. THe exception to this rule is DLE itself; a binary byte
equivalent to DLE must be preceded by a DLE in order to be cons idel"ed data.
In transparent mode, each record is normally terminated
ETB instead of IRS.

D-12

with

DSN/RJE

Carriage Control 2780/3780
A two-character escape sequence, the first two characters
record, are the carriage control for a line printer.

2780
it

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

3780

*
*
*.

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

ASCII
ESC Q
ESC R
ESC S
ESC A
ESC B
ESC C
ESC D
ESC E
ESC F
ESC G
ESC H
ESC I
ESC J
ESC K
ESC L
ESC M

EBCDIC
ESC /
ESC S
ESC T
ESC A
ESC B
ESC C
ESC D
ESC E
ESC F
ESC G
ESC H
ESC I
ESC J
ESC K
ESC L
ESC M

Carriage Operation
Single Space
Double Space
Triple Space
Skip to Channel 1, Form Feed
Skip to Channel 2, Vertical Tab
Skip to Channel 3
Skip to Channel 4
Skip to Channel 5
Skip to Channel 6
Skip to Channel 7
Skip to Channel 8
Skip to Channel 9
Skip to Channel 10
Skip to Channel 11
Skip to Channel 12
Suppress Space

Note: These channels must be configured on the line printer to be
functional.
The carriage action required by the escape character sequence is
only executed once a NL (newline) or IRS (inter-record separator) character has been received and has caused a print cycle.

Component Selection
Provides automatic routing between list and punch

output

files.

The component selection character must be the first text character of the first block of text following an ENQ and ACKO, or the
first block of a conversational reply, or the first block following an ETX block.

3780 EMULATOR:
Character
DC1
DC2 or DC3

D-13

DSN/RJE
2780 EMULATOR:

ESC followed by any carriage control character specifies the
printer.
ESC followed by a '4' specifies the punch.

Special Forms
The use of special forms is accomplished by the capabilities of
the HASP, ASP, or JES system of the host computer, and by the
spooler subsystem of the HP 3000.
The job on the host may include an output statement to a device,
such as: WRITE (7,1020) X, Y, z.
The JCL can define this device with a forms parameter.
JCL is installation-dependent.

Actual

I/STP7.FT07001 DD SYSOUT=(C"C325)
DCB=(RECFM=UA,BKSIZE=133,LRECL=133)

A HASP system indicates the special forms this way:
#~

$19.50.19 OUT 30 F=C325 C=6 T=**** CLS C=l
The output to the special form is selected by operator-controlled
mode:
#/*$T RM30.PR1,F=C325,Q=C
$19.52.27 OK
The output file is then transmitted to the HP 3000 with
message such as:

forms

#RJLIST *LP;FORMSMSG=C325.
Upon receipt of the data set, the spooler prompts
for mounting the form, and for forms alignment.

the

20:18/J189/14/FORMS: C325
?20:18/J189/14/SP #6 IS #101; LP ON LDEV #6 (Y/N)?
:REPLY 14,Y
?20:22/J189/14/LDEV #6 FORMS ALIGNED OK ? (YIN)?
:REPLY 14,Y

D-14

operator

DSN/RJE

2780/3780 Comparison
The following describes real 2180/3780 equipment:
•

Half duplex protocol on point-to-point 2-wire or 4-wire
leased or switched networks.

•

Support of ASCII or EBCDIC codes:
ASCII, odd VRC and a-bit LRC; EBCDIC, 16-bit CRC.

•

Horizontal or vertical tabulation.

Feature
2780
Buffer Size
400 bytes
Short record truncation Yes, but
supply EM
Blank compression
No
Maximimum block factor 2, option 7
Generate WACK, TTD
Intermediate Block
Terminator, logical
record separator
Component Selection
Printer
Punch
SOH

3780

512 bytes
Yes, automatic

Yes, automatic
Non-transparent, 216
Transparent 1, option 6
No
Yes
US BeC ASCII
RS no BCC
IUS BCC EBCDIC IRS no BCC
Will accept IUS BCC

ESC x
DC1
x = control
ESC 4
DC2/DC3
Treated as STX Not recognized

D-15

DSN/RJE

Timeouts
RECEIVE TlMEOtrr: DEFAULT IS 20 SECONDS

This timeout is set when the ACK is sent to the remote.
Additional communications are expected from the remote in the form
of text, EOT, or TTD. In case of a timeout a batch job aborts.
local

-.----- text remote
~
ACK---

Insure host sends TTD
or change timeouts.

Receive timeout >=
I
-.----- text,TTD, or EOT

20 seconds.

LOCAL TlMEO~: DEFAULT IS 60 SECONDS

This timeout seves to make effective use of
between requests to the driver. In a job
pires the job will abort. This is the time
of a CS Intrinsic until the receipt of
call, such as CCONTROL, CREAD, or CWRITE.

the line by timing
when this timeout exfrom the completion
the next CS Intrinsic

CONNECT TIMEOUT:

The connect timeout is the interval until the Data Set Ready signal is provided indicating the communications link is established.
In a session,
if CONNECT=ANSWER this timeout is
disabled.
REPONSE TIMEOUT:

This is used for line bids, response to control
response to text.

characters,

and

The response timeout is chosen when configuring the local mode.
A primary contention response is 2 seconds, a secondary is 3
seconds.
For example, if the response from the remote is not received
within the allowable time period, the local station sends an ENQ
and waits. This is repeated until a response is received, or the
number or retries is exhausted. This timeout is used to resolve
ENQ-ENQ contention conflicts.
WAIT TIMEOUT:

Used in #{RJEOUT}, #{RJLIST}, and #{RJPUNCH} subsystem commands.
The {WAIT=m,s} parameter can be specified. It applies to each
data set specified in the {count} filed.
This timeout establishes the maximum amount of time to wait for the remote computer to
bid for the line. If the timeout is exceeded, the command completes, and the next command executes.

D-16

DSN/RJE

QUEUE TIMEOUT:

Queue timeout is the time DSN/RJE is to queue on an X.21
tion attempt.

connec-

DSN/RJE Error Message Structure

*** CS ERROR x,yyy,zz ***
x=O
x=l
x=2
YYY
zz

Line open
Line read
Line write
Irrecoverable CS error. See Section I of Handbook.
Recoverable CS error. See Section I of Handbook.

*** LINE ERROR x ***
x=O
x=l
x=2
x=3
x=4
x=5

Line not yet established.
Unable to open any of the DEVor NODE parameters
specified.
The DEVor NODE parameter specified was absent.
The network configuration database could not be closed
successfully after all access completed.
A fatal network intrinsic error occurred while
accessing the network configuration data base.
Unable to map the DEVor NODE parameter specified to any
configured communications device.

*** PROCEDURE ERROR xx ***
An error has occurred in the use of a user-written procedure
in an RJOUT, RJLIST, RJPUNCH, or RJIN subsystem command. The
error itself is a Loader Error, and is described in the MPE
Intrinsics Reference Manual.

***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***

COMMAND FILE ERROR x,yy
INPUT FILE ERROR x,yy
LIST FILE ERROR x,yy
MESSAGE FILE ERROR x,YY
PUNCH FILE ERROR x,YY
OUT FILE ERROR x,YY
SOURCE FILE ERROR x,YY
STATISTIC FILE ERROR x,yy
x=O
x=l
x=2
x=3
YY

FOPEN error
FCLOSE error
FREAD or FWRITE error
Insufficient file space
File system error number.

See Section I of Handbook.

D-17

DSN/RJE

DSN/RJE Communication Line Specifications
See procedure RJECNFG
Parameter:

Setting:

formaldesig
device
coptions
aoptions
doptions
nurnbuffers
bufsize
idlist
suplist
pol list
dwnldfile
yyy
phonelist
ins peed
outspeed
miscarray
drivername
ctraceinfo

RJLINE
RJLINE
%040100
%000417
%010060

101112
0:1 0

Comment:

Formal line designator. For :CLINE.
device class name, or from input.
communications options, below & Section I
access options, below & Section I
driver options, below & Section I
buffers assigned to the line
1
261
words
specified May be O.
empty
DSN/MTS use.
empty
DSN/MTS use.
empty
DSN/INP use.
empty
reserved for future use
specified May be O.
empty
empty
specified 8,1,900,2,4,180,5,15. See Section I
empty
line default used
o
coptions.(3:1) allows CLINE tracing

copt ions

= %040100
setting.

ured

10 1 234 5 6 718 9 01112 31415
aoptions = ~000417
0:0 0 0:0 0 0:1 0 0:0 0 1:1 1 1
Iperform all I/O using CIa
disallow CLINE buffer override
dial: answer on write & read connect
allow CS hardware error messages at
console
reserved for future use
use BSC rotocol

0-18

DSN/RJE

:011121314 51617 8191011 21314 51
doptions = %010060
0:0 0 1:0 0 0:0 0 0 1:1 0:0 0 0
'send four leading SYN characters
reserved for future use
MFW laced into & ex ected in text
ex ect ITB se uence from remote station
automatic eneration of TTD
BCC: VRC or LRC (non-transparent or ransparen
with header and CRC 16 (transparent without header)
remote will not send leadin
ra hicsEnding sequence: BSC default. EOT (non-switched) or
DLE EOT switched
control state listen mode between user request ignores
remote control se uences
poll termination: transmit RVI to return line to control
mode
dela se uence: wait on received WACK or TTD se uences
reserved for future use
n

D-19

DSN/RJE

JES 2 Commands
Command
SA

Release

Parameters

Q [,classes]

~ A~~~:~e'\ [~;b~:~eJ"
Sn [-nJ
Tn [-nJ

Backspace

Rn.PRn

PUNn
Rn.PUn

,Rn.PRn ,0

t l,o ~ [,Rn.Pun l,0 ~ ]
,n

,PUNn

l
l

RORn
[,RDRn
Rn.ROn
,Rn.RDn

PUNn
Rn.PUn

PRTn
Rn.PRn

Sn [-nJ
Tn [.n)

t [,PUNn
]
,Rn.PUn

.. ,

t [,PRTn
1"
,Rn.PRn

rn'jobname'
[·nl }[.0]
,P

D-20

1t RTn Il,n I[,PRTn I,n IY!
l

Cancel

,Sn [-nJ
,Tn [·nJ

...

DSN/RJE

JES 2 Commands
Parameters

Command
$0

I [n [-nJ ]

Display
Mn [-nJ :message'

'XEQ]

A[ ,OEV
'XEQ]

,OEV
.JOB

.JOB

[ .STC
.TSU

,STC
,TSU

F[,n

[-nJ ]['.In
.Sn
,Tn

{~~ ~:~;}
Tn [-nJ

[-nJ
[-nJ
[-nJ

[:~~ ~:~

][.H]
,A

l] ...

,Tn [-nJ

'jobname'

]'l

XEQ,

n~~ I

OUT
HOLD

U fALL
LNEn

LNES
PATS
PUNS

l.:~~~

ROI

device [ ,device] ...

LNEn L,LNEn

Restart

J...

In [on} [,In [-n] ] _..

'jobname'

, j PATn

t [,PATn

1An.PAn { ,An.PAn

J" .

I 1~ PUNn
t [,PUNn J'"
Rn.PUn { ,An.PUn
SF

Forward
space

t] ...

lPRTn I '\ n I [,PRTn. ,j n
IRn.PRnl 101
,Rn.PRn 101

tJ ...

jPUNn l, ~n l [,PUNn
,~n
lRn.PUn {lo{
,An.PUn 10 {

D-21

DSN/RJE

JES 2 Commands
Parameters

Command
$H

Hold

(:[,cI.=S]

t
~sn

[.nl\ [ In [.nl]
[·nl
:Sn [·n] ..

Tn [-n]

,Tn [on]

J
>

'jobname'

Interrupt

RTn
Rn.PRn

uNn

~ Rn.PUn

List
output

I
t

,Rn.PRn

[,PUNn ]'"
,Rn.PUn

In [n
,Sn
[on] ...
,Tn [on]

'jobname'

Repeat

RTn

[-PRTn
,Rn.PRn

Rn.PRn

UNn
Rn.PUn

Output

fn
[·n[ }
'jobname'

- JES2

Stop
after
current
function

].!

II[ I] } [,L'l~c

In [·n
Sn
[on]
Tn [on]

[,PRTn

[:PUNn
,Rn.PUn

]!
J...

['Q'clas~s
]
,C

Sn [on]
Tn [-n]

,Rn
,LOCAL

...

I[n [on] ]
LNEn[ ,LNEn

l~~~nRn t
lPUNn
Rn.PUn

l:~.:~n t

[,PRTn ] ...
,Rn.PRn
[,PUNn
,Rn.PUn

Too

['RDRn ] ...
,Rn.RDn

[.nl! ['In
[.nl]
,Sn [on] ...

Sn [on]
Tn [on]

-. 'jobname'

D-22

,Tn [on]

cca

(]

DSN/RJE

JES 2 Commands
Command
$R

Route
Output

Parameters

ALL,for-id,to-id [,Q=classes ]

:~~ f

,for-id,to-id

where

for-id is:

to-idis:

LOCAL
Rn
dev;cename

Sn
Tn
LOCAL
RMTn
devicename

P-A

Start
LNEn[.LNEn]. ..

I[ n [-nJ

]
,PRTn ] ...
[ ,Rn.PRn

~ PUNn ( .[ ,PUNn ] ...
..,. Rn.PUn
,Rn.PUn

D-23

DSNIRJE

JES 2 Commands
Parameters

Command
$T

Set

Aeeee,CANCE L
A[ecce] [,

~ I=~sss

IT=hh.mm~

"S} command [;eommand] ... f ' ] ]
_

"-L-[.L=-l~e-t]--eea \

LNEn,P=[ password] [,E=

1'[ n

l~ D

(·n] ] ,classes

C,msglevel,rteode [,rteode ] ...

~ OSCn l ,0= T
1Rn.CON ~
J

M[~e

]

[,[operand... ]]

[,L=l~e

eea

eea \

H'K'm

1~~~nRn! - [,p" l~ I

][,5

l~ I]

[,C=id] [,T=id] [ ,F=form] [,F=AUTOM]
l-

'OUEUE=c1asses

\~~~~n\ [[ ,p= l~ {][ ,S= l~ t ] (,F=form ] [,F=AUTOM
,OUEUE=c1asses
RORn

1Rn.ROn
ROI

D-24

I ['A=n
,H
,R
[,C=elass ] [ ,O=elass ]

S,'eommand' [ :eommand'] ...

]

] ]

DSN/RJE

JES 2 Commands
Parameters

Command
$2

Halt

I[ n

[-nl ]

l PRTn
f [,PRTn J'"
Rn.PRn
,Rn.PRn
S RORn

l [,RORn ] ...

1 Rn.ROn 5

,Rn.ROn

l PUNn
l [,PUNn J'"
Rn.PUn 5 ,Rn.PUn

0-25

DSN/RJE

Selected JES 3 Commands
Command

Parameters

*1
*INOUIRY

,S
,D=dspname

,H
,C=c1s
,G=grp
,J=jobno

*1.0

,N=

10
nnn
ALL

device group

,T=

termgrp

,blank
*F
*MODIFY
*F,j=jobno

*V
*VARY

,H
,R
,C
,CP
,P=prty

(dev,... )
(dev adr.... )
dev adr-dev adr)
control-unit X
main
ALL
lanme
SDGXX
mssname

ONLINE
ON
OFFLINE
OFF
CONSOLE

[,main]

l1li
I E I
DSN/M:RJE
MULTILEA VING REMOTE JOB
ENTRY
CONTENT

PAGE

DSN/MRJE SUbsystem Commands

E-2

MRJE Command

E-2

HP 3000 Console Operator Commands

E-7

Listing Trace File Contents

E-8

Job Input

E-8

Job Output

E-IO

Carriage Control

E-l1

Configuration File Format

E-ll

Configuring a HASP Host System

E-17

Configuring a JES2 Host System

E-18

Configuring a JES3 or ASP Host System

••••••••••••

E-19

DSN/MRJE Messages

E-20

MRJECONTROL Console Messages

E-34

DSN/MRJE System Console Messages

E-36

Transparent Text Block Used by DSN/MRJE

E-44

DSN/MRJE Communications Line Specifications

E-49

DSN/MRJE Pseudo Device Configuration

E-51

E-l

DSN/MRJE SUBSYSTEM COMMANDS

DSN/MRJE PRODUCT NUMBER HP 32192A

Capability
Requirements

User

Account
Group
User

default
default
default

DSN/MRJE
Manager

default

OP *

The user and account must be MANAGER.SYS to use
and the PURGE ALL commands.

both

the

NEW

:MRJE

Initiates the subsystem.
For listing $STDLIST to an optional file,
precede the
with a file equation whose formal designator is LISTING:
~FILE

command

LISTING;DEV=LP

:MRJE
With the use of the FILE statement above, all commands and most
output generated by them will be sent to $STDLIST and to device
class LP.

MRJE Commands

#ALTER {~tem n~berl
ltem 11st

You must be a DSN/MRJE Manager to use this command.
the items in the configuration file to be changed.

It specifies

item number

The number assigned an entry in the
file.
Range is 1 through 43.

item list

A comma-separated list of item numbers.

E-2

configuration

DSN/MRJE SUBSYSTEM COMMANDS

job number}
#CANCEL [JOBS] { job name
job list

Cancels one or more jobs and notes the event in the joblog

file.

The DSN/MRJE manager can cancel any job, regardless of who submits it. As a DSN/MRJE user you may cancel only those jobs you
have sUbmitted.
Jobs

Optional parameter.

job number

The number DSN/MRJE assigns to a job when
sUbmitted.

job name

The name on a JOB card in an input file.

job list

A comma-separated list of job names and/or job
numbers.

Host
Joblog

#OISPLAY

, ~ob number]
[ , Job name
,job list

Oldjobs
Status
Config

,item number]
[ ,item list

Displays job and system information.
Host

Lists the current host sY$tem The host is referenced by
SUBMIT, DISPLAY, ALTER, PURGE, and CANCEL commands until
a HOST command selects another system.

Joblog

Displays information about jobs.
If neither the job
number, job name, nor a job list is specified, displays
the entire job log file for the current host system.
This is the default. A DSN/MRJE manager may display any
job; users may display only those jobs they have
SUbmitted.

E-3

DSN/MRJE SUBSYSTEM COMMANDS

Oldjobs

Displays canceled or timed-out jobs.
A timed-out job
has been in the job log file longer than the limit
established by item 42 of the configuration file.

Config

Lists the contents of the configuration file.
If an
item list is included, only those items are displayed.
A DSN/MRJE manager may display the entire configuration
file; users may display only selected items.

#EXIT

Terminates DSN/MRJE and returns control to MPE.

#NEW [host identification]

Creates or re-creates the configuration, job log, and directory
files for the host identification specified. You will be prompted to give information. You must log on as MANAGER.SYS to use
this conunand.
In a single-host environment, the host
need not be specified.
Host identfication

identification

parameter

Needed only for multi-host environments. The host
identification
may
contain eight alphanumeric
characters. In a multi-host environment, the first
character must be unique.

After using this command you may ALTER items in the configuration
file.

E-4

DSN/MRJESUBSYSTEM COMMANDS

# PURGE

OldjObsj{ All

All

Purges all entries from the job log file.

Oldjobs

Purges entries for cancelled and timed out jobs.
See
item 42 of the configuration file. You must be a DSN!
MRJE manager to use this command.

#HOST

[host identification]

Selects a particular host system to be the current host system.
The host identified by this command is referenced by all subsequent commands of the subsystem.
Host
identification

The name of a host machine that was configured by the
DSN/MRJE manager. This may be abbreviated to its first
character. Omit this parameter to select the default
host system.

Whenever a communications line is active, host system console
commands may be issued interactively. They must begin with the
character specified in item 7 of the configuration
file.
DSN/MRJE managers may issue only those host system console commands allowed to the remote station. DSN/MRJE users are additionally restricted to host system console commands beginning
with the string in item 6 of the configuration file. A host system console command will be refused if any other DSN/MRJE user or
manager is already communicating interactively with the host system; however, host console commands may be submitted as job
input.
A DSN/MRJE manager will retain interactive use of the
host system console until a CONTROL-Y is issued. A DSN/MRJE user
may enter only one host system console command at a time.
See
also the JES2 commands in Section D of the Data Communications
Handbook.

E-5

DSN/MRJE SUBSYSTEM COMMANDS

'SUBMIT Infile1[(N[,T])] [ ... , Infile5[(N[,T])]
[;Reader=pseudo reader logical device number
[;PRint
print file [ (N) ]
[;PUnch
punch file [ (N) ]
[;Forrns = forms file [ (N) ]

The Notranslate parameter requests no translation for a file
when its contents are transmitted or received. The default
is to translate ASCII to EBCDIC for input files,
and EBCDIC
to ASCII for output files.

The Transparent transmission parameter requests that the
first JOB card of an Infile be recognized, and that all
subsequent JOB cards within that Infile be passed to the host
system as data. DSN/MRJE Manager capability is required to
use this option in the SUBMIT command.

Infile

Five
infiles
may
be
specified.
They
are
transmitted in the sequence in which they appear in the
SUBMIT command. An infile can be:
•
•

•

An optionally qualified actual file designator.
A formal file designator equated to an actual file
designator, a logical device number, a device
class name, or one of these system files: $STDIN,
$STDINX, or $OLDPASS.
A device class name of a real MPE input device,
enclosed in quotation marks, for example "TAPE
One of these system files:
$STDIN,
$STDINX, or
$OLDPASS.
A logical device number of a real MPE input
device.
II

•

•
•
pseudo
reader

Specifies a particular DSN/MRJE pseudo reader on which
the jobs in the input file will be submitted. Pseudo
reader can be:
•
•

Toe logical device number assigned to a DSN/MRJE
pseudo reader.
A pseudo reader device class name enclosed in quotation marks.
The pseudo reader should have a
unique device class name.

If READER=pararneter is omitted, then the default pseudo
reader is identified in configuration file item 19.

E-6

HP 3000 CONSOLE OPERATOR COMMANDS

print
file
punch
file
forms
file

These parameters specify where the results of processing
of a submitted job are to go. One of each can be specified by:

•
•
•
•
•

The logical device number of an MPE output device.
An MPE device class name enclosed in quotation
marks.
An unqualified actual file designator.
An exclamation mark, followed by a seven character
file name, to indicate predefined routing.
A zero device, to indicate unsolicited output device routing.

The default output devices for print and punch files are
in configuration file items 20 and 28. The default form
file is the default print file.

HP 3000 Console Operator Command Summary
:MRJECONTROL START[,host id][;TRACE,ON,trace options]
NOTE: Before issuing this command, a stream file for each host
system must be built for host identification. It
must exist in the PUB group of the SYS account with the
name MRJESTRh, where Ih
is the first letter of the host ide The stream file must
contain the command RUN MRJEMON;INFO='h
l

•

Used to open a communications line,
initiate transmission over
the line, and turn on the CS TRACE facility.
Contact HewlettPackard to find out the most appropriate way to use the trace
options.

:MRJECONTROL SIGNOFF[,host id]
Used to close the communications line in an orderly fashion.

:MRJECONTROL KILL[,host id]
Used to close the communications line immediately and in
orderly fashion.

un-

E-7

LISTING TRACE FILE

:MRJECONTROL RETRIES, [host id],retry number
Used to set a limit on the number of times DSN/MRJE will request
re-transmission of a block of data not received successfully from
the host.

:MRJECONTROL {TRACE, [host id],ON[trace options]}
{TRACE, [host id],OFF
}
Contact
Used to activate and de-activate the CS TRACE facility.
Hewlett-Packard to find out the most appropriate way to use this
command.
trace options
file

[,[ALL][,[mask][,[numentries] [,[WRAP][,file]]]]]

The name of a file where trace records are
This file must be built prior to execution
If this parameter is omitted, then
mand.
be MRJETRCh.PUB.SYS, where h is the first
the host ide

to be stored.
of the comits name will
character of

Listing Trace File Contents
The CS TRACE dump utility program CSDUMP.PUB.SYS can be used to
format and print the contents of trace files generated by the
trace facility. An example of the commands required to list the
files to a line printer is:
:FILE CSTRACE=file name
:FILE LISTiDEV=LP
Device class "LP" must be configured.
:RUN CSDUMP.PUB.SYS[,OCTAL]
where "file name" is the name of the file specified in the command :MRJECONTROL TRACE (or, if no file name was specified,
MRJETRCh). The secondary entry point "0CTAL" may be used to produce uninterpreted data in octal instead of hexadecimal based
numbers.

Job Input
A job stream is composed of MPE job control cards; HASP, JES2,
JES3 or ASP job control cards; executable programs; and data.
aO-column card images are stored in one or more HP
One card image constitutes one record in a file.

E~a

3000

files.

JOB INPUT

Files that are merged to form a job stream can contain any number
of separate jobs.
Three levels of input files are permitted:

••
•

Infiles
Named in a SUBMIT command
Level-one FD files. Named on ##FD card images in
infiles.
Level-two FD files. Named on ##FD card images in
level-one infiles.

No "looping" between any input files is permitted.
Infiles and
FD files must constitute a valid job stream according to the host
system requirements.
FD files and infiles may contain they same
and may be constructed in the same way.

kind

Five infiles are permitted in a SUBMIT command.
may be:
•
•
•
•
•

of
An

information
infile

name

actual file designator, qualified or unqualified
formal file designator
device class name
logical device number
system file names: $STDIN, $STDINX, or $OLDPASS

##FD file name [(N[,T]) (comment] ]
[(T[,N])
]
File definition cards may appear in infiles and 'in level-one FD
files to reference additional files.
The ##FD card images are
not transmitted. The "##FD" must occur in the first four characters of the card image.
file name

The file designator can be:

•
•
•
•
•

Actual file designator, qualified or unqualified.
Formal file designator.
Device class name.
Logical device number.
System file name: $STDIN, $STDINX, or $OLDPASS.

No translation requests that the FD file be submitted
without translation.
Refer to the SUBMIT command.

Transparent transmission requests that all JOB cards
be passed to the host system as data.
Refer to the
submit command.

comment

Optional. If file name is either $STDIN or $STDINX the
comment will be printed at your terminal be~ore the
DSN/MRJE message: ENTER INPUT ENDING WITH MRJEOD.
It

E-9

JOB OUTPUT

may always be used to identify the type of input
expected.

MRJEOD
For infiles or FD files orginating from $STDIN or $STDINX, an
"MRJEOD" in characters 1 through 6 acts as an end sentinel for
data, and an end of file.
This record is never transmitted.

Job Output
Out~ut can be routed to a disc file or to
an output device by
namlng the output files in the SUBMIT command, or by specifying
them in user defined routing and referencing them in the SUBMIT
command. File record sizes are:

Print file: 132 characters per record with CCTL
Forms file: 132 characters per record with CCTL
Punch file: 80 characters per record
If a SUBMIT command names a disc file, build the file with sufficient extents allocated because DSN/MRJE will not allocate additional ones as the need arises. The subsystem does inform the
system operator when the file limits are exceeded.
In the SUBMIT command, specify output
following:
•
•
•
•
•

files

using

one

the

An unqualified actual file designator.
The logical device number of an MPE output device.
An MPE device class name.
An exclamation mark, followed by an seven character file
name, to indicate user predefined output routing.
A zero character, to indicate unsolicited output

The file must be predefined by the MRJE manager before the workstation is connected to the host. Contact your MRJE manager for
correct names.
Both print and special forms files must have 132 character records with carriage control character specified, CCTL;REC=-132
characteristics.
The MRJE manager may issue file equations within the monitor's
job or session which starts the MRJE workstation.
Refer to the
manual for how to route job output to the devices specified by
those file equations.

E-10

CARRIAGE CONTROL

Carriage Control
When output is written to a disc file, a carriage control character prefixes line printer and special forms reords.
DSN/MRJE
translates the characters as follows:
HOST SYSTEM CONTROL

HP3000 CONTROL CODE

Skip immediately n spaces, n<3.

%101 (if necessary)
%2nn (nn<3)

Skip immediately to channel n,
n<13.

%101 (if necessary)
%3nn (2

E-22

DSN/MRJE USER MESSAGES

EXTRANEOUS INFORMATION AFTER VALID ITEM.
been
included
that
Some extra information has
DSN/MRJE does not recognize. Re-enter with only the
required information.

##FD CARDS NOT PERMITTED IN LEVEL 2 FILE.
File Definition cards may be contained only in an
Infile (level 0) or a first-level FD file.
Remove the
##FD card from the named level 2 file,
reconstruct
input
files
as required, and re-submit job(s).
FILE ERROR #n, filename CAN'T BE CLOSED.
Named SUBMIT file (input or output) cannot be closed.
SUBMIT processing continues. Determine the reason for
the failure from MPE file system error number (#n).

FILE ERROR in, filename CAN'T BE CLOSED. FATAL ERROR!
Named file (configuration, directory, job log, or host
console device) cannot be closed.
DSN/MRJE terminated.
Determine the reason for the failure from MPE
file system error number (#n).

FILE ERROR in, filename CAN1T BE OPENED.
Named file cannot be opened. Determine the reason for
the failure from MPE file system error number (#n).

FILE ERROR In, filename CAN'T BE OPENED. FATAL ERROR!
Named list file (if other than $STDLIST) cannot be
opened. DSN/MRJE terminated. Determine the reason for
the failure from MPE file system error number (#n).

FILE ERROR in, MRJEJOBh RECORD m CAN'T BE POSTED.
Record m of job log MRJEJOBh cannot be physically
transferred from the I/O buffer to the disc file.
Determine the reason for the I/O failure from MPE file
system error number (#n).

filename RECORD m }
FILE ERROR #nHOST
CONSOLE OUTPUT CAN'T BE READ.
{
STANDARD INPUT FILE
Named file (record m) cannot be read.
Determine the
reason for the I/O failure from the MPE file system
error number (#n).

FILE ERROR In, filename RECORD m CAN'T BE WRITTEN.
Record
m of the named file cannot be written.
Determine the reason for the I/O failure from the
MPE file system error number (#n).

FILE ERROR In, filename RECORD m CAN'T BE WRITTEN. FATAL
ERROR!
An output record cannot be written to the named list
file. DSN/MRJE terminated. Determine the reason for
the I/O failure from the MPE file system error
number (#n).

E-23

DSN/MRJE USER MESSAGES

FILE ERROR In, xxxx CAN'T BE WRITTEN TO HOST READER.
xxxx;: "filename RECORD mil or "MONITOR CARD".
Record
"m" of the SUBMIT input file, or the monitor card cannot be written to the host reader. (The latter associates a host job with a pseudo reader.) Determine the
reason for the I/O failure from the MPE file system
error number (#n).

FILE ERROR In, CAN'T CLOSE $STDINX. HOST CONSOLE COMMANDS
CAN'T BE SENT.
$STDINX (standard input device) must be closed, then
re-opened for NOWAIT I/O, in order to send host console commands.
Determine the reason for the the
failure from the MPE file system error number (#n).
FILE ERROR In, HOST BUSY. CONSOLE COMMAND NOT SENT.
Host pseudo console device has received more messages
from the host than it can handle. Determine the reason
for the failure from the MPE file sytem error (#n).

FILE ERROR In, HOST CONSOLE CAN'T BE OPENED.
Host pseudo console device specified in the configuration file cannot be opened.
Determine the reason
for the failure from MPE file system error number
(#n).

FILE ERROR In, HOST CONSOLE COMMAND CAN'T BE WRITTEN.
Host console command cannot be written to the host
pseudo console device specified in the configuration
file. Determine the reason for the I/O failure from
the MPE file system error number (#n).

* FILE NAME, DEVICE CLASS, OR LOGICAL DEVICE NUMBER REQUIRED.
File name, device class, or logical
the only valid input. He-enter.

device

number is

hostname FILES CREATED.
The configuration file set for the named host has been
created as requested in the NEW command.
FOLLOWING MUST BE INITIALIZED IN CONFIGURATION FILE:
When creating a new configuration file, certain items
that do not have default values must be initialized.

FORMS SPECIFIED TWICE.
"FORMS" file specified twice in SUBMIT command.
enter SUBMIT command, specifying FORMS only once.

GET PRIVILEGED MODE FAILURE. FATAL ERROR!
An error occurred in the GETPRIVMODE intrinsic.
This
is an internal software failure. Contact HewlettPackard.

E-24

Re-

DSN/MRJE USER MESSAGES

* GET USER MODE FAILURE. FATAL ERROR!
An error occurred in the GETUSERMODE intrinsic. This
is an internal software failure. Contact HewlettPackard.

HOSTNAME MUST START WITH SAME CHAR AS HOSTID
The first character of a host name must be the same as
the first character of the host ID given in the NEW
command. Re-enter.

* jobname IN DIRECTORY (ENTRY n) BUT NOT IN JOB LOG. FATAL
ERROR!
Named job has been found in directory entry n, but
cannot be found in the job log. DSN/MRJE terminated.
This is an internal software failure. Do not permit
further jobs to be submitted to this job log. When
all jobs in it have completed, use FCOPY to list the
directory and job log as follows:
:FILE L;DEV=LP
:RUN FCOPY
>FROM=MRJEJOBh;TO=*L
>FROM=MRJEDIRh;TO=*L
>EXIT
(lIh" is the host ID.)
Show the listing to Hewlett-Packard. Use the PURGE ALL
command to re-initialize the directory and job log
files.
* INPUT FILE NAME(S) REQUIRED.
SUBMIT requires at least one input filename. Re-enter.

INPUT MUST BE NUMERIC
Numeric input required.

Re-enter.

INTERACTIVE TERMINAL REQUIRED FOR HOST CONSOLE COMMANDS.
User/Manager must run DSN/MRJE interactively in order
to send host console commands from a
terminal.
(Console commands may also be sent as part of an IBM
JCL deck, but they must be in batch format.)

INVALID ACTUAL FILE DESIGNATOR.
A fully qualified actual file designator has the form
filename/lockword.groupname.accountname
where names and lockword have a maximum of eight
alphanumeric characters each, and the first character
is alphabetic.
No embedded blanks are permitted.
Re-enter.

E-25

DSN/MRJE USER MESSAGES

INVALID COMMAND.
MRJE does not recognize the input as a command. Enter
a valid MRJE or host Job Entry Subsystem command.

* INVALID DEVICE CLASS SPECIFICATION.

Valid device class has the form
II

name

where name can have a maximum of eight alphanumeric
characters, starting with an alphabetic. No embedded
blanks are permitted and quotation marks are required.
Re-enter.

INVALID HOST SYSTEM.
HASP, JES2, JES3, and ASP are the only valid host
Entry Subsystems. Re-enter.

* INVALID HOSTID. MUST BE ALPHANUMERIC,
Valid host ID has a maximum
characters. Re-enter.

Job

<=8 CHARS.

eight

alphanumeric

INVALID JOBNAME--TOO LONG.
Eight characters is the maximum length
name. Re-enter.

INVALID KEYWORD.
Valid keywords are READER, PRINT,
enter SUBMIT command.

INVALID OCTAL NUMBER.
Octal number cannot contain blanks or the digits 8 and
9. Re-enter.

INVALID PARAMETER FOR DISPLAY COMMAND.
Valid DISPLAY parameters are CONFIGURATION,
DIRECTORY, HOST, JOBLOG, OLDJOBS, STATUS. Re-enter
DISPLAY command with correct parameter.

INVALID SPECIAL CHARACTER.
Re-enter using one of the following special characters
only:
, $ # @ / = " ( ) > %; : & ! <
+

for

PUNCH,

job

FORMS.

Re-

INVALID SUBMIT PARAMETER.
Valid SUBMIT parameters are "infile" "(N)" and
keywords "READER", "PRINT", "PUNCH
and "PORMS".
enter SUBMIT command.
II

E-26

host

the
Re-

DSN/MRJE USER MESSAGES

device IS AN INVALID PSEUDO LINE MONITOR DEVICE. FATAL
ERROR!
DSN/MRJE, in determining whether the host is on-line
or off-line, has found that the pseudo line monitor
logical device number in the configuration file is
invalid. Ensure that the logical device number in the
configuration file correctly indicates the pseudo line
monitor device configured on the 3000.

jobname

IS NOT YOUR JOB.
Requested job will not be canceled or displayed
because the user's logon ID does not match that in the
job log file entry. Re-enter CANCEL or DISPLAY with
correct job name or job number.

hostname IS OFF-LINE.
Named host is off-line.
hostname IS OFF-LINE. HOST CONSOLE COMMAND CAN'T BE SENT.
Host console command cannot be sent because named host
is off-line. Re-enter command when host is on-line.

hostname IS OFF-LINE. JOB CAN'T BE CANCELED AT HOST.
Job to be canceled has been transmitted to host, but
the host is now off-line, so a CANCEL command cannot
be sent to host. However, the cancel flag in the job
log entry is set so that any output from the job will
be flushed.
hostname IS ON-LINE.
Named host is on-line.
hostname IS THE CURRENT HOST MACHINE
Named host is the host to which all succeeding commands will be directed.

n IS THE MAX LEVEL OF NAMES IN THIS ACTUAL FILE DESIGNATOR.
Lockword, groupname, and accountname are the only
permissible file name qualifications.

n IS THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CHARACTERS FOR THIS PARAMETER.
Certain inputs, such as phone number in the configuration file, cannot exceed a specified length. Reenter.

command IS THE ONLY VALID CONSOLE COMMAND.
The User is permitted to use only the
command(s) designated by the Manager in
ration file in Item 6. Re-enter.

* m TO n IS THE VALID RANGE FOR THIS PARAMETER.
The number specified is not within valid
enter.

host console
the configu-

rAnge.

Re-

E-27

DSN/MRJE USER MESSAGES

ITEM 4 ONLY DISPLAYED FOR MANAGER.
Item 4 in the configuration file (host SIGNON image)
is displayed only for the MRJE Manager.
ITEM NOT USED WITH THIS HOST SYSTEM.
Items 11 and 17 in a configuration file are not used
with a JES3 or ASP host.

ITEM NUMBER REQUIRED.
item
When altering a configuration file,
required.
Re-enter with an item number.

number

JOB ALREADY CANCELED.
A CANCEL request has been entered for a job which has
already been canceled.
The job log entry is displayed.
JOB #n CAN'T BE CANCELED DUE TO A PREVIOUS SYSTEM FAILURE.
Message occurs if the system is restarted between the
time a job is submitted and the time a CANCEL request
is issued. System restart invalidates the spool file
numbers that would normally be used in a cancelation
procedure. Thus the CANCEL request fails.
After
receiving all output for all jobs, purge all old jobs.

JOB CAN'T BE CANCELED AT HOST FOR NON-INTERACTIVE USER.
Job to be canceled has been transmitted to the host,
but since the User/Manager is not running DSN/MRJE
interactively the CANCEL command cannot be sent to
the host.
However, the cancel flag in the job log
entry is set so that any output from the job will be
discarded.
JOB NOT CANCELED.
When User/Manager requests that a job be canceled,
the job log entry is displayed. In an interactive
session DSN/MRJE then asks for verification of the
CANCEL.
If the response is anything other than
"YES", the job is not canceled.
n JOBS ARE IN THE JOBLOG. VERIFY PURGE WITH "YES".
When the Manager enters the PURGE
ALL
command
DSN/MRJE checks to see whether there are any jobs in
the job log.
(These mayor may not have completed.)
If there are remaining jobs and if the Manager is running interactively he or she is asked to verify the
PURGE request by typing YES.
JOB#n NO JOBLOG ENTRY.
No job log entry exists for the job specified in a
CANCEL or DISPLAY command.
Display by job name to
determine the correct job number.

E-28

DSN/MRJE USER MESSAGES

LOGICAL DEVICE NUMBER OR DEVICE CLASS REQUIRED.
A logical device number or device class is the only
valid
input.
Back-references
not
permitted.
Re-enter.
MANAGER CAPABILITY IN EFFECT.
This user has "OP" capability.

*
*
*

MANAGER CAPABILITY REQUIRED FOR THIS COMMAND
This command is not available to a user
capability.
MAXIMUM OF 5 INPUT FILES ALLOWED.
SUBMIT will accept a maximum of five
files.
Re-enter the SUBMIT command.

without

explicit

"OP"

input

MISSING RIGHT PARENTHESIS.
Closing right parenthesis has been omitted from the
(NOTRANSLATE)II parameter.
He-enter the SUBMIT command.
II

MRJECONh FILE ALREADY EXISTS. REPLY "YES" TO RECREATE.
The host named in NEW command already has a set of
configuration files.
In an interactive session the
Manager is asked to verify that the existing files are
to be deleted and new ones created.
Reply YES to
delete the existing set of configuration files.
Any
other response will retain the existing files.
MRJECONh NOT ALTERED.
No change has been made to the named configuration
file because of an I/O error, invalid input, or no new
value being entered when requested. If a change is
required, re-enter the ALTER command.
MRJECONh SUCCESSFULLY ALTERED.
The named configuration
altered as requested.

file

has

been

successfully

MRJEJOBh COMPLETELY PURGED OF ALL JOB ENTRIES.
Named job log has been completely purged as requested.

MRJEJOBh DIRECTORY FULL. NO FURTHER JOBS CAN BE
SUBMITTED.
Directory of the named job log indicates that the job
log is full. PURGE the named job log of old, inactive
jobs.

MRJEJOBh DIRECTORY/JOBLOG UPDATE CAN'T BE COMPLETED.
FATAL ERROR!
Some or all entries have been deleted from the job log
during PURGE, but the job log or directory cannot be
updated because of an I/O error. DSN/MRJE terminated.
Rebuild the set of configuration files for this host
using the NEW command.

E-29

DSN/MRJE USER MESSAGES

MRJEJOBh END OF FILE.
End-of-file has been reached in search
log.

named

job

MRJEJOBh n JOBLOG ENTRIES CLEARED. m FREE ENTRIES NOW
EXIST.
A PURGE command cleared n entries from the named job
log file by:
• deleting canceled jobs
• deleting timed-out jobs
• clearing directory entries that were reserved for
jobs that failed during SUBMIT.
MRJEJOBh JOBLOG IS EMPTY.
Named job log is empty. This response may be given to
a DISPLAY DIRECTORY, DISPLAY JOB LOG , or PURGE command.
MRJEJOBh NOT PURGED.
The named job log has not been purged because the Manager negated his or her request, or an I/O error
occurred.
If PURGE is required, determine the reason
for failure from the MPE file error number given in
the I/O error message and re-enter the PURGE command.
MRJEJOBh n OLD JOBS IN THIS FILE.
The named job log contains n "old jobs" -- jobs which
have timed-out or been canceled and are therefore subject to purging.
MRJEJOBh n OLD JOBS PURGED THUS FAR.
An error has occurred during PURGE- processing which
makes directory/job log update imppssible. However, n
old jobs have already been deleted from the job log.
Rebuild the configuration files for this host using
the NEW command.

(current command char) MUST BE FIRST CHAR IN USER HOST CMD.
The specified command character must be the first
character entered in the user host command. For
example, if the host system command character is a
dollar sign ($), the User host command cannot be %DA.

NO BLANKS ALLOWED IN FORMAL FILE DESIGNATOR
Embedded blanks are not permitted within a
erenced file designator. Re-enter.

*
*

NO CLOSING QUOTE ON DEVICE CLASS NAME.
Valid device class must be enclosed
Re-enter.

back

ref-

quotes.

NO FILE DESIGNATOR ON ##FD CARD.
A ##FD card with no file designator has been found
in a SUBMIT input file.
Correct the ##FD card and
re-submit.

E-30

DSN/MRJE USER MESSAGES

NO JOB CARD FOUND.
DSN/MRJE has read and spooled or transmitted all
SUBMIT input (Infiles and FD files) without finding a
host JOB card with the form:
//jobname JOB optional information
Add a valid host job card and re-SUBMIT.

NO NEW FILES CREATED.
If an error occurs or the DSN/MRJE Manager enters
Control-Y'during NEW command processing, no new set of
configuration files is created.
If new files are
required, determine the reason for failure from the
MPE file error number given in the I/O error message
and re-enter the NEW command.

* NO PARAMETERS ALLOWED.
No parameters are allowed in this
the command.
NO SPOOL FILE FOUND.
Message occurs when a job is
file exists that contains
mitted for the canceled job.

command.

Re-enter

canceled and no spool
information to be trans-

jobname NOT FOUND.
The job named in a CANCEL or DISPLAY command is not
in the job log. Ensure that job name is correct and
re-enter the command. The Manager may DISPLAY the
entire job log to check job names.

{i~~name} NOT

SUBMITTED.

The named job (or "JOB II if DSN/MRJE did not find a
host card) was not submitted to the host. Make certain the job has a recognizable job card.

NOTRANSLATE CAN'T BE SPECIFIED FOR$STDIN/$STDINX.
Input from the standard input file is always translated from ASCII to EBCDIC or EBCDIK, depending on
translation type. Re-enter SUBMIT command, deleting
the II(NOTRANSLATE)II parameter from $STDIN/$STDINX.

IINOTRANSLATE" REQUIRED.
"(NOTRANSLATE)II is the only parenthesized parameter
allowed in the SUBMIT command. Re-enter command.

NUMERIC PARAMETER EXPECTED.
Numeric input is expected after a comma.

Re-enter.

E-31

DSN/MRJE USER MESSAGES

ONLY 3

outfile : OUTPUT FILE DOES NOT EXIST.
The named output file (PRINT, PUNCH, or FORMS file)
has been given in a SUBMIT command, but has not yet
been created. Build the named output file and resubmit.

PARAMETERS REQUIRED.
The given command requires parameters.
command.

PRINT SPECIFIED TWICE.
PRINT file specified twice in SUBMIT command.
enter command, specifying "PRINT" once only.

Re-

PUNCH SPECIFIED TWICE
PUNCH file specified twice in SUBMIT command.
enter command, specifying "PUNCH" once only.

Re~

reader READER CANNOT BE CLOSED.
The named host pseudo reader cannot be closed. Determine the reason for the failure from MPE file error
number.

READER SPECIFIED TWICE.
READER file specified twice in
enter command.

PARAMETER~ ARE ALLOWED.
Only ~hree values ~days, hours, minutes) can be
given to specify maximum time a job remains in the
job log after transmittal. Re-enter.

SUBMIT

Re-enter

command.

the

Re-

SPOOL FILE DELETED.
Message occurs when a job is canceled before it is
transmitted to the host and the spool containing it
is deleted.
SPOOL FILE NOT IN READY STATE. UNABLE TO DELETE.
Message occurs when a job is canceled while it is
being transmitted to the host.
The spool file is
busy and cannot be deleted.

STANDARD INPUT FILE CAN1T BE OPENED. FATAL ERROR!
$STDINX cannot be opened. DSN/MRJE terminates.

STANDARD INPUT FILE CAN1T BE OPENED FOR NOWAIT I/O.
$STDINX must be opened for NOWAIT I/O in order to send
host console commands.

$STDIN, $STDINX, $OLDPASS ARE ONLY SYSTEM INPUT FILES
ALLOWED.
Only those system files named in the message can be
used for Input or FD files. Other system files are
prohibited. He-enter SUBMIT with valid input files.

E-32

DSN/MRJE USER MESSAGES

THIS ITEM NOT DYNAMIC.A·~LY CONFIGURABLE.
Items 1, 18, 4o, and 41 in the configuration file cannot be altered after the file has been created.
In
order to change these items, use the NEW command to
reconstruct the configuration file.
USER CAPABILITY IN EFFECT.
This user does not have 1I0ptl capability,
carry out DSN/MRJE Manager functions.

and

cannot

* VALID RESPONSE MUST BE GIVEN.
When creating a new set of configuration files, items
that do not have default values must be initialized.
DSN/MRJE continues to ask for a valid response until
one is given or until the Manager enters Control-Y, in
which case no new files are created.

VERIFY CANCEL WITH lIYES".
When User/Manager requests that a job be canceled,
the job log entry is displayed. In an interactive
session DSN/MRJE then asks for verification of the
CANCEL. Reply YES to verify cancellation.
WARNING: HOST COMMAND CARD FOUND IN INPUT-NOT TRANSMITTED.
DSN/MRJE did not transmit the record to the host.
SUBMIT processing continues.
WARNING: MRJEOD CARD FOUND IN INPUT-NOT TRANSMITTED.
An MRJEOD card is only required when an input file
(Infile or FD file) is $STDIN or $STDINX. If an
MRJEOD card is found in any other input file it is
not transmitted to the host. SUBMIT processing continues.
WARNING: SIGNOFF CARD FOUND IN INPUT-NOT TRANSMITTED.
A signoff card has the form:
/*SIGNOFF
DSN/MRJE did not transmit this
SUBMIT processing continues.

record

"YES" OR HNO" REQUIRED.
YES or NO is the only valid response.

the

host.

Re-enter.

* yOU MUST LOG ON MANAGER.SYS TO CREATE/PURGE CONFIG FILES.
TheMRJE Manager must be logged on toMANAGER.SYS,PUB
to 'create a set of configuration files (NEW command)
or to purge all entries from the job log (~URGE ALL),
since the files are in PUB~SYS.

E-33

MRJECONTROL CONSOLE MESSAGES
MRJECONTROL Console Messages
The messages in this table can be received
while using :MRJECONTROL commands.
CIERR(OR)
NUMBER

DSN/MRJE

users

MESSAGE, MEANING AND RECOVERY

4200

EXPECTED ONE OR MORE OF THE CONTROL FUNCTIONS:
START, TRACE, RETRIES, SIGNOFF OR KILL.
Entering "MRJECONTROL" alone is not OK. Enter
"MRJECONTROL" plus one of the control commands
listed in the message.

4201

EXCEEDED MAXIMUM NUMBER OF PARAMETERS.
Look up syntax of DSN/MRJE command and reenter using no more than the maximum number of
paramters allowed.

4202

START ALREADY REQUESTED.
The :MRJECONTROL START command has already
been issued, but the line is not fully open.
Before the command can again be successfully
issued,
the
:MRJECONTROL
SIGNOFF
or
:MRJECONTROL KILL command must be executed.

4203

EXPECTED TWO PARAMETERS, HOSTID AND RETRYNUM.
Re-enter command using both parameters.

4204

UNABLE TO OPEN CONFIGURATION FILE FOR THIS HOST.
There are several possible reasons for this
message:
1) The wrong host ID may have been used in
command.
2) Someone may be altering or rebuilding
the configuration file.
3) There may be no configuration file for
this host.

4205

UNABLE TO ACCESS CONFIGURATION FILE FOR THIS
HOST.
An FWRITE to or FREAD from the file failed.

4206

INSUFFICIENT CAPABLITIES FOR MRJECONTROL
COMMANDS.
A user must be authorized to use MRJECONTROL
mands through the MPE :ALLOW command.

4207

E-34

com-

UNABLE TO CREATE MRJEMON.
Do a LISTF on MRJEMON.PUB.SYS to see if file
exists. If it doesn't, check MPE configuration.

MRJECONTROL CONSOLE MESSAGES

4208

UNABLE TO ACTIVATE MRJEMON.
Do a LISTF on MRJEMON.PUB.SYS to see if
exists. If it does, check MPE configuration.

4209

MRJE ALREADY ACTIVE.
Line already open. Command is ignored.

4210

NUMBER OF RETRIES MUST BE IN RANGE 1 - 255.
Re-enter command with RETRIES within range.
II

file

4211

SIGNOFF ALREADY REQUESTED.
Command in process. If line won't close, it may be
necessary to issue :MRJECONTROL KILL.

4212

KILL ALREADY REQUESTED.
:MRJECONTROL KILL command already has been requested.
If line won't close, it may be necessary
to physically disconnect it.

4213

INVALID DEVICE FOR MRJEO.
The logical device numbers entered for items two
and three of configuration file are different from
logical device numbers used in MPE I/O system configuration. Alter configuration file entries.

4214

EXPECTED AT LEAST ONE PARAMETER, "ON" OR "OFF
The TRACE command must be issued with either
or "OFF" specified.

4215

MRJE NOT ACTIVE.
Start DSN/MRJE ( :MRJECONTROL START)
issue command.

and

then

•
II

re-

4216

NO SYSTEM BUFFER AVAILABLE. COMMAND FAILED.
Re-issue command until it succeeds.
If problem
persists, contact Hewlett-Packard.

4217

"TRACE

4218

MRJEMON ADOPT FAILURE.
Contact Hewlett-Packard.

4219

HOST ID MUST BE ALPHANUMERIC.
Host ID may not contain a special character.

4220

SIGNOFF INVALID UNTIL HOST CONNECTION COMPLETED.
:MRJECONTROL SIGNOFF cannot be executed until the
communications line is open.

ONLY VALID COMMAND HERE.

E-35

SYSTEM CONSOLE MESSAGES

DSN/MRJE Messages Sent to System Console
NOTE
A number of DSN/MRJE messages are sent to the system
only. The messages have the following format:
time/pin/ (MRJE
MRJEh

console

message
}
WARNING: message
{ ERROR: message

Message items are:
time

The time of day the message was sent.

The MPE process identification number.

MRJE

Indicates DSN/MRJE generated the message and that
the message concerns the default host system.

MRJEh

Indicates DSN/MRJE generated the message
and
that the message concerns the host system whose
ID begins with "h
lt

•

message

The message itself.

WARNING:

This message reports a potential problem.

ERROR:

This message reports a failure.

ACTIVATE FAILURE ON MRJEMON.
Internal software error. Contact Hewlett-Packard.
CONFIGURED BUFFER SIZE INVALID.
Buffer size in the MRJE configuration file (Item 43)
is invalid.
The MRJE Manager must alter the item in
the configuration file to agree with the host system's
buffer size.
CONSMRJE, OPEN FAILURE (nn) ON $NULL.
File system error nn. Contact Hewlett-Packard.
CONSMRJE, OPEN FAILURE (nn) ON MRJECONh.
The specified MRJE configuration file could not be
opened; see if it exists. If it does, determine the
cause of the failure from the file system error
number (nn) and take corrective action.
CONSMRJE, READ FAILURE (nn) ON MRJECONh.
File system error nn. If severe,
Packard.

E-36

contact

Hewlett-

SYSTEM CONSOLE MESSAGES

CONSMRJE, WRITE FAILURE (nn) ON MRJECONh.
File system error nn. If severe,
Packard.

contact

CREATE FAILURE ON MJOBLOGR.
A job-logging process could not be created.
that MRJELOGR is present in PUB.SYS.

Hewlett-

Ensure

CREATE FAILURE ON MRJEMON.
An DSN/MRJE monitor process could not be
Ensure that MRJEMON is present in PUB.SYS.

created.

CREATE FAILURE ON MRJEOUT.
An DSN/MRJE output process could not be
Ensure that MRJEOUT is present in PUB.SYS.

created.

DATA RECEIVED FOR INVALID UNIT Inn.
The host system has sent data to an unconfigured
pseudo device.
1. Backspace the host unit (nn).
2. Drain host unit (nn),
3. As soon as convenient, reconfigure the
DSN/MRJE
pseudo I/O devices so that the host and the HP
3000 system have the same configuration.
DSN/MRJE pseudo devices should be configured with
following unit numbers:
2

3 thru 9
10 thru 16

the

pseudo console
pseudo line printers 1 thru 7
pseudo punches 1 thru 7

DIAL REMOTE number.
The communications link has been initially .established.
Dial the number shown in the message and
complete the connection. This message 1S printed
only if the SSLC or INP is configured for a switched
(not a leased) line.
HOST BLOCK SEQUENCE (n1,n2).
A block sequence error occurred on the CS device.
Block n2 was received when block n1 was expected.
Normally, MRJE will recover from this condition.
If
the problem recurs, contact Hewlett-Packard.
HOST BUFFER SIZE (nnnn) EXCEEDS MAXIMUM.
The value specified in the MRJE configuration file for
the host buffer size exceeds 2048. The MRJE Manager
should alter Item 43 in the configuration file.
HOST # NOT ENTERED FOR 3000 JOB #nnn.
All output received from job nnn was sent to one of
the unsolicited output device specified in MRJE configuration file.

E-37

SYSTEM CONSOLE MESSAGES

INVALID BUFFER RECEIVED FROM HOST.
The last buffer of data received from the host had
contradictory or invalid control information. Contact
Hewlett-Packard.
INVALID DEVICE FOR MRJEO.
The logical device number configured in the MRJE configuration file for the pseudo line (Item 3) is not
the same as the number configured into MPE for
IOMRJEO.
The MRJE Manager must alter the logical
device number in the configuration file
(#ALTER
command) .
KILL ALREADY REQUESTED.
The :MRJECONTROL KILL message has already been issued,
but unsuccessfully. Subsequent KILL commands for the
same host cause this message. If MRJE does not disconnect the line, you may need to physically disconnect it.
If MRJE repeatedly fails to close the
line/after a KILL is issued, contact Hewlett-Packard.
LOCKSEG FAILURE.
LOCKSEG Intrinsic failure.
Contact Hewlett-Packard.

Internal software problem.

nl BLOCK SEQUENCE RECOVERY. EXPECTED BLOCK n2.
RECEIVED BLOCK n3.
While data was being transmitted to the host system,
block n3 was received when block n2 was to have been
sent. There were nl blocks recovered. MRJE will normally recover from this condition.
If the problem
persists, contact Hewlett-Packard.
MRJELOGR, FINFO FAILURE (nn) ON MRJEDIRh.
File system error nne If severe,
Packard.

contact

Hewlett-

MRJELOGR, JOB TRANSMITTED TO WRONG HOST.
In HP 3000 systems configured with two or more MRJE
subsystems, jobs can be transmitted to the wrong host
if the same pseudo card reader is configured in more
than one MRJE configuration file.
MRJELOGR, OPEN FAILURE (nn) ON $NULL.
File system error nne If severe,
Packard.

contact

Hewlett-

MRJELOGR, OPEN FAILURE (nn) ON MRJECONh.
File system error nne If severe, contact HP.
DSN/MRJE System Console Messages (continued)
MRJELOGR, OPEN FAILURE (nn) ON MRJEDIRh.
File system error nne If severe,
Packard.

E-38

contact

Hewlett-

SYSTEM CONSOLE MES,SAGES

MRJELOGR, OPEN FAILURE (nn) ON MRJEJOBh.
File system error nne If severe,
Packard.

contact

Hewlett-

MRJELOGR, READ FAILURE (nn) ON MRJECONh.
File system error nne If severe, contact HewlettPackard.
MRJELOGR, READ FAILURE (nn) ON MRJEDIRh.
File system error nne If severe, contact HewlettPackard.
MRJELOGR, READ FAILURE (nn) ON MRJEJOBh.
File system error nne If severe, contact HewlettPackard.
MRJELOGR, WRITE FAILURE (nn) ON MRJEDIRh.
File system error nne If severe, contact HewlettPackard.
MRJELOGR, WRITE FAILURE (nn) ON MRJEJOBh.
File system error nne If severe, contact HewlettPackard.
MRJEMON, OPEN FAILURE (nn) ON CS DEVICE.
The MRJE monitor could not open the line. The CS
error number (nn) references the reason for the
failure.
CS error codes are listed in the Data
Communications Handbook Section I.
MRJEMON, OPEN FAILURE (nn) ON $NULL.
File system _error nne If
Packard.

severe, contact Hewlett-

MRJEMON, OPEN FAILURE (nn) ON MRJEO.
The DSN/MRJE pseudo line monitor file could not be
opened.
(nn) specifies the MPE file system error
number which identifies a reason for the failure. If
the problem is severe, contact Hewlett-Packard.
MRJEMON, OPEN FAILURE (nn) ON MRJECONh.
File system error nne If severe, contact HewlettPackard.
MRJEMON, READ FAILURE (nn) ON CS DEVICE.
The communication link to the host failed. The CS
error number (nn) identifies the reason for
the
failure.
CS errors are in Handbook Section I.
If the problem is severe, contact Hewlett-Packard.
MRJEMON, READ FAILURE (nn) ON MRJEO.
File system error nne If seyere,
Packard.

contact

Hewlett-

E-39

SYSTEM CONSOLE MESSAGES

MRJEMON, READ FAILURE (nn) ON MRJECONh.
File system error nn. If severe,
Packard.

contact

Hewlett-

MRJEMON, WRITE FAILURE (nn) ON CS DEVICE.
If this message appears as a WARNING, a communication problem developed and DSN/MRJE sent a SIGNOFF
command prior to disconnecting the line.
The host
system probably has accepted the command and is
closing the communications link.
If this message appears as an ERROR, the communications link failed unexpectedly. Irrecoverable communication error codes are in Handbook Section I. The
CS error number references the reason for the failure.
Contact Hewlett-Packard, if such errors persist.
MRJEMON, WRITE FAILURE (nn) ON MRJEO.
File system error nn. If s~vere,
Packard.

contact

Hewlett-

MRJEMON, WRITE FAILURE (nn) ON MRJECONh.
File system error nn. If severe, contact HewlettPackard.
MRJEOUT, CLOSE FAILURE (nn) ON MRJECONh.
File system error nn. If severe, contact HewlettPackard.
MRJEOUT, FINFO FAILURE (nn) ON MRJE'PNLP.
File system error nn. If severe, contact HewlettPackard.
MRJEOUT, FINFO FAILURE (nn) ON MRJEOUT.
File system error nn. If severe, contact HewlettPackard.
MRJEOUT, OPEN FAILURE (nn) ON $NULL.
File system error nn. If
Packard.

severe, contact Hewlett-

MRJEOUT, OPEN FAILURE (nn) ON MRJE'PNLP.
File system error nn. If severe, contact HewlettPackard.
MRJEOUT, OPEN FAILURE (nn) ON MRJECONh.
File system error nn. If severe, contact HewlettPackard.
MRJEOUT, OPEN FAILURE (nn) ON MRJEDIRh.
File system error nn. If severe,
Packard.

E-40

contact

Hewlett-

SYSTEM CONSOLE MESSAGES

MRJEOUT, OPEN FAILURE (nn) ON MRJEJOBh.
File system error nn. If severe, contact HewlettPackard.
MRJEOUT, OPEN FAILURE (nn) ON MRJEOUT.
Output
DSN/MRJE couldn't open a User's output file.
destined for the file is irrecoverable.
Notify
DSN/MRJE Users that output was lost.
This is file
system error nn. If severe, contact Hewlett-Packard.
MRJEOUT, READ FAILURE (nn) ON MRJE'PNLP.
File system error nn. If severe, contact HewlettPackard.
MRJEOUT, READ FAILURE (nn) ON MRJECONh.
File system error nn.
If severe,
Packard.

contact

Hewlett-

MRJEOUT, READ FAILURE (nn) ON MRJEDIRh.
File system error nn. Contact Hewlett-Packard.
MRJEOUT, READ FAILURE (nn) ON MRJEJOBh.
When nn=O, it indicates that unsolicited output that
doesn't belong to any entry in the job log file was
received. When nn does not equal zero, an internal
software error has occurred.
In the latter case,
contact Hewlett-Packard.
MRJEOUT, WRITE FAILURE (nn) ON MRJE'PNLP.
This message should be ignored.
MRJEOUT, WRITE FAILURE (nn) ON MRJEOUT.
DSN/MRJEcouldn't write to a user's file~ Output destined for the file is irrecoverable. Notify DSN/MRJE
users that output was lost. Contact Hewlett-Packard.
NO 3000# FOR HOST JOB# nnnn, jobnarne.
Internal software problem. All output received for
JOB# nnnn was sent to the unsolicited output devices
specified in the DSN/MRJE configuration file. If the
problem is severe, contact Hewlett-Packard.
NO SYSTEM BUFFER FOR SIGNOFF.
An :MRJECONTROL SIGNOFF conunand failed because no HP
3000 system buffers were available.
Wait and try
again. If this problem occurs frequently,
contact
Hewlett-Packard.

E-41

SYSTEM CONSOLE MESSAGES

PHYSICAL BOUNDS OF OUTFILE EXCEEDED FOR IBM JOB nnnn PLEASE
RESPOND "RETRY" OR "FLUSH".
The file specified to receive output for host job nnnn
appears to be full. Writing to the file is suspended
until the console operator responds to the message. A
FLUSH response causes the remaining job output to be
sent from the host, but the data is lost. Notify the
owner of job nnnn that output was lost. A RETRY response causes the system to attempt to rewrite the
lost record.
Use RETRY only after attempting to
identify and rectify the cause of the message. If the
rewrite fails, this message is repeated until a retry
is successful or until a FLUSH response is given.
PRINTER 0 TERMINATING.
Internal software error. A printer or punch output
process terminated, but DSN/MRJE cannot determine
which one. Contact Hewlett-Packard.
PRINTER n TERMINATING.
Internal software error. The DSN/MRJE output process
corresponding to printer n terminated.
1. If no SIGNON COMPLETED message has been received,
enter the :MRJECONTROL KILL [,hostid] command.
2. If a SIGNON COMPLETED message was received, backspace host printer n to the start of the data set.
3. Drain all host printers and punches.
4. Enter the :MRJECONTROL SIGNOFF [,hostid] command.
5. In either case, contact Hewlett-Packard.
PUNCH n TERMINATING.
Internal software error. The DSN/MRJE output process
corresponding topunchn terminated.
1. If no SIGNON COMPLETED message has been received,
enter the :MRJECONTROL KILL [,hostid] command.
2. If a SIGNON COMPLETED message was received, backspace host punch n to the start of the data set.
3. Drain all host printers and punches.
4. Enter the :MRJECONTROL SIGNOFF [,hostid] command.
5. In either case, contact Hewlett-Packard.
SIGNOFF ALREADY REQUESTED.
The :MRJECONTROL SIGNOFF command has already been
entered.
(If the SIGNOFF command is issued while the
host is transmitting, transmission continues until the
current data set has been received; then the line is
disconnected.)
SIGNON COMPLETED.
The :MRJECONTROL START command has successfully executed and the communication link is now open. If jobs
have been submitted, DSN/MRJE will automatically begin
transmitting data and accepting output.

E-42

SYSTEM CONSOLE MESSAGES

SYSTEM ALREADY ACTIVE.
The :MRJECONTROL START command
that is already connected.

was isued for

SYSTEM NOT ACTIVE.
The :MRJECONTROL SIGNOFF (or KILL) command
for a host that is not connected.

host

was issued

TERMINATING.
The DSN/MRJE monitor process terminated. When printed
alone (that is, without an accompanying ERROR or
WARNING message), the termination was normal.
UNABLE TO OPEN UNSOLICITED OUTPUT FILE FOR IBM JOB nnnn
PLEASE RESPOND "Retry" OR "FLUSH".
The device or file specified to receive unsolicited
output cannot be opened. The output procedure is suspended until the Console Operator responds to the
message.
A FLUSH response restarts output from the
host, but all data is lost. Notify the owner of job
nnnn that output was lost. A RETRY response causes
the system to try again to open the device or file.
Use RETRY only after attempting to identify and
rectify the cause of the message.
If the specified
device file still cannot be opened, this message is
repeated until RETRY is successful or until a FLUSH
response is given.
UNLOCKSEG FAILURE.
The UNLOCKSEG intrinsic failed. Internal software
error.
1. COOLSTART the system (to reclaim the line monitor s stack).
2. Contact Hewlett-Packard.
I

ZSIZE ERROR.
The ZSIZE intrinsic failed.
Contact Hewlett-Packard.

Internal software

error.

E-43

TRANSPARENT TEXT BLOCK

Binary Synchronous Communication (BSC)
Multileaving Block Structure in Bytes:
Character:

Description:

DLE
STX
BCB
FCS1
FCS2
RCB
SRCB

BSC leader (%020, 110)
BSC start of text (%002, 102)
Block Control Byte
Function Control Sequence Byte 1 of 2
Function Control Sequence Byte 2 of 2
Record Control Byte, first record
Sub-Record Control Byte, first record

SCB
text

*
*
*
*
*
*

>>>

String Control Byte, first record
character string, first record
repeat SCB-text sequence until SCB=O

> >>

repeat RCB-SRCB-SCB-text sequence as needed.

RCB

Transmission block terminator is RCB=O

DLE
ETB

BSC leader (%020, 110)
BSC ending sequence (%0~6, 126)

BCC1
BCC2

Block Check Character 1 of 2
Block Check Character 2 of 2

Description of this byte follows.

Reference: OS/VS2 JES2 Logic Reference Manual, Appendix
SY28-0622)
BCB (Block Control Byte):
count.

Transmit block status and sequence
01234 567
o x x x c c c c

o
x

E-~~

1
000
001
010

must always be on.
normal block
bypass sequence count validation
reset expected block sequence to c value
all
reserved, not supported
100
reserved, not supported
101
available for user modification, not supported
110
available for user modification, not supported
111
reserved for expansion, not supported
modulo 16 block sequence count

(IBM

TRANSPARENT TEXT BLOCK

Fes (Function Control Sequence): Controls the flow of individual
function streams.

Device number,
RD or PR:
PU:
0

r
s
t
a
w

1
1
0
0
1
0

a
d
w - z

<----FCS 1----> <----FCS 2---->
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0 s r r a b c d 0 t r r w x y z
1 2 3 4
5 6 7
4 3 2 1
7 6 5
must always be on to be valid in both bytes
reserved in both bytes
normal state
wait a bit. Receiver is to suspend all
transmission.
suspend remote console stream transmission.
continue remote console stream transmission.
suspend device transmission.
For example, a = 0 means suspend RD1 or PR1.
continue device transmission
For example, b = 1 means continue

RD2~

PR2 or PU7.

RCB (Record Control Byte): Identifies record type. Uniquely
identifies data streams among identical record types.
012 345 6 7
o iii t t t t
0=0

end of transmission.
normal state.

RCB=O.

0000 control record.
See the values of i, below.
0001 operator message display request, host to system
0010 operator command, system to host
0011 normal input record.
See note 1, following.
0100 printer record.
See note 1, following.
0101 punch record. See note 1, following.
0110 data set record. Unsupported.
0111 terminal message routing record. Unsupported.
1000-1100 reserved for expansion. Unsupported.
1101-1111 reserved for local modification. Unsupported.

E-45

TRANSPARENT TEXT BLOCK

Settings for control record, where t = 0000:
i

= 000

001
010
011
100
101
110
111
Note 1:

reserved for future expansion
request to initiate function transmission. See
note 2, following.
permission to initiate function transmission. See
note 2, following.
reserved.
Unsupported.
reserved. Unsupported.
available for local modification. Unsupported.
error in block check sequence. SRCB contains
value.
general control record. SRCB contains the type.

In this instance the value of the i field identifies the
stream number of the data for a reader, a printer, or a
punch.
In this instance the SRCB must contain the prototype
ReB. This identifies the device which is the object of
the request to intiate function transmission, and the
permission to initiate function transmission.

Note 2:

SHCB (Sub-Record Control Byte): Provides supplementary
information about a record.
0123456 7
o s s s s s s s
o

must always be on
additional information according to the record
type.

SHCB (Sub-Record Control Byte)
where the i field of an RCB=7.

=A
B
C
D

E
F
G

H
I-R

S-z

E-46

for a general control
Identifies type.

record,

initial terminal signon
final terminal signoff
print initialization record. Not supported.
punch intiialization record. Not supported.
input initialization record. Not supported.
data set transmission record. Not supported.
system configuration status. Not supported.
diagnostic control record. Not supported.
reserved. Not supported.
available for local modification. Not supported.

TRANSPARENT TEXT BLOCK

SRCB (Sub-Record Control Byte) for print records.
carriage control information.

Provides

01234 5 6 7
o m c c c c c c
o
m

must always be on
normal carriage control
reserved for future user.

c = 000000
OOOOxx
01xxxx
1000xx
11xxxx

Unsupported.

suppress space
space xx lines after print
skip to channel xxxx after print
space immediately xx lines
skip immediately to channel xxx x

SRCB (Sub-Record Control Byte) for punch records.
additional information.

Provides

o 1 2 345 6 7
o mm b r r s s
0

1
00
01
10
11
0
1

r
s

must always be on
SCB character count unit
1
Unsupported.
8CB character count unit
2.
SCB character count unit
4. Unsupported.
reserved. Unsupported.
normal EBCDIC card image
column binary card image. Unsupported.
reserved. Unsupported.
punch stacker selection number.

SRCB (Sub-record Control Byte) for input records.
additional information.

Provides

01234 5 6 7

o mm
o

00
01
10
11

r r r r

must always be on
SCB character count units
SCB character count units
SCB character count units
reserved. Unsupported.
normal EBCDIC card image.
column binary card image.
reserved. Unsupported.

Unsupported.
Unsupported.

Unsupported.

E-47

TRANSPARENT TEXT BLOCK

SRCB (Sub-Record Control Byte) for terminal message routing
records. Indicates destination. Not supported at all.
0123456 7
ott t t t t t
o

1-99
100-127

must always be on
broadcast to all systems. Unsupported.
remote system number. Unsupported.
remote system group. Unsupported.

SCB (String Control Byte) identifies type and length of a
character string.
0123456 7
o k i j j j. j j
0

end of a record. SCB
all other SCB values.

= 0

i
i
j
k

E-48

duplicate character string:
duplicate character is a blank. The next
character is another SCB.
duplicate character is not a blank. The next
1
character is duplicated.
This is the duplication count. The maximum
value is 31.

non-duplicate character string. Text characters
follow this SCB.
This is the text string length. The maximum
value is 63.

DSN/MRJE COMMUNICATION LINE SPECIFICA TION
DSN/MRJE Communication Line Specifications
Parameter

Setting

formaldesig
device
copt ions

empty
SSLC
reference
parameter

aoptions
doptions
numbuffers
buffsiz~

iolist \
suplist
pollist
dwnldfile
yyy
phonelist
ins peed
outspeed
miscarray
drivername
ctraceinfo

Comment

prevents use of CLINE
configured value
communications options. See coptions
below, and Section I of the Data
Communications
Handbook.
value
access options. See aoptions, below, and
parameter Section I of the Data Communications
Handbook.
value
driver options. See doptions, below and
parameter Section I of the Data Communications
Handbook.
no buffering to be done
empty
not applicable. See numbuffers.
empty
received id sequences ignored
empty
mUltipoint use only
empty
multipoint use only
empty
for INP
empty
reserved for future use
empty
not used
empty
not used
empty
not used
specified 8,0,20,1,60,2,0,5,255 See Section I of
the Data Communications Handbook.
CSSMRJEO string value set
empty
not used

use configured default speed setting
prohibit use of :CLINE command.
do not invoke CS trace facility
inhibit use of ID sequences
allow timeouts

E-49

DSN/MRJE COMMUNICATION LINE SPECIFICA TION

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5
0:0 0 0:0 0 1:0 0 0:1 1 1:0 0 1
0:0 0 0:0 0 1:0 0 0:1 1 1:1 0 1

aoptions
%001071 (with autodialing)
%001075 (without).
I perform all I/O using CIO
allow CLINE buffer override.
10 = dial on write and read connect
11 = answer on write connect; answer
on read connect.
inhibit CS hardware error messages at
console
reserved: 1
use conversation BSC protocol

o 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5
doptions = %000020
0:0 0 0:0 0 0:0 0 0:0 0 0:0 1 0
I send four leading SYN characters
reserved for future use
I MFW placed into and expected in text
no ITB expected from remote
automatic generation of TTD
automatic generation of WACK
BCC is VRC/LRC for non-transparent or transparent
with heading and CRC16 for transparent without
heading
ending sequence is BSC default: EDT for non-switched,
DLE EDT for switched lines
control state listen mode between user requests ignores
control sequences
poll termination: transmit RVI to return line to control
mode'
delay sequence: wait on received WACK/TTD sequences
reserved for future use

E-50

DSN/MRJE PSEUDO DEVICE CONFIGURA TION

DSN/MRJE Psuedo Device Configuration
TERM
REC
DRIVER
LDEV DRT UNIT CH TYPE S T WIDTH DEVM NAME

_.-

0
1
2
3
4

#####-

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

#####-

#########-

##-

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0

40
40
67
67
67
67
67
67
67
67
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

}~O

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 S
0
0
0
0
0
0
S

Pseudo
CLASS Device

IOMRJEO
Monitor 1*
IOMRJE1
Monitor 2*
*
IOMCONSO
CON
*
IOMPNLPO
PR1
IOMPNLPO
PR2
IOMPNLPO
PR3
IOMPNLPO
PR4
IOMPNLPO
PR5
IOMPNLPO
PR6
IOMPNLPO
PR7
IOMPNLPO
PU1
IOMPNLPO
PU2
IOMPNLPO
PU3
pu4
IOMPNLPO
IOMPNLPO
PU5
IOMPNLPO
PU6
IOMPNLPO
PU7
*
IOMRDRO MRDR1 RD1
IOMRDRO
RD2
IOMRDRO
RD3
IOMRDRO
RD4
IOMRDRO
RD5
IOMRDRO
RD6
IOMRDRO
RD7

spooled

Required

An SSLC, device type 18, must be configured with the driver,
CSSMRJEO, as changeable.
An INP, device type 17 is not to be
configured with a changeable driver. The download files for an
INP are:
CSDMRJEO for an HP 30010A;
CSDMRJE1 for an HP 30020A;
CSDMRJE2 for an HP 30020B.

E-51

rn
DS/3000
DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS
CONTENT

PAGE

DS/3000 Commands

F-2

File Commands for Remote Files

F-5

DS/3000 SPL PTOP Intrinsics

F-7

DS/3000 COBOL PTOP Calls

F-13

DS/3000 BASIC PTOP Calls ...................•................. F-16
Network File Transfer

F-20

DSDUMP and DSTEST

F-26

DS/3000 Communication Line Specifications

F-27

DS/3000 COPEN Specifications

F-28

DS/3000 System Failures

F-30

DSCOPYError Messages

F-31

DS/3000 Functional Error Messages

F-33

NOTE:

The information in this handbook is not a set of product
specificatons. Refer to the appropriate sub-system, system,
and
component
specifications,
reference
manuals,
or
technical specifications.

F-l

DS/3000 COMMANDS

Controlling a Line From an Operator Console
The ASSOCIATE and ALLOW commands must be used to associate the user
with a device and to permit specified users with CS capability to
invoke this command.

[,SPEED=speed]

ON [, [ALL]

[, [mask]

MASTERj
, SLAVE

OPEN}
[ {

, SHUT·

:DSCONTROL dsdevice

;TRACE,
-

{

[, [WRAP]

[, rnumentries]}]

[,filename]]]]]

OFF

COMP }~
[; { NOCOMP

{MON

DEFAULT}]
{ count

MOFF

classname.

(Required

dsdevice

Logical device number or device
parameter.)

OPEN

Establishes a communications link.

SHUT

Initiates an orderly shutdown. To terminate all activity
now,
do an
:ABORTIO csdevice and then
: DSCONTROL
dsdevice;SHUT.

MASTER

Allows local HP 3000 to process only outgoing requests
across the DS line.

SLAVE

Allows local HP 3000 to process· only incoming requests
across the DS line.
If neither MASTER nor SLAVE are specified, the default
is to allow both outgoing and incoming requests.

speed

Transmission speed (characters/second). Parameter is effective only if SPEED CHANGEABLE is selected when system
is configured, and only if clocking is provided by a
device other than the modem.

TRACE

Allows CSTRACE to be
default is TRACE,OFF.

Allows TRACE to be activated. (Required parameter.)

F-2

activated

deactivated.

The

DS/3000 COMMANDS

OFF

Allows TRACE to be deactivated. (Required parameter.)

ALL

Generates trace records for line activity. If ALL is not
specified, the trace record is written only when a
transmission error occurs.

mask

Octal integer
Default: %37

number

preceded

percent

sign

(%nn).

numentries Decimal integer for maximum number of trace entries in a
trace record (not greater than 248). Default:24 Maximum
number of entries for an INP is 24.
WRAP

Causes trace entries that overflow the trace record
(greater than numentries) to overlay the prior trace
entries. Default: no wrap.

filename

Trace filename.
The default file name
PUB.SYS, where xxx is the dsdevice ldev.

COMP

Establishes data compression as default on the line.

NOCOMP

Establishes no data compression as default on line.

MON

Provides MMSTAT entries
Default is both kinds.

MOFF

Deactivates MMSTAT monitoring.

count

Controls the number of line driver attempts to send or
to receive data. The count must be a positive integer <=
255. The default value is 15.

DEFAULT

The default value of RETRY counts is

for

and

DSTRCxxx.

cold

dump.

15.

Once you have issued a DSCONTROL command, a SHOWDEV will display as
follows:
:SHOWDEV
device

: DSCONTROL dsdevice
OPEN

SHUT

related
communication
controller

UNAVAIL

AVAIL

dsdevice

AVAIL

UNAVAIL

F-3

DS/3000 COMMANDS

Opening a Line From a User Terminal/Job
:DSLINE dsdevice
[;LINEBUF=buffer size]
[;LOCID=local-id-sequence]
[;REMID=remote-id-sequencel [,remote-id-sequence2] ... ]
[;PHNUM=telephone-number]
[;EXCLUSIVE]
[! ;;COMP
NOCOMP
[ ; QUIET]

dsdevice

Device
name.

buffer-

Decimal integer (size in words) of the DS/3000 line
buffer. Default is the CS buffer size specified during
system configuration.

local-idsequence

ASCII character string within quotation marks or octal
numbers separated by commas and contained within
parentheses.

class

name,

logical

device

number,

node

remote-id- Same format as local-id-sequence.
sequence
telephone- Telephone number consisting of digits and dashes.
number
Maximum length permitted (including both digits and
dashes) is 20 characters.
EXCLUSIVE

Requests
non-shared
line
capabilities are required.

use.

COMP

Overrides the current default and activates data compression. Sets mode of operation for subsequent DS/3000
activity. (Optional parameter.) See also :DSCONTROL.

NOCOMP

Overrides current default and deactivates data compression.(Optional parameter.) See also :DSCONTROL.

QUIET

This parameter causes the message that identifies the DS
line number to be suppressed. Messages associated with
subsequent REMOTE HELLO and REMOTE BYE commands will
also be suppressed. (Optional parameter.)

Both

and

LOCID, REMID, and PHNUM defaults are the values specified during HP
3000 I/O System configuration--if any values were specified.

F-4

OS/3000 COMMANDS

Closing a Line From a User Terminal

: DSLINE

;CLOSE
ds-line-number

dsdevice

Device class name, ldn, or node name specified in
the DSLINE command that opened the particular line.

Specifies that all lines currently open should be
closed.

ds line
number

The line number returned by a DSLINE ... ;OPEN.
Enter #IJn.

; CLOSE

Closes the specified line(s). (Required parameter.)

If no line identifier (dsdevice, @, or ds line number) is
specified, DS/3000 closes the line most recently opened.

File Commands for Remote Files
SYSTEM 1

dsdevice=

SYSTEM 2

DS1#

FILE A

SYSTEM 3

dsdevice
OS2#

FILE B

FILE C

F-5

FILE COMMANDS

Issue a file command on the local system (in the illustration
above, System 1) for a file resident on the first remote system
(System 2).
:FILE name;DEV=dsdevice#device
Example
:FILE B;DEV=DS1#DISC
Issue a file command on the local system for a file resident on the
second remote system (in the illustration, System 3).
:FILE name;DEV=dsdevice#dsdevice#DISC
Example
:FILE C;DEV=DS1#DS2#

(Note that DISC is the default.)

With a remote session established, issue a file command on remote
system (System 2) to indicate file is resident on the original system (System 1).
:REMOTE FILE name;DEV=#
Example
:REMOTE FILE A;DEV=#
Another way to specify a file on a second remote, system 3 is
:FILE n ;DEV=dsdevice#
1
:REMOTE FILE n ;DEV=dsdevice#
2
Example
:FILE B;DEV=DSl#
:REMOTE FILE B=C;DEV=DS2#

PROGRAM-TO-PROGRAM INTRINSIC LIMITATIONS:
• The user main session process identification number (UMAIN PIN)
is used for identification, thus providing a limit of one slave
from each family tree per each DS line.
• The slave program cannot be opened back across a dsline.
be opened in the OUTGOING SENSE.

It must

• While a slave is opened, simultaneous remote file access
cannot take place within the family structure.

F-6

(RFA)

OS/3000 SPL PTOP INTRINSICS

Common Parameters
bufsize

integer by value (optional). Size in words of the communications buffer that is to be established. Parameter
defines the maximum number of words of data that can be
transmitted by a PWRITE or PREAD intrinsic call.
Default:

Same size as the line buffer defined by the
DSLINE command (LINEBUF=) for the first DSLINE
issued to the dsdevice. Will never be smaller
than 304 words.
If no LINEBUF= is specified then the default
configuration length is used.

dsdevice

byte array (required).
Contains an ASCII character
string terminated by a space. String must be the device
class name or ldn used in the DSLINE or REMOTE HELLO
command that opened the communication line you will be
using.

dsnum

integer by value (required).
The link identifier
returned by the particular POPEN intrinsic call which
initiated communication with the remote slave program.

entryname

byte aray (optional).
Contains an ASCII character
string terminated by a space. String is the name of
the entry point (label) at which execution of the remote
slave program is to begin.
Default:

flags

Primary entry point.

logical by value (optional).
flags off.
NOTE:

Default value is zero, all

Bit 0 is the most significant bit; bit 15 is the
least significant.

Bit(0:1)

Not used.

Bit(1:1)

Q-63 to S-bit. If on, the portion of the
stack from Q-63 to S is dumped.

Bit(2:1)

QI to S bit. If on, the portion of the
stack from QI to S is dumped.

Bit(3:1)

DL to QI bit. If on, the portion of the
stack from DL to QI is dumped.

Bit(4:1)
Bit(5:2)

Should be set to zero.
STACKDUMP bits.
00 Enables only if enabled by father.
01 Enables unconditionally.

F-1

DS/30 00 SPL PTOP INTRIN SICS

10
11

Same as 00.
Disabl es uncond itional ly for new
proces s.

Bit(7:2 )

Should be set to zero.

Bit(9:1 )

NOCB bit.

Bit(lO :2) LIBSEARCH bits.
OO--Sy stem Library
Ol--Ac count Public , System Library
Bit(12 :1) NOPRIV bit.
Bit(13 :1) DEBUG bit, must be off (0).
Bit(14 :1) LOADMAP bit.
Bit(15 :1) (Always seton .)
icode

intege r (optio nal). PCHECK returne d code that specif
ies
the comple tion status of the most recent ly
execute d
DS/3000 intrins ic.

intege r (option al). A word that has meanin g only
PREAD or PWRITE reques t is receive d from the when a
remote
master program .
For a PREAD reques t, il contain s an intege r specify
ing
the number of words reques ted by the remote
master
program .
For a PWRITE reques t, il contain s an intege r specify
ing
the number of words transm itted from the remote
master
program to the DS/3000 buffer .

ionurnb er

F-8

intege r (optio nal). A word that has meanin g only
the conditi on code CCG and a ifun of 5 are returne when
In
that case, ionumb er contain s the MPE File Systemd.
number associa ted with the comple ted I/O withou file
t
wait
reques t.

OS/3000 SPLPTOP INTRINSICS

itag

integer array (optional). A twenty-word array used for
transmitting and receiving tag fields. Format of the tag
field is defined as part of the user's application.
Default:

A tag field of all zeros is sent; the returned
tag field (if any) is not available to the
master program.

param

integer by value (optional).
A word used to transfer
control information to the new process. Any instruction
in the outer block of code in the new process can access
this information in location Q-4. The default value is
zero.

progname

byte array (required).
Contains an ASCII character
string terminated by a space. String is the name (with
optional group and account names) of an MPE program file
(residing on a disc connected to the remote HP 3000)
containing the remote slave program.

stacksize

integer by value (optional). An integer (Z-Q) denoting
the number of words assigned to the local stack area
bounded by the initial Q and Z registers.
Default: Same as that specified in the program file.

dlsize

integer (DB-DL) denoting number of words in usermanaged stack area bounded by DL and DB registers.

maxdata

integer by value (optional). The maximum size allowed
for the process' stack (Z-DL) area in words.
When
specified, this value overrides the one established at
program-preparation time.
Default:

If not specified and not specified in program
file either, MPE assumes the stack will remain
the same size.

target

integer array (required for PREAD and PWRITE.) The array
into which data received/transmitted to/from the remote
slave program will deposited.

tcount

integer by value (required).
The requested number of
words (if positive) or bytes (if negative) of data.

Condition Codes

ceE

Request
accepted
successfully.

eCG

Request rejected (POPEN, PREAD, PWRITE, or PCONTROL)by
slave.

(by

slave

program)

completed

F-9

DS/3000 SPL PTOP INTRINSICS

Not returned (PCLOSE, ACCEPT, REJECT, PCHECK).
CCL

Request denied; an error occurred.
determine error.

Issue a PCHECK to

PCHECK request denied because DSNUM was invalid.

POPEN
BA

dsnum:=POPEN(dsdevice,progname,itag,entryname,param,

flags,stacksize,dlsize,maxdata,bufsize);

PREAD
IV

19th:=PREAD(dsnum,target,tcount,itag);

PWRITE
IV

PWRITE(dsnum,target,tcount,itag);

PCONTROL

IV
IA
PCONTROL(dsnum,itag);

PCLOSE

F-IO

OS/3000 SPL PTOP INTRINSICS

GET

~.fun:

=GET ( 1 tag, iI, 10number) ;

The GET intrinsic receives the next request from the remote master
program and accepts an optional tag field (available in itag).
CCE

Request received successfully.

CCG

An IOWAIT (0) completed a file system I/O
without wait, not DS I/O. The contents of
ionumber identify the file.

CCL

Error. Use PCHECK.

When the GET intrinsic executes, it returns to the slave program a
number (ifun) specifying what type of request was received from the
remote master program, as follows:
ifun:

An error occurred. This value is returned only when the
condition code CCL is also returned. Issue a PCHECK intrinsic call (with a dsnum parameter of zero) to determine what happened.

POPEN request received.

PREAD request received.

PWRITE request received.

PCONTROL request received.

This value is returned only when the condition code eCG
is also returned.
It indicates that a pending MPE File
System I/O without wait request was completed (instead
of a DS/3000 remote I/O request). ionumber contains the
file number associated with the completed I/O request.

F-ll

D$/3000 SPLPTOP INTRINSICS

ACCEPT
IA

ACCEPT(itag,target,tcount);
CCE
CCG
CCL

Response transmitted successfully
Not returned
Error. Use PCHECK

REJECT
OV

CCE
CCG
CCL

Request received successfully
Not returned
Error. Use PCHECK

PCHECK
I I
IV
icode:=PCHECK(dsnwn);
Note that dsnum is 0 if issued from a slave program.
Refer to DS functional errors at the end of this section for the
meaning of icode.
CCE
CCG
CCL

F-12

Request was successful
Not returned
Request denied. dsnum is invalid.

08/3000 COBOL PTOP CALLS

Interface Conventions
Parameters in COBOL calling sequences can be:
Integer

Picture 9 through 9(4) or
Picture S9(3) computational

Character string

Picture X(n) or
Picture A(n)

In the following calls, the parameters not specifically defined
as character strings are assumed to be integers.

Common Parameters
Parameters whose use is the same for all procedures are:
CCODE

The condition code
(see page F-9)
-1 is the same as
o is the same as
1 is the same as

returned by the PTOP intrinsic:
CCL in an SPL intrinsic.
CCE in an SPL intrinsic.
CCG in an SPL intrinsic.

DSNUM

The DS communication line number returned by CPOPEN.

ITAG

A40~byte

TARGET

The character field used for reading or writing data.

TCOUNT

The number of words or bytes to be read or written:
A positive integer for words.
A negative integer for bytes.

character field sent and received from the
remote program.

CPOPEN
The COBOL callable interface to POPEN.
CALL lICPOPEN" USING CCODE, DSNUM, DSDEVICE , PROGNAME,ITAG ,
ENTRYNAME,PARAM,FLAGS,STACKSIZE,DLSIZE,
MAXDATA,BUFFSIZE

F-13

OS/3000 COBOL PTOP CALLS

DSDEVICE

A character field containing the device class or
logical device number of the desired OS line.

PROGNAME

A character field containing the name (term- inated by a space) of the remote slave program.

ENTRYNAME

The character field specifying the secondary
entry point (or spaces) where the remote program
will begin execution. ENTRYNAME is ignored if
the slave system is an RTE system.

PARAM

An integer value to be placed in Q-4 of the
slave program. It is ignored if the slave system is an RTE system.

FLAGS
STACKSIZE
DLSIZE
MAXDATA

These are all MPE parameters used to specify
program loading. They are ignored if the
slave system is an RTE system. See the POPEN
specifications for parameters in this section.

BUFFSIZE

An integer specifying the maximum number of
words which will be transferred by the PTOP
intrinsic.

CPREAD
The COBOL callable interface to PREAD.
CALL "CPREAO
LENGTH

USING CCODE,OSNUM,LENGTH,TARGET,TCOUNT,ITAG

The actual number of words or bytes (depending on the
value of TCOUNT) read into TARGET.

CPWRITE
The COBOL callable interface to PWRITE.
CALL "CPWRITE" USING CCODE,DSNUM,TARGET,TCOUNT,ITAG

CPCONTROL
The COBOL callable interface to PCONTROL
CALL "CPCONTROL

F-14

USING CCODE,DSNUM,ITAG

OS/3000 COBOL PTOP CALLS

CPCLOSE
The COBOL callable interface to PCLOSE.

CALL "CPCLOSE" USING CCODE,DSNUM

CGET
The COBOL callable interface to GET.
CALL IICGET

USING CCODE,IFUN,ITAG,IL,IONUMBER

IFUN

The function number of the current pending PTOP
operation. (See page F-ll)

The number of words sent by a PWRITE or the number of
words requested by a PREAD.

IONUMBER

The file number of anon-DS file which completed an
I/O without wait.

CACCEPT
The COBOL callable interface to ACCEPT.
CALL IICACCEPT" USING CCODE,ITAG,TARGET,TCOUNT

CREJECT
The COBOL callable interface to REJECT.

CALL "CREJECT" USING CCODE, ITAG

CPCHECK
The COBOL callable interface to PCHECK.
CALL "CPCHECK" USING CCODE,DSNUM,ICODE
ICODE

An integer identifying the last error encountered.

Refer to DS functional errors at the end of this section for
the meaning of ICODE.

F-15

DS/3000 COBOL PTOP CALLS

Interface Conventions
For each BASIC CALL statement, a parameter table constructed by
BASIC contains the following:
1. The number of parameters.
2. A code word for each parameter, specifying data type and
dimensioning.
3. A reference pointer to each parameter.
A BASIC/3000 slave program must be compiled and PREP'ed. A master
program can be compiled or run on the HP 3000 Interpreter.

Common Parameters
Parameters whose use is the same for all procedures are:
CCODE

integer (required). The condition code returned by the
PTOP intrinsic:
-3
-2
-1

Not enough user stack for data transfer
Illegal calling parameter
CCL
CCE
See page F-g
CCG

DSNUM

integer (required). The DS/3000 communication line number. Analogous to the FOPEN file number.

ITAG

integer (optional). A 20-word array that is used to communicate tag fields. Its format is part of the user's
application.

parm list

(optional). A parameter list can consist of one parameter or mUltiple parameters separated by commas.
A parameter can be any BASIC-supported data type.
NOTE: The same number of parameters must be specified on
the master and slave and the data types must correspond.
CAUTION:
BASIC.

F-16

NO WARNING OF INCOMPATIBILITY IS ISSUED BY

08/3000 BASIC PTOP CALLS

BPOPEN
The BASIC callable interface to POPEN.
CALL BPOPEN(CCODE,DSNUM,DSDEVICE,PROGNAME

[I: ~TAG} [ {: ~NTRYNAME }
[{:~ARAM}

[

[{:~~XDATA}

{:~LAGS} [{:~iACKSIZE}

[

{:~~SIZE

[,BUFSIZE] ]]]]]]])

DSDEVICE

string (required).
The DS line class name or logical
device number.
The string must be terminated with a
blank.

PROGNAME

string (required). The name of a remote slave program,
terminated with a blank.

ENTRYstring (optional). A secondary entry point into the NAME
slave program, terminated with a blank.
PARAM

integer (optional). The value placed in Q-4 of the slave
program stack.

FLAGS
STACKSIZE
DLSIZE
MAXDATA

These are all MPE parameters used to control
loading. See the POPEN specifications for these
parameters in this section.

BUFSIZE

integer (optional). The maximum number of words per PTOP
transfer.

program

BPREAO
The BASIC callable interface to PREAD.
CALL BPREAD(CCODE,DSNUM,LGTH
,ITAG }
]
[, param list 1
[ { ,0
LGTH

)

integer (required). The number of words received in the
transfer.

F-17

DS/3000 COBOL PTOP CALLS

BPWRITE
The BASIC callable interface to BPWRITE.
CALL BPWRITE(CCODE,DSNUM,

[,param listl)

BPCONTROL
The BASIC callable interface to PCONTROL.

CALL BPCONTROL(CCODE,DSNUM[,ITAG])

BPCLOSE
The BASIC callable interface to PCLOSE.

CALL BPCLOSE(CCODE,DSNUM)

BGET
The BASIC callable interface to GET.

CALL BGET(CCODE,IFUN [C:TAG} [ C:L} [,IONUMBER] ]])
IFUN

integer (required). The function code of the
request issued by the remote master program.

integer (required). The number of words sent by a
BPWRITE or the number requested by a BPREAD.

IONUMBER

integer (required). Valid if both CCODE=1 and
IFUN=5. The file number of an I/O completed without
wait.

F-18

DS/3000 BASIC PTOP CALLS

BACCEPT
The BASIC callable interface to ACCEPT.
,ITAG
CALL BACCEPT(CCODE,IFUN

[param list]
,0

BREJECT
The BASIC callable interface to REJECT.

CALL BREJECT(CCODE[,ITAG])

BPCHECK
The BASIC callable interface to PCHECK.
I

CALL BPCHECK(CCODE,DSNUM,ICODE)

Refer to DS functional errors at the end of this section for the
meaning of lCODE.

F-19

NETWORK FILE TRANSFER

• Copies DISC files within local system or across a DSLINE
to an ADJACENT system.
• Uses intrinsics similar to PTOP intrinsics for transfers.
• Operates only in an OUTGOING SENSE depending on the node that
originates DSCOPY: Given that
A --> B --> C represents three systems with
dslines opened in the direction shown ... if the originating node
is the one on the left, you can DSCOPY between A<-->B or
B<-->C but not between B<-->A or C<-->B.
• Single command, DSCOPY.
• Two intrinsics, DSCOPY and DSCOPYMSG.
• A job or session that issues a copy request cannot already
have an executing DSCOPY process.
• References SE note 3000/181 and DS/3000 Reference Manual.
: DSCOPY [Sfile

L*tdsdeV] [: [tdeV]]]]]

[, [sdsdev] [: [~devJ]] [~ltfile]
]

For interactive mode, omit all of the source and target parameters.
Network file transfer prompts for input and, after the tranfer completes, prompts again.
Terminate interactive mode by typing II or control-Yo
PARAMETER

sfile

MEANING

Required parameter.
Identifies the file to
copied. The name can be in the following format:

sfile[/lockword] [.groupname] [.accountname]
sdsdev

Optional parameter. The class name or logical device
number that was used to open the line to the remote
computer where sfile resides. The default is the local
system,
where
the
transfer
request
was
submitted.

sdev

Optional parameter. The class name or logical device
number of the disc where the sfile resides. Default
is DISC.

tfile

Optional parameter. Specifies the file to receive
the data. The format is the same as for sfile. The
default is a new file of the same filename as sfile,
with the log-on groupname and accountname. Security
is set on for the tfile, even though the sfile may
have been released.

F-20

NETWORK FILE TRANSFER

tdsdev

Optional parameter.
The class name or logical
device number that was used to open the line to the
remote computer where the tfile will reside.
The
default is that DSCOPY copies the sfile to the local
computer and assigns the same filename as the srile
name. Ir the source computer is the local system,
this will cause a file system error because the file
already exists.

Means the target computer is also the source computer; i.e., the tdsdev is the same as the dsdevice.

tdev

Optional parameter. The device class name or logical
device number of the disc where the tfile should
reside.

• For remote rile transfers a line must be open.
• Target filename cannot already exist on the target system.
• Never break and :ABORT a DSCOPY operation. Use a control-Y
instead.
• Use an ampersand (&) as the last character in the DSCOPY
command to continue the command to another line.
Examples:
Local copy:
:DSCOPY SFILE TO TFILE
:DSCOPY SFILE;TFILE

-----..-.- -- ........
~ C!~~)
LOCAL

Remote copy:
:DSCOPY SFILE,54;TFILE,*

r-L..-~ ~~ tr~~L})

L-J54
LOCAL

REMOTE

Remote to local:
A.
B.

:DSCOPY SFILE,54
:DSCOPY SFILE,54 TO TFILE

Local to remote:
A.
B.

:DSCOPY SFILE;,54
:DSCOPY SFILE TO FILE,DSI

F-21

NETWORK FILE TRANSFER

Remote to remote:
:DSCOPY SFILE,54; ,56
B. :DSCOPY SFILE,HSI;TFILE,56

0~v
REMOTE

54
HSI

LOCAL

REMOTE

Network File Transfer Intrinsics:
• Callable from SPL, COBOL, FORTRAN and BASIC.
• All parameters are passed by reference.
• All parameters are required.
• All intrinsics are typeless procedure calls, and do not return
a result as with a typed procedure.
• Condition codes are not affected.
• Split-stack calls are prohibited.
• COBOL data types are:
DATA TYPE

numeric
alphanumeric
numeric array

DATA DESCRIPTION

PICTURE S9(4) COMP
PIC X(n) or PIC A(n)
PIC S9(4) COMP SYNCHRONIZED OCCURS n TIMES

DSCOPY
PROCEDURE DSCOPY(OPT,SPEC,RESULT);
LOGICAL OPT;
LOGICAL ARRAY SPEC,RESULT;

F-22

NETWORK FILE TRANSFER

OPT

Controls the primary output, such as to $STDLIST,
and specifies the type of copy operation.
0

I Reserved for future use.

SPEC

1
0

1
1

Must be 0·1

Meaning:

Single transaction. Primary output disabled.

Multiple transactions. Return after first
unsuccessful transaction. Primary output disabled.

Multiple transactions. Return after all transactions have been attempted, or after an internal
error occurs. Primary output disabled.

Reserved

Single transaction. Primary output enabled.

Multiple transactions. Return after first
unsuccessful transaction. Primary output enabled.

Multiple transactions. Return after all transactions have been attempted, or after an internal
error occurs. Primary output enabled.

Reserved.

The logical array should contain ASCII text terminated by
an a-bit binary zero.
In the single transaction case, the syntax required is the
same as for the DSCOPY command parameters.
In the multiple transaction case, the array should contain
only a zero. This will cause network file transfer to read
the copy request from the DSCOPYI file, for which the
default is $STDIN.

RESULT

A two-word array which contains the outcome of the intrinsic call.
RESULT[O]

A zero value indicates the copy operation was successful. Any other value
represents an error as defined in the
DSCOPY error messages.

RESULT[l]

The number of files that were successfully copied.

F-23

NETWORK FILE TRANSFER

COBOL Calling Sequence:
CALL "DSCOPY" USING OPT, SPEC, RESULT.
OPT is a numeric data item.
SPEC is an alphanumeric data item.
RESULT is a numeric array of two or more data
items.
FORTRAN Calling Sequence:
CALL DSCOPY (OPT,SPEC,RESULT)
OPT is an INTEGER*2 variable.
SPEC is a character array.
RESULT is an array of two or more INTEGER*2
variables.
BASIC Calling Sequence:
CALL BDSCOPY (O,S$,R)

o is a numeric variable.
S$ is a string variable.
R is an array of two or more numeric variables.
DSCOPYMSG
PROCEDURE DSCOPYMSG(RESULT,FNUM,R);
LOGICAL ARRAY RESULT;
INTEGER FNUM,R;
RESULT

A two-word result returned by the DSCOPY intrinsic. This
information is passed to this procedure.
RESULT [0] equals 0 means that DSCOPY was successful.
RESULT [0] not equal 0 means that an error occurred.
Refer to DSCOPY error messages for the meaning.

FNUM

When this parameter is zero, the message associated with
RESULT is printed on $STDLIST.
When this parameter contains a file number returned by an
FOPEN call, the message associated with RESULT is written
to that file.

Result returned by this DSCOPYMSG call.
R=O

successful R<>O unsuccessful (See Error Messages)

COBOL Calling Sequence:
CALL "DSCOPYMSG

F--24

USING RESULT,FNUM,R.

NETWORK FILE TRANSFER

RESULT is an array of two or more data times.
FNUM is a numeric data item.
R is a numeric data item.
FORTRAN Calling Sequence:
CALL DSCOPYMSG(RESULT,FNUM,R)
RESULT is an array of two or more INTEGER*2
variables.
FNUM is an INTEGER*2 variable.
R is an INTEGER*2 variable.
BASIC Calling Sequence:
CALL BDSCOPYMSG(R,F,RO)

R is an array of two or more numeric variables.
F is an integer variable.
RO is an integer variable.

F-25

DSTEST and DSDUMP

DSDUMP
DS/3000 trace files can be analyzed interactively with DSDUMP.
:RUN DSDUMP.PUB.SYS
The user is prompted for the name of the CSTRACE file and
asked to select output destination (terminal or line printer).
The user may then enter any of the DSDUMP commands.
(Enter HELP for more Information on DSDUMP commands.)

DSTEST
DS/3000 software and the physical connection between computers can
be tested with DSTEST.
Software version verification:
:RUN DSTEST .... ,VERS to obtain the version identification of each DS/3000 module installed on the
system. The user must have read access to the component modules of DS in PUB.SYS.
Configuration Verification:
: RUN DSTEST ... , CONFIG to display MPE I/O configuration and to verify that CS and DS devices are properly configured.
Diagnostic Function:
:RUN DSTEST ... ,DIAG to enter the diagnostic mode of
operation. The user will be prompted to select RFA or
PTOP, line information, and to specify data for the
test.
Normal mode:
:RUN DSTEST ... to enter a diagnostic mode, using PTOP
for a line with 512 words blocks of all %117111.

F-26

05/3000 COMMUNICA TION LINE 5PECIFICATIONS

~OPEN

and

~eference

line
only.

specifications

are

provided

for

troubleshooting

See DSMON Code
Parameter:
f'ormaldesig
:ievice
copt ions
aoptions
aoptins
nurnbuffers
buff'size
idlist
suplist
pollist
:iwnldfile
yyy

phonelist
inspeed
outspeed
rniscarray

drivername 0
ctraceinfo 0

Setting:
empty
ALDEV
reference
value parm
value parm

empty
optional
empty
empty
empty
empty
optional

o
o

specified

Comment:
prevents use of CLINE
device number or class
commoptions, below, and section I.
access options, below, and section I.
driver options, below, and section I.
no buffering or queueing to be done.
not applicable. See numbuffers, above.
may be specified.
multipoint use only.
multipoint use only.
for INP.
reserved for future use.
may be specified.
10,1,0,2,0,4,29,5,15,9,0 "'--Master
10,1,0,2,0,4,21,5,15 9,0 "'--Slave
Disable MMSTAT
trace
Drive retires
15,Master;15,
slave.
Line bid timeout = 29,
Master;21,slave
o nect timeout disabled.
Local timeout disabled.
See section I.
Configured setting

0111234 5 6 7 8 910 1 2 3 4 5
0:0 0 0:0 0 0:0 0 0:0 0 0:0 0 0

ctraceinfo

INU;ber of trace entries is driver
de endent.
~S trace mask is driver dependent.
Trace entry fill type causes new entries to be discarded.
Trace on transmission errors only.

F-27

DS/3000 COPEN SPECIFICATION

1011(21314 516 7 8 910 1 2 3 4 5

o: 0

lO :lO

0
01 :0 0 1

coptions = %000102

Master

~r:n:~:s:i:n

code is ASCII
l!ocal is primary contention station
use conrigured default speed setting
allow use of :CLINE command override. See note.
do not invoke CS trace facility at COPEN time
allow use of ID sequences
allow timeouts
0

1011121314 516 7 8 910 1 2 3 4 5
0:0 0 0:0 0 0:0 0 0:0 0 0:0 0 0

coptions

%000201

Slave

Il10cal

LtransmiSSion code is sensed by the driver
is secondary contention station
use configured default speed setting
allow use of :CLINE command override. See note.
do not invoke CS trace facility at COPEN time
allow use of ID sequences
alow timeouts

1012 345 6 718 9 01112 31415
0:0 0 0:0 0 0:0 0 0:0 0 0:0 0 0

aoptions

= %000000

Master

lperforms all I/O using NCIO
allow :CLINE override for
NUMBUFFERS AND BUFFSIZE.
dial on write connect;
See note.
answer on read connect.
allow CS hardware error messages to print
at console.
reserved
use configured default protocol
1012 345 6 718 9 01112 31415
0:0 0 0:0 0 0:0 0 0:0 0 1:1 1 1

aoptions - %000015

Slave

lperform all I/O using CIa
disal. low :CLINE o.verride for
NUMBUFFERS AND BUFFSIZE
See note.
answer on write connect;
answer on read connect.
allow CS hardware error messages to print
at console
reserved
use configured default protocol
Note: System processes cannot be affected by :CLINE.

F-28

OS/3000 LINE OPEN SPECIFICATION

1011121314 516171819 011 21314 5 doptions = %002000
0:0.0 0:0 1 0:0 0 O:ObO 0:0 0.0. For SSLC and for BSC INP
I l.2end four leading SYN characters
l11ult ipoint use.
MFW not placed into or expected in text
. no IT.B not placed into o.r expected int ext
automatic generation of TTD
automatic generation of WACK
BCC=VRC:LRC (non xpor XP w/hd) & CRC16 (xp wo hd)
remote will not send leading graphics
ending seq is to send DLE EOT
While in control state and between user requests the driver
will listen for any control sequences from the remote.
Receipt of a line bid puts line into text state.
Poll termination sequence: Before switching between stations
and RVI is transmitted to return the line to control mode.
delay sequence: wait on received WACK/TTD sequences
reserved for future use

1011121314 5161718 910 1 21314 5
0:0 0 0:0 1 0:0 0 0:0 0 O:O~ 0

doptions = %002000
For HSI driver

lRe;~~~~~dfor

future use.
u'gnOred.
automatic generation of TTD enabled.
automatic generation of WACK enabled.
Ignored.
remote will not send leading graphics
ending seq is to send DLE EOT
While in control state and between user requests the driver
will listen for any control sequences from the remote.
Receipt of a line bid puts line into text state.
Ignored.
delay sequence: wait on received WACK/TTD sequences
reserved for future use
See Section I

F-29

OS/3000 SYSTEM FAILURES

SF Code

Module and Reason for DS system failure

911

DSSEG1.MANAGEWR1TECONV
An invalid message class or stream type
was discovered.

912

DSSEG1.MANAGEWR1TECONV
DSSEG4.CSRFA(READRECORD)
DSSEG4.CXRFA(WR1TECONTUREC)
An RFA buffer size was less than zero.

913

10DSO,DSW and DSWR counts disagree.

914

10DSO
10DSTRMO
The DS use count is negative.

915

DSMON,Bad data

916

DSMON,DEBUG on CS

917

DSSEG2.JOB'DSLCB,addressing error;unable to locate
DSLCB.

F-30

DSCOPY ERROR MESSAGES

Error
Number

o
1
~

5
6
7
9
10
11
13
14
16
17
18
19
21
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
33
36
37
38
39
~O
~1
~2

DSCOPY Error Message

Succeeded.
Successfully initiated.
Unable to open tranaction file. (NFTERR 4)
Unable to open list fIe (DSCOPY). (NFTERR 5)
IO error on transaction file. (NFTERR 6)
Transaction record>200 chars long. (NFTERR 7)
Temporary transaction file full. (NFTERR 9)
Parameters imply conflicting modes. (NFTERR 10)
Can't "RUN" copy process in this mode. (NFTERR 11)
Unrecognized parameter. (NFTERR 13)
Conflicting options have been specified. (NFTERR 14)
Unimplemented feature. (NFTERR 16)
Cannot contact remote node. (NFTERR 17)
File system error on source file. (NFTERR 18)
File system error on target file. (NFTERR 19)
Illegal dsline name. (NFTERR 21)
Unsupported standard device type. (NFTERR 24)
Cannot find or open the source file. (NFTERR 25)
Cannot create or open the target file. (NFTERR 26)
Cannot contact remote system. (NFTERR 27)
Source and target files cannot be accessed through remote
file access. (NFTERR 28)
Communication 10 error. (NFTERR 29)
Insufficient capabilities. (NFTERR 30)
No source file was specified. (NFTERR 33)
DS/3000 has not been installed on this system. (NFTERR 36)
Remote system unable to use transparent mode. (NFTERR 37)
Can't find the extra data segment, use the DSCOPY intrinsic
to invoke NFT. (NFTERR 38)
Invalid extra data segment contents,use the DSCOPY intrinsic
to invoke NFT. (NFTERR 39)
Negotiations failed, no copy can be performed. (NFTERR 40)
File transfer aborted. (NFTERR 41)
Copy cancelled by user. (NFTERR 42)

Intrinsic Error Returns
80
81
82
83
84
85
86

Bounds violation. (NFTERR 80)
Split-stack mode calls not allowed. (NFTERR 81)
First parameter value is out of range (-1:6). (NFTERR 82)
Second parameter too short to contain version string.
(NFTERR 83)
NFT process is busy, can't sart new transaction. (NFTERR 84)
NFT process is not running. (NFTERR 85)
Illegal BASIC calling sequence. (NFTERR 86)

F-31

DSCOPY ERROR MESSAGES

DSCOPY Internal Errors
101
102
103
104
105
106
101
108
109
110

F--32

Internal error on remote system. (NFTERR 101)
Remote system NFT version is incompatible. (NFTERR 102)
Internal-string storage overflow. (NFTERR 103)
Unable to create temporary transaction file. (NFTERR 104)
An unexpected message was received. (NFTERR 105)
An illegal value was received in a message. (NFTERR 101)
A message received in invalid format. (NFTERR 107)
A required element was missing from a received message.
(NFTERR 108)
NFT process create failed. (NFTERR 109)
Attempt to get extra data segment failed. (NFTERR 110)

DS/3000 FUNCTIONAL ERROR MESSAGES

Errror
Number
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221

Message
REMOTE DID NOT RESPOND WITH THE CORRECT REMOTE
ID. (DSERR 201)
SPECIFIED PHONE NUMBER IS INVALID. (DSERR 202)
REMOTE ABORT/RESUME NOT VALID WHEN DOING PROGRAM
TO-PROGRAM COMMUNICATION. USE LOCAL ABORT/RESUME
(DSWARN203)
UNABLE TO ALLOCATE AN EXTRA DATA SEGMENT FOR
DS/3000. (DSERR 204)
UNABLE TO EXPAND THE DS/3000 EXTRA DATA SEGMENT.
(DSERR 205)
SLAVE PTOP FUNCTION ISSUED FROM A MASTER PROGRAM.
(DSERR 206)
SLAVE PTOP FUNCTION OUT OF SEQUENCE. (DSERR 207.)
MASTER PTOP FUNCTION ISSUED BY A SLAVE PROGRAM.
(DSERR 208)
SLAVE PROGRAM DOES NOT EXIST OR IS NOT A PROGRAM
FILE. (DSERR 209)
WARNING. INVALID MAXDATA OR DLSIZE FOR A SLAVE
PROGRAM. SYSTEM DEFAULTS USED. (DSWARN 210)
SLAVE ISSUED A REJECT TO A MASTER PTOP OPERATION
(DSWARN 211)
FILE NUMBER RETURNED FROM IOWAIT IS NOT A DS LINE
NUMBER. (DSWARN 212)
EXCLUSIVE USE OF A DS LINE REQUIRES BOTH ND AND
CS CAPABILITY. (DSERR 213)
THE REQUESTED DS LINE HAS NOT BEEN OPENED WITH
A USER :DSLINE COMMAND OR A REQUIRED :REMOTE
HELLO HAS NOT BEEN DONE. (DSERR 214)
THE DSLINE CANNOT BE ISSUED BACK TO THE MASTER
COMPUTER. (DSERR 215)
MESSAGE REJECTED BY THE REMOTE COMPUTER.
(DSERR 216)
INSUFFICIENT AMOUNT OF USER STACK AVAILABLE.
(DSERR 217)
INVALID PTOP FUNCTION REQUESTED. (DSERR 218)
MULTIPLE POPEN.ONLY ONE MASTER PTOP OPERATION
CAN BE ACTIVE ON A DS LINE. (DSERR 219)
PROGRAM EXECUTING GET WAS NOT CREATED BY POPEN.
(DSERR 220)
INVALID DS MESSAGE FORMAT. (INTERNAL DS ERROR)
(DSERR 221)

F-33

OS/3000 FUNCTIONAL ERROR MESSAGES

Error
Number

222
223
224
225
226
227
231
232
233
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249

F-34

Message

MASTER PTOP FUNCTION ISSUED PRIOR TO A POPEN.
(DSERR 222)
REQUEST TO TRANSER MORE DATA THAN SPECIFIED
IN THE POPEN. (DSERR 223)
FILE EQUATIONS FOR A REMOTE FILE CONSTITUTE A
LOOP. (DSERR 224)
CANNOT ISSUE POPEN TO A SLAVE SESSION IN BREAK
MODE. (DSERR 225)
SLAVE PROGRAM HAS TERMINATED BEFORE EXECUTING
"GET". (DSERR 226)
REMOTE HELLO MUST BE DONE TO INITIATE REMOTE
SESSION (DSERR 227)
INVALID FACILITY IN CONNECTION REQUEST.
(DSERR 231)
THE REMOTE COMPUTER IS NOT OBTAINABLE. (DSERR 232)
VIRTUAL CIRCUIT IS NOT AVAILABLE. (DSERR 233)
COMMUNICATIONS HARDWARE HAS DETECTED AN ERROR.
(DSERR 236)
CANNOT CURRENTLY GAIN ACCESS TO THE TRACE FILE.
(DSERR 237)
COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE ERROR. INTERNAL FAILURE.
(DSERR 238)
COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE ERROR. TRACE MALFUNCTION. (DSERR 239)
THE LOCAL COMMUNICATIONS LINE HAS NOT BEEN
OPENED BY THE OPERATOR. (DSERR 240)
THE DS LINE IS IN USE EXCLUSIVELY OR BY ANOTHER
SUBSYSTEM. (DSERR 241)
INTERNAL DS SOFTWARE MALFUNCTION. (DSERR 242)
REMOTE OR PDN IS NOT RESPONDING. (DSERR 243)
COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE ERROR. LINE RESET
OCCURRED. (DSERR 244)
COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE ERROR. RECEIVE TIMEOUT.
(DSERR 245)
COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE ERROR. REMOTE
DISCONNECTED. (DSERR 246)
COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE ERROR. LOCAL TIMEOUT
(DSERR 247)
COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE ERROR. CONNECT TIMEOUT
(DSERR 248)
COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE ERROR. REMOTE REJECTED
CONNECTION. (DSERR 249)

OS/3000 FUNCTIONAL ERROR MESSAGES

Error
Number

250
251
252
253
254

255

Message
COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE ERROR. CARRIER LOST.
(DSERR 250)
COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE ERROR. THE LOCAL DATA
SET FOR THE DS LINE WENT NOT READY. (DSERR 251)
COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE ERROR. HARDWARE FAILURE
(DSERR 252)
COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE ERROR. NEGATIVE
RESPONSE TO THE DIAL REQUEST BY THE OPERATOR.
(DSERR 253)
COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE ERROR. INVALID 10
CONFIGURATION. (DSERR 254)
COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE ERROR. UNANTICIPATED
ERROR CONDITION. (DSERR 255)

F-35

05/3000 TO 05/1000
DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS
CONTENT

PAGE

Software Support - DS/IOOO-IV

G-2

Hardware Support

G-5

Modem Support

G-7

DS/IOOO

G-8

HP 3000 Data Types

G-9

HP 1000 Data Types

G-l1

PTOP Calls - 3000 Master

.. G-12

PTOP Calls - 3000 Slave

G-16

PTOP Sununary - 3000

G-17

PTOP Calls - 1000 Master

G-18

PTOP Calls - 1000

Slave.~

G-20

DEXEC Calls - 3000 to 1000
RFA Intrinsics - 3000 to 1000

G-21
~

G-27

RFA Intrinsics - 1000 to 3000

G-35

HPIOOO FMGR ERROR CODES

~-46

HELLO/BYE ERROR CODES

G-48

DS ALPHANUMERIC ERROR CODES

G-48

PTOP Errors - 3000

G-51

PTOP Errors - 1000

G-52

DEXEC Errors - 3000 to 1000

G-52

RFA Errors - 3000 to 1000

G-53

G-l

SOFTW ARE SUPPORT

Reference Material
OS/3000 Reference Manual (32190-90001)
OS/3000 to DS/1000 Reference Manual for HP 3000 Users
(32190-90005)
Software Pocket Guide (30000-90049)
MPE Intrinsics Reference Manual (30000-90010)
Getting Started With DS/1000-IV (91750-90004)
OS/1000-IV User's Manual (91750-90002)
OS/1000-IV Network Manager's Manual Vol I & II
(91750-90010 & 91750-90011)
OS/1000-IV Quick Reference Guide (91750-90005)
OS/1000 Guide for New Users (91740-90015)
~
DS/1000 Programmer's Reference Manual (91740-90002)
OS/1000 Network Manager's Manual (91740-90003)
RTE-6/VM Quick Reference Guide (92084-90003)
HP30010A Intelligent Network Processor (INP) Installation
and Service Manual (30010-90001) (Series II/III)
HP30020A Intelligent Network Processor (INP) Installation
and Service Manual (30020-90001 (Series 30,33,40,44)
HP30020B Intelligent Network Processor (INP) Installation
and Service Manual (30020-90005) (Series 30,33,40,44,64)
HP30010A/HP30020A/B Intelligent Network Processor (INP)
Diagnostic Procedures Manual (30010-90002)

SOFTWARE SUPPORT
DS/3000 HP32190A:

Standard DS/3000 includes link to HP/1000.

DS/1000-IV HP91750A: Standard DS/1000-IV includes link to HP/3000
Operating Systems: RTE-MIII,-IVB,-IVE,-6/VM,-XL,-A.1
This is the current DS/1000 product which is described on
the following pages.
DS/1000 HP91741 adds software to HP91740A for link to HP/3000.
(See page G-7 for description of this product.)

Supported Capabilities:
PTOP ~ Program-to-Program communication
RFA - Remote File Access
Remote Commands (3000 to 1000, RTE commands only)
DEXEC (3000 to 1000)

G-2

SOFTWARE SUPPORT

Line Buffer Specifications

1000 SOFTWARE

The size of the HP 1000 line buffer depends on the library used
to generate the system.
nominal
data*
256 words
1024 words
4048 words

maximum
linebuf

maximum 1000
slave data

304 words
1072 words
4096 words

512 words
1024 words
4096 words

*The exact amount of data depends on the type of call. PTOP
header and appendage are larger than others.

1000 HARDWARE

M,E,F Series Interfaces:
HP 12834A: PSI - Direct Connect Interface, 1072 word maximum
(1024 data)
HP 12793B: PSI - Modem Interface, 1072 word maximum (1024 data)
HP 12889A: HSI, 4096 word maximum
HP 12250A: X.25

A,L Series Interfaces:
HP 12082A
HP 12073A
HP 12075A

PSI - Direct Connect
PSI - Modem Interface
PSI - X.25 PSN Interface

3000 SOFTWARE

The software supports buffer sizes between 256 and 4095. The system
configuration establishes the line buffer size up to a 4095 word
maximum. The person opening the line may use the LINEBUF= parameter to
override the default configuration size.

G-3

SOFTWARE SUPPORT

3000 HARDWARE

SSLC
HSI
INP

4095 word maximum
4095 word maximum
1024 word maximum

The final effective line buffer size is the minimum of the four value
1000 hardware, 1000 software, 3000 hardware, and 3000 software.
Note:

The end which establishes the link specifies the requested Ii:
buffer size. This may be less than, but not greater than t:
lesser of these four limits.

Maximum User Buffer Size (Intrinsic Calls)
PTOP
PTOP
RFA/DEXEC

3000 Master/1000 Slave
1000 Master/3000 Slave
both ways

4095 words*
4095 words
512 words

*PTOP buffer may be 512, 1024, or 4096 depending on the library used
generate 1000 system.

DS/1 000 Programs
(See DS/1000-IV Network Managers Manual and DS/1000-IV Users Manual f
more information.)
LOG3K,TRC3K
DSINF
DSMOD
DINIT
SLCIN

Logging and tracing capability
DS parameter and timeout information
Modify DS link characteristics, re-enable line
Initialize OS/1000
HSI Bisync Driver Trace information

DSLIN

Establishes a Bisync link to HP/3000 using HP/1000
PSI Modem or Direct Connect cards.
Note: OSLIN is not necessary for X.25 connections.
Sends Remote Operator Commands to HP 3000:
provides virtual terminal capability
(A version of RMOTE contains the MO command to
transfer files between 1000s and 3000s.)
HP/1000 PTOP slave for HP/3000 DSTEST program

RMOTE

DSTES

G-4

HARDW ARE SUPPORT

VIRTUAL SESSIONS
The number of virtual sessions (1000 to 3000) depends on the
number of virtual terminals configured on the 3000 and the
number of Transaction Control Blocks (TCB) on the 1000~
TCBs are used for:
a.
b.
c.

Remote session on 1000s and 3000s.
Each outstanding master request and command.
Each uncompleted slave request.

HARDW ARE SUPPORT
Hardwired Direct Connect (RS-449 Link)

Series 30/33/ 40/ 44/64
30020A/B INP

NOTE:

to 12834A: PSI - Direct Connect Interface
for M/E/Fser~es
or 12082A: PSI - Direct Conne~t Interface
forA/L series

30020B must be used with Series 64.

30221F Cable: Maximum length 1200m (3900 feet)
Cable 24 pin, contains~ twisted wire pairs
(transmit data, receive data, transmit
clock, receive clock)
Data rate up to 7000 char/sec· (56k bps)

HP 1000 CONNECTI9N
Supported by 12834A (MEF) or 12082A (AIL) Direct
Connect Board. Includes Direct Connect Cable and
Diagnostic Hood.
Option 001
HP 91712A
HP 91713A
HP 91714A

Firmware update
75m cable (male-female) 24 pin
connector.
one pair cable connectors,
Option 1 Edge connectors for card
300m cable (no connectors)
(Belden YR19169)

G-5

HARDW-ARE SUPPORT

Series II/III
30010A INP

to 12834A: PSI - Direct Connect Interface
for M/E/F series
or 12082A: PSI - Direct Connect Interface
for A/L series

30222F Cable
HP 1000 Connection: (Same as above)
NOTE:

For an HP 1000 connection using the INP, the INP must be
configured for full duplex transmission mode.

HSI HARDWIRED LINK

30360A HSI (for Series II/III) to 12889A HSI (for M/E/F Series)
HSI 12889-60001
Manual 12889-90001
Crystal (15 Mhz) 1813-0046
250,000 char/sec up to 1000 feet
Crystal (7.5 Mhz) 1813-0052
125,000 char/sec 1000 to 2000 feet
Cable 12889~60004
INTERFACING COAXIAL CABLES

30220A

Cable Kit
Option 001
Option 002
Option 003
Option 004
Option 005

25
100
250
500
1000
2000

feet
feet
feet
feet
feet
feet

8120-2404 COAX (Beldon 9259) UL 1354
75 ohm, 17.3pf/ft, 0.24 in. 00, stranded center,
solid copper strands, 22 AWG (6x30) (lx29)
The cables are fabricated on site. Refer to the HP 30360A
Hardwired Serial Interface Installation and Service
Manual (30360-90001) for fabrication instructions.
HSI link up to 610m (2000 feet). Configured instantaneous
line speed: 125,000 char/sec (up to 610m), or 250,000
char/sec (to 305m).

:-6

MODEM SUPPORT

~ODEM

SUPPORT

)eries 30/33/40/44/64
30020A/B INP

to 12793B PSI for M/E/F series
or 12073A PSI for AIL series

.eries II/III
30010A INP }

{

300;~A SSLC

12793B: PSI - Modem Interface }
for M/E/F series
or
{ 12073A: PSI - Modem Interface
for AIL series

Maximum speed for INP 19.2 kbps (RS-232)
for SSLC 9600 bps (RS-232 or CCITT V.24)
Synchronous modems, half or full duplex
dial or leased lines

lialing
~ll 1000 Bisync lines (non-HSI) are placed in secondary (answer) mode
ihen they are enabled by DINIT, the DS/1000-IV initialization program.
~o place a 1000 Bisync line in primary (call) mode,
run the
)SLIN.
If no connection is made before the connect timer
:about 4 minutes), the line is placed back in secondary mode.
llso goes to secondary mode if the RTE BR,DSLIN command is
)efore the connection is made.

program
expires
The line
entered

[f a call is received during the four minute dial-out window, the 1000
~ill not answer.

G-7

OS/100091740A

05/100091740A
(Runs only with an HSI)
Supported Capabilities
PTOP
RFA
DEXEC (3000 to 1000)
Remote Commands (3000 to 1000, RTE commands only)
HSI-HSI Communications
HP 1000 End of the Communications Link
12889A HSI

HSI 12889-60001
Manual 12889-90001
Crystal (15 Mhz) 1813-0046
250,000 char/sec up to 1000 feet
Crystal (7.5 Mhz) 1813-0052
125,000 char/sec 1000 to 2000 feet
Cable 12889-60004
Number of Files (LSTEN Parameter)
The number of open files (RFA 3000 to 1000) plus the number of 100(
slave programs (depends on memory size and SAM).
The number of TCB's is specified when running LSTEN.
Virtual Sessions (See page G-5)

G-8

HP 3000 DATA TYPES

7 8

1_ _8_B_i_ts_.......
1 _8_B_it_s_ _I BYTE (8 Bits

16 Bits

= 1 Byte)

15 Bits

LOGICAL

ARITHMETIC (INTEGERS)

-32768 ~ X ~ 32767

o RB/RD
[I]..-31 Bi~s

RA/RC

----:..Hf--------..~I

-2,147,483,648

o 1 RB/RD
@]Exponent

DOUBLE
INTEGER

2,147,483,647
15

0 __R_A_/_R_C

I... 22 Bits =--=--+-f Fraction

1_5

--I

REA L
(FLOATING
POINT)

Exp. Excess 256

(Range 0 to 511)

Normalized Form:

Implied 1 in Bit 9 preceding fraction, making 23 bits total.

Mantissa Range

1.000000 to 1.99999976

78
Range ± 8.63616 X 10-

1.1579208 X 10

Accuracy 6-7 Digits

G-9

HP 3000 DA T A TYPES

FLOATING POINT EXAMPLES

----

exponent

Exp-256
2- 256
2- 256

2-224

o0
o0
o4

2- 192
2- 160

1 000 0

1 400 0

2- 128
2- 96

2 0 000

2 4 000

2- 64

3 000 0

o0
o0

2- 32

3 4 000

20
2 32

4 0 0 0 0

0 000 0

1.00000

4 4 0 0 0

0 0 000

4.29497 *

264

5 0 000

296
2 128

5 4 0 0 0

6 0 000

2 160
2 192

6 4 0 0 0

o
o
o
o
o
o

2 224
2256

000

o
o

000

0 0 0

0 0 000

Zero (by definition)
10- 78

0 000 1

8.63616 *

0 000

3.70921 *

0 000 0

1.59312 *

000 0

6.84228 *

0 0 000

2.93823 *

10-68
10-58
10-49
10-39

0 000

1.26218 *

000 0

5.42101 *

10- 29
10-20

00000 0

2.32831 *

10- 10

0 0 0 0 0

1.84467 *

0 000 0

7.92282 *

0 0 0 0 0

3.40282 *

0 0 0 0 0

1.46150 *

7 0 000

000 0

6.27710 *

7 4 000

00000 0

2.69600 *

77777

1 7 7 777

1.15792 *

M<.O.q-~~r-:-6M

NLO

109
10 19
10 28
1038
1048
1057
1067
10 77

NLO

OM<.Om--

~~~6M

~Fractionj-I

RA
54

~itS:

.1 LONG

LONG FLOATING POINT
Range 8.63616 85551 14

* 10-78

Accuracy 16·17 Digits

G-10

~x ~ 1.15792

08923 72 * 10 77

HP 1000 DATA TYPES

870

8 Bits

BYTE (8 Bits = 1 Byte)

16 Bits

LOGICAL

_ _ _- - - - l

INTEGER

-----l

-32,768

32,767

EI
-2,147,483,648

II_ _

2,147,483,647

~1+--23 Bits---~~
\

DOUBLE INTEGER

MANTISSA
Mantissa

(±23 bit fraction)

Exponent

(± 7 bit integer 2 x power)

Range

1.469368 *10 -39

Accuracy

6 -7 Digits

7 Bits

REAL
(FLOATING POINT)

'---,--'

EXPONENT

G-l1

PTOP CALLS - 3000 MASTER

EXAMPLES
Mantissa

Value (±)

Exponent

0
-32
-16
- 8
- 2
0
2
8
16
32
+0

.77777 776

.5
.5

.5
.5
.5
.5
.5

.5
.5
+0

.99999
1.1641 5
7.62939
1.95312
1.25
.5
2.0
1.28
3.2768
2.1475
ZERO

988
* 10-10
* 10-6
*10-3
*10-1
*10 2
*104
*109

ROUND OFF ERROR
Number

Exponent

8,388,607.0
1,048,474.87
32,767.996
1,023.99988
31.99999 52
.99999 9881

23
20
15
10
5

Maximum Error

1.0
.125
.0039
.00012 2
.00000 38
.00000 012

PTOP COMMUNICA TION
For DS/3000 to OS/1000 Program-to-Program communication:
•

Programs residing on the 3000 must be written in SPL, FORTRAN,
COBOL, or BASIC.

•

Programs residing on the 1000
PASCAL, or Assembly language.

must

written

FORTRAN,

Calls in this section are shown in FORTRAN.

Common Parameters - 3000 PTOP Calls
DSNUM

Master link identifier returned by POPEN.
intrinsics.

ITAG

A 20-word tag array.

TARGET

Integer array from which data is read,
returned.

G-12

Required by all PTO}

or into which data

PTOP CALLS -- 3000 MASTER

PCHECK
Returns completion code of most recently completed DS/3000 intrinsic.
I

ICODE

IV
PCHECK (DSNUM)

Applicable Completion Code Values:
(Refer to function errors at end of section.)

Condition Codes:

CCL
CCE
CCG

Denied. Invalid DSNUM.
Accepted by slave.
Not returned.

PCLOSE
Forces immediate termination of the HP 1000 slave program.
IV
CALL PCLOSE (DSNUM)

Condition Codes:

CCL
CCE
CCG

Denied. IssuePCHECK for information.
Accepted by slave.
Not returned.

G-1:

PTOP CALLS - 3000 MASTER

PCONTROL
Exchanges tag fields.
IV
IA
CALL PCONTROL (DSNUM,ITAG)
Condition Codes:

CCL
CCE
CCG

O-V

Error. Issue PCHECK for information.
Accepted by slave.
Rejected by slave.

POPEN
Opens a slave program.
I

DSNUM

BA
BA
IA
POPEN (DSDEVICE, PROGNAME, ITAG)

O-V

DSDEVICE

ASCII string terminated by a space. Specifies DSLINE
or logical device number, or device class name.

PROGNAME

ASCII slave name, up to 5 characters.

Condition Codes:

CCL
CCE
CCG

Error. Issue PCHECK for information.
Accepted by slave.
Rejected by slave.

PREAD
Reads a buffer from slave and exchanges tag field.
I
IV
IA
IV
IA
LGTH = PREAD (DSNUM, TARGET, TCOUNT, ITAG)

O-V

LGTH

Returns number of words transferred.

TCOUNT

Positive (+) for words, negative (-) for bytes. The number of
words transferred. Up to slave to indicate whether number is
valid through tag field. (Cannot exceed 4096 words to the HP
1000.)

]-14

PTOP CALLS - 3000 MASTER

Condition Codes:

CCL
CCE
CCG

Error. Issue PCHECK for information.
Accepted by slave.
Rejected by slave.

PWRITE
Transmits a block of data and exchanges tag field.
V
IV
IV
IA
CALL PWRITE (DSNUM, TARGET, TCOUNT, ITAG)
TCOUNT

O-V

Positive (+) for words, negative (-) for bytes. The number of
words transferred, up to 4096 words to the HPIOOO.

Condition Codes:

CCL
CCE
CCG

Error. Issue PCHECK for information.
Accepted by slave.
Rejected by slave.

GET
Receives the PTOP intrinsic from the master program.
I

IFUN

IA
I
I
GET (ITAG, IL, IONUMBER)

O-v

IFUN

Function from the master program:
o An error occurred (CCL)
1 POPEN
2 PREAD
3 PWRITE
4 PCONTROL
5 CCG (I/O without wait)

For PREAD, the number of words requested.
For PWRITE, the number of words transmitted.

IONUMBER

Has meaning only for CCG (IFUN=5). The MPE file
number for I/O without wait.

Condition Codes

CCL
CCE
CCG

Error. Issue PCHECK for information.
Request was successful.
Implicit I/O call completed pending MPE
I/O without wait instead of DS remote
I/O request.

G-15

PTOP CALLS - 3000 MASTER

ACCEPT
Completes the request of the most recent GET and transfers tag field.
For PREAO, transfers bufsize words from target/for PWRITE, moves bufsize words from OS buffer to target.
IA
IA
IV
CALL ACCEPT (ITAG, TARGET,' LENGTH)
LENGTH

o-v

Number of words to be transferred. 4096 maximum.
PREAD Length of data buffer to be transmitted to remote
master.
PWRITE Number of words to be transferred from OS buffer
to slave target.

Condition codes:

CCL
CCE
CCG

Error. Issue PCHECK for information.
Request was successful.
Not Returned.

REJECT
Rejects most recent GET intrinsic from master program.
IA
CALL REJECT (ITAG)
Condition Codes:

CCL
CCE
CCG

O-V

Error. Issue PCHECK for information.
Request was successful.
Not returned.

PTOP Specifications
•

One slave per dsline per user, father and son processes.

•

POPEN valid toward remote (outgoing direction), not toward
local (backward).

•

Use of PTOP temporarily inhibits simultaneous RFA from the
same user (father and son).

G-16

PTOP SUMMARY - 3000

TAG

PARAM
POPEN

DSNUM

%
)

PREAD

lGTH

DATA

eCl

CCE

CCG

DSNUM
Invalid

Not
Returned

Error
Receive (PCHECK)

Rejected
by Slave

Send

Error
(PCHECK)

Rejected
by Slave

Error
(PCHECK)

Rejected
by Slave

Receive

~
~
Receive

PWRITE

Receive

PCONTROl

~
Receive

PClOSE

Denied

Not
Returned

PCHECK

ICODE

Denied
Bad DSNUM

Not
Returned

GET

IFUN

Receive

Error
(PCHECK)

Refer to
OK Manual

Send

Error
(PCHECK)

Not
Returned

REJECT

Send

Error
(PCHECK)

Not
Returned

NOTE 1:

Note_ 1

Depends on the master intrinsic; required for a PREAD or PWRITE
call.

G-17

PTOP CALLS - 1000 MASTER

Common Parameters - 1000 PTOP Calls
IPCB
IERR
ITAG

Control Block. A 4-word array filled by POPEN.
Error code returned.
A 20-word tag array.

PCLOS
Terminates the slave program when the slave executes a GET, and terminates the logical communication link established by the POPEN.
IA
I
CALL PCLOS (IPCB, IERR)
Slave programs are terminated immediately (does not wait for GET).

PCONT
Provides an exchange of tag fields between master and slave programs.
IA
I
IA
CALL PCONT (IPCB, IERR, ITAG)

POPEN
Opens a slave program on the 3000 system.
IA
I
IA
I
IA
IA
I
CALL POPEN (IPCB, IERR, NAME, NODE, ITAG [,IENAM [IPRAM
I

[,IFLAG [,IBFSZ]]]])
NAME
NODE
IENAM
IPRAM
IFLAG
IBFSZ

:-18

4-word array containing ASCII name of slave.
Node number where slave program resides (negative LU
of HSI).
OS/3000 program entry point.
OS/3000 program control.
OS/3000 loading options.
OS/3000 communications buffer size.

PTOP CALLS - 1 000 MASTER

lEAD
ads a buffer from slave and transfers tag fields.
IA
I
IA
I
IA
CALL PREAD (IPCB, IERR, IBUF, IL, ITAG)
UF

Data buffer, equal to or less than IL.
Data length in words (4096 maximum).

VRIT
ansmits a buffer to slave program and transfers tag fields.
IA
I
CALL PWRIT (IPCB, IERR,
UF

IA
I
IA
IBUF, IL, ITAG)

Data Buffer, equal to or greater than IL.
Length in words (4096 maximum).

G-19

PTOP CALLS - 1000 SLA VE

GET
Determines the PTOP intrinsic requested by the master program.
I
I
I
1A
I
CALL GET (ICLAS, 1ERR, 1FUNC, ITAG, 1L)
1CLAS
IFUNC

Slave PTOP class. Value passed as parameter number
1. Use RMPAR.
Function requested by the master program:
1 POPEN
2 PREAD
3 PWR1T
4 PCONT
For IFUNC=2 PREAD, maximum size buffer expected.
For IFUNC=3 PWRIT, the number of words transferred.

ACEPT
Accepts and completes the master request and sends tag field.
IA
I
1A
CALL ACEPT (ITAG, IERR [,IBUF])
IBUF

Optional data buffer for PREAD or PWR1T.

REJCT
Rejects the master request and sends tag field.
IA
I
CALL REJCT (ITAG, 1ERR)

G-20

OEXEC CALLS - 3000 TO 1000

COMMON PARAMETERS - OEXEC CALLS
~ote:

Check your specific RTE system for exact parameter formats
and meanings.

LDEST

A 5-word logical array. Words 1 through 4 contain an
ASCII LU name, word 5 contains DSLINE number.

PROG

A 5-character ASCII program name.

DEXEC 1 - READ, DEXEC2 - WRITE
Reads or writes a record from or to a remote non-disc I/O device.
DI
LA
IV
IV
BA
IV
ABREG - DEXEC (LDEST, ICODE, CONTWD, BUFFER, BUFLEN,

OPT1, OPT2)
ABREG

Upon
8:8
2:6
0:2

return, word 1 (displayed in A-register):
Status information
EQTtype code
Availability indicator;O=up, l=down

Upon return, word 2 (displayed in B-register):
Positive number of words of minus number of characters
read (depends on BUFLEN).
ICODE

1 Read, 2 Write

CONTWD

Control Word:
11:1
Interactive write/read
10:6
LU
9:1
M bit
O=ASCII, l=binary
8:1
U bit}
7:1
K bit
6: 1
A bit
Refer to RTEmanual for meaning
5:1
X bit
0:5
Must beG

BUFFER

Byte array to contain the information read.
Insure size is adequate.

BUFLEN

Positive (+) for words, negative (-) for bytes.
Maximum size is 512 words.

G-21

DEXEC CALLS - 3000 TO 1000

OPT1,OPT2

Required ror certain drivers.
See the appropriate manual.

Reads and writes that directly address a disc are not
supported.

DEXEC 3 - I/O Control
Performs an I/O control operation on a remote I/O device.
DI
LA
IV
IV
IV
ABREG=DEXEC (LDEST, rCODE, CONTWD, PARAM)
ABREG

O-V

Upon return, word 1 (displayed in A-register) contains status EQT word 5.
Word 2 (displayed in B-register) is meaningless.

ICODE

3 for I/O control.

CONTWD

Control word:
10:6 LU number
5:5 Function code:
00
Clear device
01
Write EOF
MT/CTU
02
Backspace 1 record
MT/CTU
03
Forwardspace 1 record
MT/CTU
04
Rewind
MT/CTU
05
Rewind/Standby
MT/CTU
06
Dynamic Status
MT
07
Set EOT, leader skipped
PT
10
Generate leader
PT
Write EOF
CTU
11
Skip line
LP
12
Write 3-inch gap
MT
13
Forward space file
MT/CTU
14
Backspace file
MT/CTU
15
Conditional form feed
LP
20
Enable terminal
21
Disable terminal
22
Set term time-out parameter
23
Ignore further term action
24
Restore term output processing
26
Write EOF
CTU
27
Locate file
CTU

G-22

OEXEC CALLS - 3000 TO 1000

PARM

Used with CONTWD 11, 22, and 27:
+n
Space n lines
11
Top of form
-n
No line feed
0
Time-out parameter value
22
File number «256)
27

CTU

OEXEC 10 - Program Schedule
Schedules dormant remote program for execution.
DI
LA
IV
IA
IV
IV
IV
ABREG=DEXEC (LDEST, ICODE, PROG, OPT1, OPT2, OPT3,
o-v
IV
IV
OPT4, OPT5)
ABREG

Upon return, word 1 value (displayed in A-register)

o Good return

1
2
3

4
5
6

Program was already scheduled
I/O suspend
Program in wait state
Unavailable memory suspend
Disc allocation suspend
Operator or program suspend

Word 2 (displayed in B-register) upon execution contains address of 5-word parameter array.
ICODE

10 Program schedule.

OPTl to

Optional parameters passed to program.

OPT5

OEXEC 11 - Time Request
Requests the RTE system clock values.

G-23

DEXEC CALLS -3000 TO 1000

DI
LA
IV
LA
ABREG=DEXEC (LDEST, IeODE, TIME)

ICODE

Time request.

TIME

5-word logical array:
1
Tens of milliseconds
2
Seconds
3
Minutes
4
Hours
5
Day of year (Julian)

DEXEC 12 - Program Execution (Offset)
Schedules a remote program for execution at specified time in- tervals,
starting after an initial offset time. Program is placed in the time
list.

DI
ABREG=DEXE~

LA
IV
LA
IV
IV
(LDEST, ICODE, PROG, RESOLUTION, MULTIPLE,
IV
OFFSET)

ICODE

12 Program execution time.

RESOLUTION

Time units:
1 Tens of milliseconds
2 Seconds
3 Minutes
4 Hours

(0-99)
(0-59)
(O-59)
(0-23)

MULTIPLE

Number of time units (l4095)
0= Run only once

fOURS

0-23

~INUTES

0-59

:>ECONDS

0-59

~SECONDS

0-99 (tens of milliseconds)

OEXEC 1 3 - I/O Status
Obtains status of remote I/O device.

DI
LA
IV
IV
L
L
o-v
ABREG=DEXEC (LDEST, reODE, CONTWD, STATUS1, STATUS2)

ICODE

13 I/O status.

G-25

DEXEC CALLS - 3000 TO 1000

CONTWD

Control word:
10:6
LU number
5:5
0

STATUS1

Logical
0:2
0
1
2

2:6
8:8

STATUS2

Available
Disabled (down)
Busy
Waiting for DMA
Equipment type code
status (Physical or simulated status at end
of each operation.)

Logical EQT word 4
0:1
D DMA
1:1
B Autobuffering used
2:1
P Driver process power fail
3:1
S Driver process timeouts
4:1
T Device timed out
5:5
Unit number last subchannel addressed
10:5
I/O select code

Errors
Errors in the DEXEC Intrinsics are tested by the use of the condition
codes and the values are returned in the double variable.

CCE

No error in intrinsic.

CCL

Error at the HP 3000. ABREG contains binary
information.

CCG

Error on remote HP 1000 computer. ABREG contains a
4-character ASCII code.

G-26

RFAINTRINSICS - 3000 TO 100e

This section on Remot~File Access intrinsics covers the 3000 to lOGO
direction. For more information about 1000 FMP calls, refer to thE
Batch-Spool Monitor Reference Manual (92060-90013), Section III.

Error Conditions
Test condition code for satisfactory completion of an RFA intrinsic.
In case of an error, refer to the value of IERR.
CCL

Failure at the HP 3000 end. Refer to "RFA Error Codes-3000 to 1000" for error code meanings.

CCE

No DS error; but if IERR0
Number of blocks to be deleted

)CONT
)rovides I/O control to an I/O device (type 0 file).

LA
I
IV
IV
DCONT (DCB, IERR, CONTROL [,CONT2])

O-V

:ONTROL

Function code (refer to DEXEC 13 for codes).

:ONT2

Auxiliary con trol parameter for 11, 22, and 27.

-28

RFA INTRINSICS - 3000 TO·1000

DCRET
Creates a disc file, makes file directory entry, and allocates
disc space.

LA
I
LA
LA
IV
IV
IA
O-V
DCRET (DCB, IERR, NAME, SIZE, TYPE [,[SECURITY][,CRTNM]])

IERR

>0
<0

Number of sectors allocated
An error occurred

NAME

3-word ASCII name.

SIZE

2-word array. Word 1 contains size requested in blocks
«0 allocates rest of cartridge). Word 2, (for type\2
files) contains record length.

TYPE

File type (10 Write protect only
<0 Read/write protect

CRTNM

Cartridge number. If 0, use anyavail~ble cartridge;
if>O,cartridge reference number; ifpecified.

existing

file,

security

non-zero,

LA
I
LA
LA
IV
LA
DNAME (DCB, IERR, NAME, NEWNAME [,SECURITY, CRTNM])

must

o-v

rAME

3-word ASCII name.

rEWNAME

3-word ASCII name.

;ECURITY

Security code (10
~o

File type
An error occurred

AME

3-word ASCII name

PTN

Open
15:1
14:1
13: 1

option: (default=O)
E 0
exclusive, l=shared
U 0 = standard, l=update
T 0 = file type as created, l=force t'ype 1

For remainder of bits, refer to FMGR manual.
ECURITY

=0 No security (default)
>0 Any may read, specify to write
<0 Specify to read/write

RTNM

5-word logical array. Word 1, cartridge reference
number. If omitted, opens first file found. Words
2 through 5, ASCII DSLINE number.

POSN
ositions
osition.

file

pointer

forward

backward

relative

current

LA
I
IV
IV
DPOSN (DCB, IERR, RECSKP [,FLAG])
ECSKP

Number of records to be skipped:
=0 No operation
>0 Forward
<0 Backward

LAG

If non-zero, position to absolute number specified
(no skip).

G-31

RFA INTRINSICS - 3000 TO· 1000

DPURG
Deletes the file and all extents.
LA
I
LA
IV
LA
DPURG (DCB, IERR, NAME [,SECURITY, CRTNM])
NAME

3-word ASCII name.

SECURITY

Must be specified if created with security code.
Otherwise, may omit. (default=O)

CRTNM

Cartridge reference number. If specified, searches
only that cartridge. Otherwise, purges first file
found with proper name.

DREAD

Reads a record from open file to user's buffer.
LA
I
LA
IV
I
IV
DREAD (DCB, IERR, BUFFER, SIZE [,LENGTH, RECNM])
BUFFER

User buffer. Insure size is greater than or equal
to length.

SIZE

Number of words maximum.

LENGTH

Reads full record or up to size words if size is less
than record. If omitted, reads 1 record. If type-l
file, length is read; if type-O file, up to LENGTH
words are read.

RECNM

Record number for random access type-l and type-2
files.
=0
>0
<0

G-32

Transfer starts at current pointer position
Transfer starts at absolute record position
Transfer starts at current position

RF A INTRINSICS - 3000 TO 1000

)STAT
leturns status of all mounted cartridges.

LA
I
LA
DSTAT (STATUS, IERR, DSLINE)
5TATUS

125-word buff'er:
1 LU number
2 Last FMGR track
3 Cartridge reference number
4 0= non-locked ID segment address of locking program
Four-word entry repeated for each cartridge, up to 31
maximum.

)SLINE

4-word array. ASCII DSLINE name or LU.

:>WIND
Places file pointer to first record in disc file. Rewinds type-O files.

LA
I
DWIND (DeB, IERR)

G-33

RF A INTRINSICS - 3000 TO 1 000

DWRIT
Writes a record from a user's buffer to open file. For types 0 and
writes specified number of words (LENGTH).

LA
I
LA
IV
IV
DWRIT (DCB,IERR,BUFFER,LENGTH [,RECNM])

BUFFER

User buffer array containing a record.

LENGTH

Number of words to write. If omitted, zero length
record is written. Type-l and type-2 files, one
record is written.

RECNM

Record number of type-l and type-2 files:
=0 Transfer starts at current pointer (default)
>0 Transfer starts at absolute record position
<0 Transfer starts at current pointer position

G-34

RFA INTRINSICS - 1000 TO 3000

lis section on Remote File Access intrinsics covers the 1000 to 3000
.rection.

~ror

Conditions

test condition code following a 1000 to 3000 RFA call:
CALL intrinsic name
IF (ICC (n» label <, label= ~ label>

lere n is a dummy parameter.
r CCL and CCG, use the FCHEK intrinsic to determine the error code.
fer to the MPE Intrinsics Reference manual for a list of error codes
sociated with the MPE FCHECK intrinsic.

)mmon Parameters - 1000 to 3000 RFA Intrinsics
LNM

File number returned by FOPEN. Required for all file
intrinsics.

RGT

Array from which data is read, or into which data is
returned.

CNM

Logical record number (starts at 0).

~HEK

ovides information about the RFA intrinsic that failed.
POPEN error.

FILNM=O for

CALL FCHEK (FILNM, IERR, TLOG, BLKNM, NMREC)
~R

Returns the error code. Refer to MPE intrinsics.

G-35

RFA INTRINSICS - 1000 TO 3000

TLOG

Transmission log. Specifies words left over (not
read or written) as result of input or output error.

BLKNM

Relative block number.

NMREC

Number of logical records in the bad block.

Condition Codes:

CCL
CCE
CCG

Denied. Invalid FILNM, or bounds
violation.
Request granted.
Not returned.

FOPEN
Opens or creates a file and returns the file number required for a]
other file intrinsics. Specify INTEGER FOPEN.

I
LV
LV
A
IV
BA
BA
FILNM=FOPEN (FNAME, FOPTS, AOPTS, RECSZ, DEV, FRMSG,
IV
IV
IB
IV
DV
IV
ULABL, BLKFR, NBUF, FILSZ, NMEXT, IALLC,
IV
o-v
FCODE)
FNAME

Fully qualified file name. Begins with alphabetic,
contains alphanumeric, slash, and period.

FOPTS

F-options parameter.

AOPTS

A-options parameter.

Condition Codes:

G-36

CCL Request rejected. Refer to FCHEK.
CCE File opened.
CCG Not returned.

RF A INTRINSICS - 1 000 TO 3000

FCLOS
Closes the

~ile,

releases MPE buffers, and may change the disposition.

IV
IV
IV
CALL FCLOS (FILNM, DISP, SCODE)
DISP

Disposition: (default=O)
13:3
0 No change
1 Permanent file
2 Temporary job file (rewound)
3 Temporary job file (not rewound)
4 Release (delete) file
12:1
0 Retains all space
1 Returns space beyond EOF

SCODE

Security Code: (default=O)
o
Unrestricted access
1
Private file creator

Condition Codes:

CCL File not closed.
CCE File closed successfully.
eCG Not returned.

FCNTL
Provides control operations of file or device.

IV
IV
L
CALL FCNTL (FILNM, eeODE, PARAH)
CCODE

Control code.

PARAM

Used for CCODE 0 to 9.

Condition Codes:

CeL Request denied.
CCE Request granted.
CCG Not returned.

G-37

RF A INTRINSICS - 1000 TO 3000

FINFO
Returns file access and status information. Refer to MPE intrinsics fOl
information on parameters.

IV
BA
L
L
I
I
CALL FINFO (FILNM, FNAME, FOPTS, AOPTS, RECSZ, DTYPE,
LID
D
D
D
L
LDEVN, HWADR, FCODE, RECPT, EOF, FLIM, LCNT,
D
I
L
I
I
BA
PHCNT, BLKSZ, EXTSZ, NMEXT, ULABL, CRTID,

o-v

LADDR)

Condition Codes:

CCL
CCE
CCG

Request denied due to error.
Request granted.
Not returned.

FLOCK
Dynamically locks a file.

IV
LV
CALL FLOCK (FILNM, LOCKC)

LOCKC

Lock condition:
1 TRUE

15:1

o
Condition
Codes

G-38

FALSE

Unconditional lock. Suspends
until file is locked.
Locks if RIN is not currently
locked. If RIN is used,
returns CCG.

CCL Denied. File not opened with dynamic locking
or needs multiple RIN capability.
CCE Request granted.
CCG Denied. File was locked by another process.

RFA INTRINSICS - 1000 TO 3000

FPOIN
Sets record pointer to a logical record (fixed-length only).

CALL FPOIN

Condition Codes:

IV
DV
(FILNM, RECNM)

CCL
CCE
CCG

Request denied for various reasons.
Request granted.
Request denied. Beyond physical EOF.

FREAD
Reads a logical record from the current record pointer.
Specify INTEGER FREAD.

I
IV
LA
IV
LGTH=FREAD (FILNM, TARGT, TCNT)

LGTH

Returns length of data read (units are words/bytes
per TCNT).

TCNT

Maximum size of data transfer (>0 words, <0 bytes).

Condition Codes:

CCL
CCE
CCG

Data not read due to error.
Data was read.
Encountered End-of-Data.

FRDIR
Reads the specified logical record (fixed or undefined length).

G-39

RFA INTRINSICS - 1000 TO 3000

IV
LA
IV
DV
CALL FRDIR (FILNM, TARGT, TCNT, RECNM)

TCNT

Condition Codes:

Maximum size for data (>0 words, <0 bytes).

CCL
CCE
CCG

Not read due to error.
Data was read.
End End-of-Data.

FRDSK
Provides anticipatory read from disc file to buffer prior to FRDIR.
File must allow I/O buffering and have fixed or undefined length.

IV
DV
CALL FRDSK (FILNM, RECNM)

Condition Codes:

CCL
CCE
CCG

Read failed due to error.
Request granted.
Logical EOF encountered.

FRLAB
Reads a user-defined file label.

IV
LA
IV
IV
CALL FRLAB (FILNM, TARGT, TCNT, LABID)

TCNT

Size in words (128 maximum).

LABID

Label ID number (default=O).

G-40

RFA INTRINSICS - 1 OOOTO 3000

Condition Codes:

CCL
CCE
CCG

Label not read due to error.
Label was read.
Referenced a label beyond the last
written label on the file.

FRNAM
Changes a file name.

CALL FRNAM (FILNM, NNAME)

NNAME

New file name, fully qualified.

eeL

Condition Codes:

eCE
eCG

Request denied due to error.
Request granted.
Not returned.

FRLAT
Determines whether a file
Specify INTERGER INTDU.

pair

interactive

and/or

duplicative.

INTDU=FRLAT (INFIL, LISTF)

INTDU

Returns information on the two files:
15:1
1 = Form interactive pair
0:1
1 = Form duplicative pair

INFIL

File number of the input file.

G-41

RFA INTRINSICS - 1000 TO 3000

Condition Codes:

CCL
CCE
CCG

Denied due to error.
Request granted.
Denied. One of the files corresponds
to $NULL.

FSPAC
Forward or backward spaces a disc file by changing logical recor
pointer. On magnetic tape, spaces physical records.

IV
IV
CALL FSPAC (FILNM, DISPL)

DISPL

Condition Codes:

Displacement from current record position
(>0 forward, <0 backward).

CCL
CCE
CCG

Denied due to error, or file on
Device that prohibits spacing.
Request granted.
Logical EOF encountered. For disc
file, pointer unchanged. For magnetic tape, positioned beyond file
mark.

FSTMD
Activates or deactivates the access modes: automatic error recovery
critical output verification, and terminal control by the user.

IV
IV
CALL FSTMD (FILNM, MODEF)

MODEF

G-42

Mode flags:
14:1 Critical output verification

RFA INTRINSICS - 1000 TO 3000

13:1 Terminal control by user
12:1 Tape error recovery

Condition Codes:

eCL
eCE
eCG

Request denied due to error.
Request granted.
Not returned.

FUNLK
Dynamically unlocks the file (RIN) that had been locked with FLOCK.

IV
CALL FUNLK (FILNM)

Condition Codes:

eCL
eCE
eCG

Denied. File was not opened with
dynamic locking AOPTIONS, or FILNM
invalid.
Request granted.
Denied. File had not been locked.

FUPDT
Updates the record in the disc file which was last referenced.

IV
LA
IV
CALL FUPDT (FILNM, TARGT, TCNT)

TCNT

Condition Codes:

Number of words/bytes to be written
<0 bytes.

eCL
eCE
CCG

(>0

words,

Request denied due to error.
Request granted.
EOF encountered.

G-43

RFA INTRINSICS - 1000 TO 3000

FWRIT
Writes a logical record to a file, and updates the pointer.

IV
LA
IV
LV
CALL FWRIT (FILNM, TARGT, TCNT, CONTL)

TCNT

Size of record (>0 words, <0 bytes)

CONTL

Carriage control code for appropriate file
opened with CCTL.

Condition Codes:

CCL
CCE
CCG

Denied due to error.
Request granted.
Denied. Physical limits exceeded.

FWDIR
Writes specified record to a disc file (fixed or undefined length)
Pads binary with zeros, ASCII with blanks.

IV
LA
IV
DV
CALL FWDIR (FILNM, TARGT, TCNT, RECNM)

TCNT

Condition Codes:

Size of record (>0 words, <0 bytes).

CCL

CCE
CCG

G-44

Request denied due to error.
Request granted.
Physical EOF encountered.

RF AINTRINSICS - 1000 TO 3000

FWLAB
Writes a user-defined label onto a disc file.

IV
LA
IV
IV
CALL FWLAB (FILNUM, TARGT, TCNT, LABID)

o-v

TCNT

Size of label in words. (default=128)

LABID

Number of the label. First label=O.
(default=O).

Condition Codes:

eCL
eCE
eCG

Denied due to error.
Request granted.
Denied; would exceed limit established
in FOPEN.

G-45

HP 1000 FMGR ERROR CODES

FMGR Error Codes
FMGR-105
FMGR-102
FMGR-101
FMGR-099
FMGR-052
FMGR-048
FMGR-047
FMGR-046
FMGR-041
FMGR-040
FMGR-039
FMGR-038
FMGR-037
FMGR-036
FMGR-035
FMGR-034
FMGR-033
FMGR-032
FMGR-030
FMGR-026
FMGR-025
FMGR-024
FMGR-023
FMGR-022
FMGR-021
FMGR-020
FMGR-019
FMGR-018
FMGR-017
FMGR-016
FMGR-015
FMGR-014
FMGR-013
FMGR-012
FMGR-011
FMGR-010
FMGR-009
FMGR-008
FMGR-007
FMGR-006
FMGR-005
FMGR-004
FMGR-003
FMGR-002
FMGR-001
FMGR 000
FMGR 001
FMGR 002
FMGR 003
FMGR 004

G-46

D.RTR directory track buffer too small
Illegal D.RTR call sequence
Illegal parameter in D.RTR call
Directory manager EXEC request was aborted
Spool shut down. Spool file setup failed
Spool not initialized or SMP cannot be scheduled
No session lu available for spool file
Greater than 255
No room in SST
Lu not found in SST
Spool lu not mapped to the spool driver
Illegal scratch file number
Attempt to purge an active type 6 file
Lock error on device
Already 63 discs mounted to system
Disc already mounted
Not enough room on cartridge
Cartridge not found
Value too large for parameter
Queue full or max pending spools exceeded
No SPLCON room
No more batch switches
No available spool files
No available spool luis
Illegal destination lu
Illegal access lu
Illegal access on a system disc
Illegal lu
Illegal read/write on Type 0 file
Illegal Type 0 or size=O
Illegal file name
Directory full
Disc locked
EOF or SOF error
DCB not open
Not enough parameters
Attempt to use APOSN or force to 1 a Type 0 file
File open or lock rejected
Illegal security code or illegal write on lu2 or 3
File not found
Record length illegal
Record size of Type 2 file is 0 or undefined
Backspace illegal
Duplicate file name
Disc error, the disc is down
Break, informative message only, no error has occurred
Disc error - lu reported, disc associated with the lu
is down
Initialize lu 21
Initialize lu 31
Illegal response to FMGR 002 or FMGR 003

HP 1 000 FMGR ERROR CODES

IGR 005
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
iGR
IGR

006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
IGR 021
iGR 022
IGR 023
IGR 038
IGR 041
lGR 042
iGR 043
IGR 044

IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR

045
046

047
048
049

050

IGR 051

IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR
IGR

052
053

054
055

056
057

058
059

060
061

062
063

064
065
066

067
068

069
070

071

IGR 072

Required track not available - relative TAT position
reported
FMGR suspended
Checksum error
D.RTR not loaded
ID segment not found
Input error
Do 'OF,XXXXX,8 on named programs
Duplicate disc label or lu
TR stack overflow
Required ID segment not found
LS track report
Insufficient system tracks for RP
ID segment not set up by RP
Program not dormant
File not set up by SP on current system
Illegal Type 0 file
Illegal disc specified
Copy terminated
Duplicate program name
Attempt to purge active file
Program cannot be a segment
Lu cannot be switched
Lu not found in SST
No messages waiting
Session command only
Insufficient capability
Spool set up failed
Global set out of range
Cannot run RP'ed program
Not enough parameters
Illegal master security code
Illegal lu
Illegal label or ilabel
Disc not mounted
Missing parameter
Bad parameter
Bad track not in file area
LG area empty
Reported track unavailable
Do you really want to purge this disc?
Do a "DC" and a "MC" on this CR
More than 63 discs
Exceeding session disc limit
No disc available from disc pool
Conflict in SST definition
No room in SST
Program not found
Lu not in variable part of SST
Job LOGON failed
Sectors/track value too large
Do "EX,SP" to save or "EX,RP" to release private
cartridges
Lu not interactive
1

G-47

HP 1000·ERRORS

FMGR
FMGR
FMGR
FMGR
FMGR

Account not found
30 command expected
Cannot restore Type 6 PGM file (user protected)
Cannot restore Type 6 PGM file (group protected)
Cannot restore Type 6 PGM file (insufficient
capability)
Cannot restore Type 6 program file (internal error)
Warning - records truncated to 128 words

073
074
075
076
077

FMGR 078
FMGR 079

HELLO/BYE ERROR CODES

o
1
4
5
6
7
8

No error
HELLO failure or line disconnected
Invalid LU
Timeout
Illegal (rejected) request
Transaction Table access error (not enough Transaction
Control Blocks for HELLO)
Non-OS error (e.g., input-only device specified as list LU)

OS Alphanumeric Error Codes
(Refer to the DS/1000-IV Quick Reference Guide for a complete list.)
AUTO

BYE FAILED (RMOTE) The BYE generated automatically when the
command is entered with a HELLO outstanding has failed.
II

BAD LU (RMOTE) A negative LU number was specified in a MO command.
DS/1000 ERROR nnn (RMOTE) The reported numeric DS/10DO-IV error
red during a file move.

OCCUl

»DS/3000 COMMUNICATION LINK *DOWN* » XXXXXXXXXXXXX @ YYYYYYYYYYYYY:
(QUEX) Displayed if initialization is not established or the link fai:
after initialization. QUEX tries to establish the link to the HP 301
automatically.
(See DS/lOaO-IV User's Manual for X and Y fie:
errors.)
>>DS/3000 COMMUNICATION LINK *UP* (QUEX) Displayed once initializatic
of the 08/3000 Communication Link is established. (HSI only)
OS/3000 ERROR nnn (RMOTE) The reported numeric D8/3000 error occurrc
during a file move operation.
HELLO FAILED OR LINE DOWN (RMOTE) HELLO command was not correct
could not be transmitted due to line error.
»HP

G-48

3000:
BAD BUFFER OUTGOING
verification test in QUEX.

(QUEX)

Transmission

did

not

pa;

HP1 000 ERRORS

iP 3000: BAD BUFFER RECEIVED (QUEX) A message was received which did
not pass a verification test in QUEX.
c..EGALSTATUS (RMOTE) RTE returned an SC03 scheduling eror for an RU,
ON, or RW command.
vALID INPUT (RMOTE) Wrong or missing parameter or wrong prompt on
transfer file input.
IALID REMOTE LU (RMOTE) From SW command: LU is not the one indicated
when DINIT was executed. Simply re-enter SW.
nnn is not in the 3000 lu table.
link lu.

The Iu was not specified as a 3000

l.e is up but the 3000 is not replying.
The communications hardware
has established a connection but messages are not being
received. Be sure DS/3000 is initialized, and that 'QUEUE' is
present in the 1000.
FILE ERROR nnn (RMOTE) The reported FS/3000 error occurred during a
file move operation.

"HELLO" (RMOTE) Attempt to send a command to the HP 3000 before
issuing HELLO " .
II

TO RUN "DINIT (RMOTE) Attempt to switch to remote node before the
RTE node has been initialized for communications to the Hp· 3000.
II

BUFFER SPACE (RMOTE) Less than 256 words of memory are available for
the PTOP file move buffer used with the "MO"ve command. Assign
RMOTE more pages.
SLAVE AT 3000 (RMOTE)
COPY3K.PUB.SYS.

slave

does

not

have

copy

program

SUCH PROGRAM (RMOTE) RTE returned an SC05 scheduling error for an
RU, ON, or RW command.

r ENOUGH SAM (RMOTE) RTE returned an SC10 scheduling error for an RU,
ON, or RW command.

r LOCAL COMMAND (RMOTE) Entered a HELLO or BYE under the $ prompt
from RMOTE.

(RMOTE) Asked when the "to" file in a file move already
exists.

~RWRITE?

:>GRAM BUSY (RMOTE)
program.
lJEX:

An RU or ON command

specified a

non-dormant

INSUFFICIENT S.A.M.
(QUEX) Could not deliver an incoming
DSl3000 message because there was not enough System Available
Memory

HP 1000 ERRORS

/QUEX:

CLASS ERROR aaaa (QUEX) Got the indicated ASCII error
(aaaa) when a class I/O operation was performed.

messa~

/QUEX: TRACING ERROR aaaa (QUEX) Got the indicated ASCII error messagE
(aaaa) when an attempt to write a trace record was made. ThE
status of tracing is set to IIdown
(See LOG3K).
ll

•

»QUEX EXPECTS HSI LINK (QUEX)
loaded.

The wrong version of QUEX

(PSI)

>>QUEX

The wrong version of QUEX

(HSI)

EXPECTS PSI LINK (QUEX)
loaded.

/QUEZ: INSUFFICIENT S.A.M (QUEZ) Could not deliver an incoming DS/300(
message because there was not enough System Available Memory.
/QUEZ:

CLASS ERROR aaaa (QUEZ) Got the indicated ASCII error messagE
(aaaa) when a class I/O operation was performed.

/QUEZ: TRACING ERROR aaaa (QUEZ) Got the indicated ASCII error messagE
(aaaa) when an attempt to write a trace record was made. ThE
status of tracing is set to IIdown". (See LOG3K)
> >QUEZ

EXPECTS HSI LINK (QUEZ)
loaded.

>>QUEZ EXPECTS PSI LINK
loaded.

(QUEZ)

The wrong version of QUEZ

(PSI)

The wrong version of QUEZ

(HSI)

REQUEST FAILED (RMOTE) The HP 3000 rejected the last request.
RMOTE IOxx (RMOTE) RTE-reported I/O errors.
RMOTE SCxx (RMOTE) indicates bad parameters.
TIMEOUT: NO REPLY FROM REMOTE (RMOTE) The HP 3000 did not respond t<
the last command.
TR STACK OVERFLOW (RMOTE) The transfer stack is more than seven
deep.

level~

UNINITIALIZED @ READ (RMOTE) Local and/or remote ID sequences do no1
match the HP 3000. Re-initialize or use DSMOD to change them.
WARNING - ILLEGAL OPTION (RMOTE) "SP" specified with input from RTE Lt
or an RTE file in non-spooled format.

G-50

PTOP ERRORS - 3000

Program-to-Program errors are returned by the PCHECK intrinsic.
CCE
CCL
CCG

No error.
Error condition. Refer to PCHECK
May not be returned, but generally indicates a reject by
the slave program.

3
5
72
205
206
207
208

Not enough parameters.
Parameter address violation at the HP 3000.
Invalid DS line, or failure to do POPEN first.
No room at the 1000 to initiate communication.
Specified slave function from master program.
Slave function out of sequence (do GET first).
Specified master PTOP function on same line as slave
functions.
Program does not exist on the 1000.
Slave progrram has issued reject (CCG).
Remote slave program not opened properly.
Missing :DSLINE command.
Remote computer has rejected request. May be due to timeout.
Invalid PTOP operation.
Too many POPENs issued. Only one master - to slave PTOP
operation/DSLINE.
Master PTOP function issued prior to a POPEN. Do a POPEN
first.

209
211
213
214
216
218
219
222

G-51

PTOP ERRORS - 1000

PTOP errors returned to the master or slave program. Note these
are negative numbers.
-40
-41
-42
-44
-45
-46
-47
-48
-50
-51
-52
-53
-54
-55
-56
-57
-58
-59

Not enough parameters.
Remote program not defined (POPEN).
No room to initiate (POPEN), no class number available.
Remote program not opened.
PWRIT, PREAD, or PCONT issued to dormant slave program.
Sequence error.
Communication line error, NRV incorrect:
RTE: IOnn, RNnn, SCnn error.
Abortive communication error.
Local node not initialized.
(same as:)
Communication line parity.
DSOI
Communication line time-out.
DS02
Illegal record size.
DS03
Illegal node address.
DS04
Request time-out.
DS05
Illegal request.
Ds06
System table error.
DS07
Remote busy.
DS08
Illegal or missing parameter.
DS09

OEXEC Errors
CCL - Errors at the HP 3000:
3
5
72

Not enough parameters.
Parameter address violation at the HP 3000.
Invalid OSLINE.

CCG - Errors at the remote HP 1000:
Note: Check RTE system documentation
for complete list of error codes.
OS03
os06
OS07
OS09
1001
1002
1003
1004
1007
SCOI
SC02
SC03
SC05
SC06

G-52

Illegal record size
Illegal request
System table error
Illegal or missing parameter
Illegal or missing parameter
Illegal logical unit
Logical unit not assigned
Illegal user buffer
Call rejected by driver
Missing parameter
Illegal parameter
Program cannot be scheduled
Program cannot be defined
No resolution code in OEXEC call

RF A ERRORS - 3000 TO 1 000

Test condition code for satisfactory completion of RFA.
CCG

Not used

CCL

DS/3000 error:
3 Not enough parameters
5 Parameter address violation on the 3000
72 Invalid DSLINE command

CCE

No error with DS at either end. Check IERR for
result on the 1000.
00 . No error
-01 Disc error (disc down)
-02 Duplicate file name
-03 Device cannot be backspaced
-04 File too long, or record size error
-05 Invalid record, or record too long
-06 Cartridge Reference Number not found, or no room
-07 Invalid security code
-08
-09
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
-16
-17
-18
-25
-26
-28
-53
-56
-57
-59

File open, lock rejected
Tries to opentype-O as type-1, or to position
type-O
Missing or illegal parameter
DCB unopened
EOF or SOP
Cartridge is locked
Directory full
Illegal file name
Illegal type code, tried to purge type-O, zero
length file
Illegal read/write position type-O file
Destination node does not have FMP
Bad FCODE (internam RFAM error)
Bad entry number in RFAM (DCB destroyed)
No internal table space in RFAM
Illegal record size
Illegal request
System table error
Illegal or missing parameter

(Note: DCRET and DOPEN returns positive values.)

G-53

I HI

DSN/MTS MULTIPOINT
TERMINAL SOFTWARE
CONTENT

PAGE

Hardware Specifications

H-2

HP264x Multipoint Terminal Strapping Options

H-3

HP264x MUltipoint Terminal Keyboard Switches

H-7

HP2626 Multipoint Terminal Strapping

H-8

Hp30037A Asynchronous Repeater

H-11

MTS Cable Assemblies

H-13

MTS Console Command

H-19

Control Codes For FCONTROL

H-21

MTS Execution Characteristics

H-22

Selected CS Error Codes

H-25

MTS Multipoint Verification: MPTEST

H-46

Configuring MTS

H-2 8

2608S Self Tests

H-32

MTS MPTEST Diagnostic Messages

H-33

H-l

MTS HARDW ARE SPECIFICA TIONS

(Refer to Section B for Controller and Modem information.)

limitations on Svnchronous Communications
TERMINALS
(number per
line)

TRANSMISSION RATE
(bits per second)
4800
2400
9600

2000

1200

2000

1200

480

1200

480

120

{ Maximum

number of feet
between terminals

limitations on Asynchronous Communications
At 9600 bits per second, the maximum distance between any two
terminals is 2000 feet.

Devices With Multipoint Capabilities
Supported HP terminals:

2624B, 2626A, 2641A, 2642A,
2645A/N/S (3), 3075A (1),
3076A (1), 3077A (2)
(1) Serial 1929F and above
(2) Serial 1938 and above
(3) 8K memory minimum (13260D)
One terminal with monitor mode
13232P cable per modem
13232T/Q cable for add on

Data rates:

9600 bits per second maximum

Other Supported Devices:

2 oD8s printer
c

2333A cluster controller
(19,200 bps max)

H-2

HP264x MULTIPOINT TERMINAL STRAPPING OPTIONS

KEYBOARD INTERFACE peA STRAPS FORMUL TIPOINT - HP264x
STRAP

A,B,C
D

E,F,G,H
J

K,L,M,N,P,Q
R

S
T
U
V

W,X,Y
Z

SETTING FOR MTS
don't care
OPEN
don't care
OPEN
don't care
OPEN - Terminal is first after an AR
CLOSED - terminal is not first after an AR
or synchronous terminal
CLOSED - means all consecutive spaces are
transmitted
CLOSED
CLOSED
don't care
don't care
OPEN=transparent

H-3

HP264x MULTIPOINT TERMINAL STRAPPING OPTIONS

HP 13260C ASYNCHRONOUS MULTIPOINT COMMUNICA TIONS
PCA STRAPS 2640-60106
STRAP

SETTING FOR MTS

J17 - J16

Buffer size must be at least as large as SSLC
preferred buffer size
J17

J16

CLOSED
CLOSED
OPEN
OPEN

CLOSED
OPEN
CLOSED
OPEN

Buffer Size
500 bytes
1000 bytes
2000 bytes
4000 bytes

J15

OPEN - Cursor addressing disabled

J14 - JIO

Device ID must be unique within a group
(see J04-00). Example for Device ID 6:
J14,J13
J12,J11
J10

CLOSED}

OPEN
CLOSED

= CCODC = 6

J07

CLOSED

J06

OPEN

J05

CLOSED - Extended text mode disabled
OPEN - Extended text mode enabled

J04 - JOO

Group ID must be unique within an MTS
network. Example for Group ID 7:
J04, J03
J02 - JOO

CLOSED
OPEN

CCOOO

INT

OPEN

PL6 -PLO

All OPEN

CLOSED

All - A9

All OPEN

- 12

OPEN

Terminal is not connected by an HP
13232T Power-Down Protect cable.

CLOSED

Terminal is connected by an HP 13232T
Power-Down Protect cable.

2SB

H-4

CLOSED

HP264x MULTIPOINT TERMINAL STRAPPING OPTIONS

HP 132600 SYNCHRONOUS MUL TIPOINT COMMUNICATIONS
peA STRAPS 02640-60107
STRAP

SETTING FOR MTS

J17 - J16

Buffer size must be at least as large as SSLC
preferred buffer size.
J17

J16

CLOSED
CLOSED
OPEN
OPEN

CLOSED
OPEN
CLOSED
OPEN

Buffer Size
500 bytes
1000 bytes
2000 bytes
4000 bytes

J15

OPEN - Cursor addressing disabled

J14 - J10

Device 1D must be unique within a group
(see J04-JOO). Example for Device 1D 6:
J14,J13
J12,J11
J10

CLOSED}
OPEN
CLOSED

CCOOC = 6

J07

CLOSED

J06

OPEN

J05

CLOSED - Extended text mode disabled
OPEN - Extended text mode enabled

J04 - JOO

Group 1D must be unique within an MTS /3000
network. Example for Group 1D 7:
J04,J03
J02 - JOO

CLOSED}
OPEN

= CCOOO =7

The terminal is not connected by an
HP 13232T Power-Down Protect cable.

- 12

OPEN

CLOSED

A9 - All

All OPEN

RCLK

OPEN

All terminals except the first on a line; or
the terminal is first on a line and clocking
is provided by an external device.

CLOSED

The terminal is first on a line and clocking
is not provided by an external device.

H-5

HP264x MULTIPOINT TERMINAL STRAPPING OPTIONS

HP 13260D SYNCHRONOUS MUL TIPOINT COMMUNICA TIONS PCA
STRAPS 02640-60107 (Continued)
STRAP

SETTING FOR MTS

2400 or
4800 or
9600

OPEN
if RCLK is OPEN, set all three OPEN
CLOSED
if RCLK is CLOSED, set only one strap
CLOSED to match the appropriate line speed.

19K
1200

H-6

OPEN
Label has no strap, ignore.

HP264x MULTIPOINT TERMINAL KEYBOARD SWITCHES

~ANGE

~AUD

Switch

RATE Switch

Synchronous Communications, switch has no
effect. Asynchronous communications, HI
selects speeds 1200 and above while LO
selects speeds 600 and below on the BAUD
RATE switch.
Selects transmission rate. All terminals
on the same line must be set to the same
rate.

)ARITY Switch

ODD

)ISPLAY FUNCTIONS Key

Off; key should be in the up position.

~LOCK

MODE Key

~EMOTE·

Key

Either position -

key has no effect.

On; key must be in the down position.

=APS LOCK Key

Either position - no special consideration
for MTS.

{EMORY LOCK Key

Either position - no special consideration
for MTS.

~UTO

LF Key

Either position
for MTS.

- no special consideration

H... 7

HP 2626 MULTIPOINT TERMINAL STRAPPING

HP 2626 Keyboard:
In addition to alphanumerics, cursor control, and edit control keys,
there are also function con~rol keys.
When you press the
IMODESI
key the eight function keys become
mode selection keys.
In this capacity you may use them to enable
and disable various terminal operating modes ( such as remote mode
and display functions mode).
Each mode selection key alternately
enables and disables a particular mode. When the mode is enabled,
an asterisk appears in the associated key label on the screen. At
power-on fl
through f8
are automatically initialized as mode
selection keys.
When you press the IAIDS! key on an HP 2626 the eight function keys
become general control keys that you use for configuring the
terminal, setting and clearing margins and tab stops, enabling and
disabling display enhancements, drawing forms, defining data entry
fields, controlling the display windows, and so forth.

HP2626 Multipoint Terminal Strapping

TERMINAL CONFIGURATION '1
RE!'1oTE lUll
LocalEcho 'D'FF
XmitFnctn(A)
NO
InhHndShH(,) YES
InhSlfTst(L)
NO
FldSeparator .,
ESC )
A
t'1ath ':;et

BLoer OFF
Caps Lock OFF
NO
':;PoW(B)
Inh DC2(H)
NO
InverH~rp(M) NO
Termnator

B
LineDraw

MODIFY OFF
Start Col
1
InhEolWrp(C)
NO
Auto Term(J) . .
Esc Xfer(N) 'NO

AutoLF OFF
ASCII 8 Bits . . .
Line/Page(D) !BI
ClearTerm(K) 'N'D
InhDcTst(W)
NO

Alternate Set
B

LargeChr

--------

NOTE: Configuration choices that are shown with a black background affect
DSN/MTS. RS and GS are control- and control-] respectively.
A

HP 2626 Terminal Configuration for MTS

H-8

HP 2626 MULTIPOINT TERMINAL STRAPPING

MULTIPOINT ASYNC
BaudRate . . .
Asterisk _ _
TR(CD)

gr-

~Gr.
oupID
::.GroupID

XmltXpar

BCC

DeviceID

•

ExtText

!1m

#1
BufSlze

F'arlty"

t'~umBufs

P"
-

XmltCUSource . .
RecvClkSource.
XmitClkOut
ExtClkIn

FustTerm El
Data':;rAddr •

l1li

Ins SYN

--------

147015-23

HP 2626 Asynchronous Multipoint-Hardwired

DIFFERENCES BETWEEN HP 2626A and HP 2645
When configured for multipoint operator the HP2626A differs from
the HP 2645 in the following ways:
a.

The HP 2626A supports a-bit ASCII whereas the HP 2645 does not.

In transparent mode the HP 2626A sends its response to a Who Are
You (WRU» sequence in transparent mode whereas the HP2645 sends
in a non-transparent mode.

The HP 2626A permits you to specify as a configuration parameter
the initial state of the Terminal Ready line where as the HP
2645 does not.

When configured for asynchronous multipoint with the SYN
insertion feature enabled the HP 2626A does NOT require SYN
insertion by the host processor whereas the HP 2645 does.

H-9

HP 2626 MULTIPOINT TERMINAL STRAPPING

MULTIPOINT SYNC
BaudRate . . .
Asterisk
TR(CD)

Parity"

liB""'

PGr.ouPID
SGroupID •
Xmi tXpar

BCC
DeVlceID

•

ExtText

!!!
ri1

1m!

Code
~3R(CH)

l:..!!!

BufSlze . . XmitClkSource lnI
NumBuTs,-

FlrstTerm 8U
DataSrAddr •

'3pComp

1m!

-------HP 2626 Synchronous Multipoint--Hardwired

MULTIPOINT SYNC

-..mm

Parlty ~

BaudRate
Astensk
TR(CD) . -

m.-

Cod e

BCC~

SR(CH)

tu!!!!!!
I!!

BufSLZe iI!KO XmltClkSource lnI
NumBufs'-

-_.... _--DeVlceID

PGroupID
SGroupID •
Xml tXpar
I

ExtText

ri1

1m!

FlrstTerm 111m
DataSrAddr •

SpComp

HP 2626 Synchronous Multipoint--Modems

TEPr'lI~lAL

Be 1 1

~C 1

~EljTE~'

COtlFII.:;URATIOtl

~tH om~,:~~~"~~~:~

!lL...._E~;~~.;}';pace"

IIiW F'rintet'C,~de4 ~t'HI_lll;

I , Inh~;'~~~J~·.p(~.:~ ~ I

B:.t~.;

•.
Huto Tet··mr.. J)

BI k Termnatclt'
A

•

I
•

ItJ)Fot'msBuf:=;iZe(25~;I:,l:

Esc

(

RIter' nate Set

rmfWJIIDWW

r.;;

F 0 ~'r'1AT ['10 DE
[Iel:'lm;~1

T".,'pe

III

Irnplled [lei:' [I19 1t ,:;

Tran$mit

.",eN'_

NOTE: configuration choices that are shown with a black background affect
DSN/MTS. RS and GS are control- . . . and control-] respectively.

HP 2624B Terminal Configuration For MTS

H-IO

HP 30037 A ASVNCHRONOUSREPEATER

rhe HP 30037A Asynchronous Repeater is a stand-alone device which
standard EIA RS232C communications signals to levels which
ire compatible with HP terminals that are operating in the
isynchronous multipoint communications mode.
~onverts

With the AR, the first terminal can be located up to 609.6 meters
(2000 feet) from the computer. This removes the 15.24 meter (50
foot) limitation imposed when an R$232C direct connect interface
is used.
The AR can be used in a daisy-chain connection of terminals to
extend distance between terminals or to permit more flexible
physical configurations. For this, the ARoperates in terminal
mode.
•

Two ARs can be used, one at the computer and the other at a
single asynchronous RS232C terminal, to extend the distance
permitted between the computer and the terminal. For this, the
AR nearest the CPU operates in CPU mode and the other operates in
terminal mode.

rhe AR has two test modes:
Self test
Loop test
self test
terminals

1.
2.

checks the internal operation of theAR~
is used with the data communications
feature of the asynchronous mUltipoint
to verify a daisy-chain network.

CONNECTOR SIGNALS - TO TERMINALS
Pin No.

Mnemonic

Signal Name

BBO+

Received Data Out+

BBO-

Received Data Out-

BAI+

Transmitted Data In+

BAI-

Transmitted Data In-

CBO+

Clear to Send Out+

CBO-

Clear to Send Out-

CAI+

Request to Send In+

CAI-

Request to Send In-

Frame and Shield Ground
Not Used

H-l1

HP 30037A ASYNCHRONOUSREPEA TER

AR CONNECTOR SIGNALS - FROM TERMINALS

Signal Name

Pin No.

Mnemonic

BBI+

BBI-

Received Data In-

BAO+

Transmitted Data Out+

BAO-

Transmitted Data Out-

CBI+

Clear to Send In+

CBI-

Clear to Send In-

CAO+

Request to Send Out+

CAO-

Received Data In+

Request to Send OutNot Used

9 thru 15

AR CONNECTOR SIGNALS - DTE

Pin No.

Mnemonic

Signal Name
Not Used

Transmitted Data

Received Data

Request to Send

Clear to Send

Data Set Ready

Signal Ground

Received Line Signal
Detector

SCA

Secondary Request to
Send

9,10
11, 19

Not Used

12 thru 18

21 thru 25

H-12

Not Used
CD

Data Terminal Ready
Not Used

MTS CABLE ASSEMBLIES

PRODUCT

NAME

CONNECTORS
(See NOTE below)

LENGTH

NUMBER

132x2A 103/202 Asynchron- RS-232-C
x=2=262X ous Modem Cable
3=264X (HP 02640-60043)

none

4.5 meters
(15 ft)

U.S.A. Asynchron132x2N
x=2=262X ous Modem Cable
3=264x (HP 02640-60131)

none

4.5 meters
(15 ft)

RS-232-C

13232P

Modem-to-terminal RS-232-C
Multipoint Cable
male
(HP 02640-60132)

hood

daisy
chain
female

4.5 meters
(15 ft)
Each Leg

13232Q

Standard Multipoint Cable
(HP 02640-60133)

daisy
chain
male

hood

daisy
chain
female

4.5 meters
(15 ft)
Each Leg

13232R

Extension Cable
(HP 02640-60134)

daisy
chain
male

none

daisy
chain
female

30 meters
(100 ft)

13232T

Power-Down
Protect Cable
(HP 02640-60151)

daisy
chain
male

hood

daisy
chain
female

4.5 meters
(15 ft)
Each Leg

13264A

Data Link
Adapter

Data
Link
male

50
pin
hood

none

3 meters

13267A

Asynchronous
Multipoint First
Module

RS-232-C
male

50
pin
hood

daisy
chain
female

10 meters

13267A
option
001

Synchronous
Multipoint First
Module

RS-232-C
male

50
pin
hood

daisy
chain
female

10 meters

H-13

MTS CABLE ASSEMBLIES

PRODUCT
NUMBER

CONNECTORS
(See NOTE below)

NAME

13268A

Asynchronous
Daisy Chain
Module

daisy
chain
male

50
pin
hood

daisy
chain
female

10 meters

13268A
option
001

Synchronous
Daisy Chain
Module

daisy
chain
male

50
pin
hood

daisy
chain
female

10 meters

30055A

SSLC Synchronous
Assembly

I/O

none

RS-232-C
male

7.6 meters
(25 ft)

SSLC Synchronous
I/O Cable
(HP 30055-60011)
30055A
Option
001

30062C

H-14

LENGTH

female

SSLC Asynchronous
Assembly
SSLC Asynchronous
I/O Cable
(HP 30055-60010)

none

female

RS-232-C
male

7.6 meters
(25 ft)

Extension Cable
(HP 30062-60006)

RS-232-C none
male

RS-232-C
female

7.6 meters
(25 ft)

I/O

MTS CABLE ASSEMBLIES

PRODUCT

NAME

CONNECTORS
(See NOTE below)

LENGTH

NUMBER

I/O
female

none

RS-232-C
female

RS-232-C
male

none

RS-232-C
male

I/O
female

none

RS-232-C
female

RS-232-C
male

none

RS-232-C
male

10 meters

30222A-- INP Synchronous
Series
Modem Cable
(HP 30222-60001)
II/III

I/O
female

none

RS-232-C
male

10 meters

30222B-- INP Asynchronous
Series
Cable (HP 3022260002)
II/III

I/O
female

none

RS-232-C
male

10 meters

none

RS-232-C
female

5 meters

A
30221A-- INP Synchronous
Series
Modem Cable
30/33/40
/44/64
INP Synchronous
Internal Cable
(HP 30221-60001)
INP Synchronous
External Cable
(HP 5061-2514)
30221B-- INP Asynchronous
Series
Cable
30/33/40
/44/64
INP Asynchronous
Internal Cable
(HP 30221-60002)
INP Asynchronous
External Cable
(HP 5061-2514)

RS-232-C
30225A-- INP Synchronous/
Asynchronous
male
Series
Modem Bypass Cable
II/III
(HP 30225-60005)

10 meters

H-15

MTS CABLE ASSEMBLIES

PRODUCT
NUMBER

CONNECTORS
(See NOTE below)

NAME

A
30225B-- INP Synchronous/
Series
Asynchronous
30/33/40 Modem Bypass Cable
/44/64
INP Modem Bypass
RS-232-C
Cable (HP 30225male
60006)

LENGTH

none

RS-232-C
female

5 meters

----

INP Internal
Cable (HP 3022160001)

I/O

none

RS-232-C

92902A001

Data Link Cable

none

100 meters
(328 ft)

92902A002

Data Link Cable

none

300 meters
(984 ft)

92905A

Data Link-toDevice Cable

Data
Link
male

hood

none

3 meters
(9.6 ft)

92905P

Data Link-toDevice Cable
with MP Extension

Data
Link
male

hood

multipoint
female

3 meters
(9.6 ft)
Each Leg

NOTE: Install
Install
Install
INP and

H-16

A connectors electrically toward the computer.
B connectors onto the rear of a terminal.
C connectors electrically away from the computer.
SSLC cables do not have their own product numbers.

This connector is a 50-pin RS-232-C female for 262X and a
card edge connector for 264x.

MTS CABLE ASSEMBLIES

HP 13232P (2640-60132) MODEM/MULTIPOINT CABLE
Use:
Length:

First terminal in a sy~hronous multipoint drop
4.5 meters (15 feet)
A

HP 13232Q (2640-60133) ST ANDARD MULTIPOINT CABLE
Use:
Length:

Connects asynchronous or synchronous multipoint terminals
4.5 meters (15 feet)

OBI
Return
001

CAO
SAO
CBI
881

BAO
CAO
BAI
CAl
OBI
DDO
DBO
Return
001

Return
CBO

BBO

Shield
Return

H-17

MTS CABLE ASSEMBLIES

HP 13232R (02640-60134) MUL TIPOINT.EXTENSION CABLE
Use:
Length:

Extends distance between multipoint terminals.
to 13232Q.
30 meters (100 feet)

Connects

Connector kit is HP part number 5061-2401
A
Ground
Shield

Shield

Retum

Part number 8120-2305,
or Brand Rex PIN P0554P22

-Semi twimld peir.

4 twisted pair, 22AWG, 75 ohm impedance, braided, shielded,
bracketed.
NOTE:

Cable may be customer fabricated up to 2000 feet:
reference manual for your mUltipoint terminal.

See the

HP 13232T (2640-60151) POWER-PROTECT MULTIPOINT CABLE
Use:

Same as 13232Q except this cable has terminal power-down
rerouting relays. If a terminal using this loses power,
other terminals will not be affected.

Length:

9 meters (30 feet)

B
02840-80140

1
2

5
9
10
K

L
H
A

3
4

•

7
8
11
1&

H-18

MTS CONSOLE COMMAND

OPENING AND CLOSING AN MTS LINE

:MPLINE idn,

OPEN [,FILENAME1]
UP, upentry
DOWN, downentry
SHUT [,NOW)
MESSAGES~ {ON-OFF}
ON [. [ALL] {. [mask [] • [numentries
TRACE.{
[,WRAP) [,filename2))))]
OFF

OPEN

Opens the line and initiates MTS execution.

filenamel

An MTS configuration file in PUB.SYS.
The utility MPCONFIG is used to maintain a
configuration file. If omitted, line is opened
with the characteristics established by MPE
configuration.
(Refer to DSN!MTS Reference Manual for
configuration file items.)

Activate the terminal(s) specified in the up entry.

DOWN

Deactivates the terminal(s) specified in the down
entry parameter.

upentry
downentry

Up entries and down entries can be:
1. The logical device number of a multipoint
terminal as configured into MPE.
2. A two letter terminal ID, specifying the
group and device ID of a particular
multipoint terminal.
3. The word GROUP followed by a space and one
letter designating a particular group.

SHUT

Initiates an orderly MTS line closing procedure.
If multipoint terminals are currently in use, the
line will be closed when all users have finished.

H-19

MTS CONSOLE COMMAND

NOW

Immediately terminates MTS execution and closes the
line without waiting for sessions to log off and for
applications to close the terminals they are using.
Caution: Data can be lost using this.

MESSAGES

Controls the printing of MTS messages on the system
console.
ON

causes
messages
that
result
from
MTS
communication activity to be displayed on the
system console. ON is the default.

Off

stops
messages
associated
with
activity from being displayed.

MTS

line

TRACE

Specifies the CS trace facility is to be activated
or deactivated.

Activates CS trace.
A line must be opened before
you can trace that line.

ALL

Generates trace records for all line activity.
omitted,
trace
records
are
written
only
transmission errors.

mask

An octal integer preceded by a perent sign (~nn).
Specifies the type of trace entries.
Use ~77 for
MPTEST on INP. Default is ~37.

numentries

A decimal number.
Maximum number of entries in a
trace record, not greater than 248. 24 for INP.
Default is 24.

WRAP

Causes trace entries that overflow the trace area
(greater than numentries) to overlay the prior trace
entries.
If
omitted,
overflow
entries
are
discarded.

filename2

Trace file name.
If omitted, trace creates a file
named CSTRACE in PUB.SYS.

OFF

Deactivates the CS trace facility.

H-20

If
for

CONTROL CODES FOR FCONTROL

MTS returns those FCONTROL requests not applicable to a multipoint
environment as successfully completed, even though they did not
execute.
In addition, if a program requests an operation not
supported by a terminal, the request is returned as invalid.

CONTROL OPERATION
Set input speed and return
Previous speed.
Set output speed and return previous speed.
Enable echo.
Disable echo.
Disable system break.
Enable system break
Disable subsystem break
Enable subsystem break
Disable tape mode option
Enable tape mode option.
Disable terminal input
timer.
Enable terminal input
timer.
Read terminal input timer.
Disable parity checking.
Enable parity checking.
Define line-termination
character for terminal
input.
Disable binary transfers.
Enable binary transfers.
Disable user block mode
transfers.
Enable user block mode
transfers.
Disable line deletion
echo suppression.
Enable line deletion
echo suppression.
Set parity.
(1)

CONTROLCODE

RESULT UNDER MTS

Speed not changed; current
speed is returned.
Speed not changed; current
speed is returned.
No operation.
No operation.
Standard operation.
Standard operation.
Standard operation.
Standard operation
Invalid request.
Invalid request (1)
Standard operation.

Standard operation

Standard operation.
No operation.
No operation.
Use is limited as described
in MTS manual.

10
11

12
13
14

16
17
18
19

23
24
25

26
27

Standard operation.
Standard operation.
No operation.

No operation.

The :PTAPE command will also fail because it issues this.

(Continued on page 24)
H-21

MTS EXECUTION CHARACTERISTICS

TERMINAL
OPERATING
MODES
MTS
CONTROL
FUNCTIONS

ASCII TRANSFER
DEFAULT
Explicitly enabled
through FCONTROL
(control code 26) or
FCONTROL (controlcode 41, chars 0)

NORMAL TERMINAL
CONTROL DISABLED
through FSETMODE
(modeflags bit 13=1 )

MTS checks for an MPE
defined end-of-file
condition (for example,
HELLO, :EOF:, etc,)

YES

PAGE mode and AUTO
TER M are selected
before the first write
when a session is logged
on or the terminal is
opened and allocated from
a program.

YES

MTS normally follows each
write with ESC_.

YES

GS as a last character is
stripped from input data.

YES

Normal terminal control
is enabled. Each read is
followed by sending CR LF
ESC_ to the termi nal.

YES

CR and LF characters are
stripped from input.

YES

MTS checks output data
for incorrect or improperly terminated escape
sequences. If any are
found, the write is not
followed by ESC_.

YES

Notes:
1.

When user enters a System Break, MTS enables PAGE MODE and AUTO
TERM at the terminal.

Normally an application program would enable only one of the
above described modes at a time. If a program invokes more than
one mode simultaneously, the mod.e listed in the column to the
right of all other selected modes takes precedence.

H-22

MTS EXECUTION CHARACTERISTICS

LIMITED
UN.EDITED
with end-of-record
character = %136
Enabled through
FCONTROL, controlcode 41.

YES

PAG E mode and AUTO
TERM settings are not
altered by MTS when
unedited mode is
entered nor so long
as the terminal stays
in unedited mode.

UNEDITED

BINARY TRANSFER

with end-of-record
character =%137. EnabJed through FCONTROL, controlcode 41.

Enabled through
FCONTROL, controlcode 27. Disabled
through FCONTROL
controlcode 26.

YES

PAGE mode and AUTO
TERM settings are not
altered by MTS when
unedited mode is entered
nor so long as the
terminal stays in
unedited mode.

YES

There can be more than one rile opened on a terminal at a given
time (remember the ASCII rile. $STDLIST is always open when a
session logs on).
Since binary mode is efrective only for a
particular file opened on the terminal, the unedited mode (with
end-or-record character =~137) should be used if MTS functions
are to be disabled ror both system and terminal user.
If end-of-record character is a value other than 0, %136, or

%137, then MTS operation is undefined.

H-23

CONTROL CODES FOR FCONTROL

CONTROL OPERATION

CONTROLCODE

RESULT UNDER MTS

Allocate a terminal.

Valid request for terminal
types 0 and 14, invalid
for any other terminal
type.

Set terminal type .

Obtain terminal type
information.

Standard operation.

Obtain terminal output
speed.

Returns the speed as
entered in the current
configuration file or
the MPE configured
default speed.

Set unedited terminal
mode.

Disables automatic MTS
functions.

H-24

operation for terminal
types 0 and 14. Invalid
for other terminal

CS ERROR CODES

SELECTED CS ERROR CODES
( Refer to the CS SECTION of this book for a complete lis t
error codes.)
CODE

of CS

DESCRIPTION

Driver not found. Add the CSSBSCI
configuration if using an SSLC.

Driver not
compatible with the attributes
of the
communication line.
Reconfigure the S3LC using the
instructions given in Appendix D of MTS Reference Manual.

Driver not changeable. Reconfigure MPE and specify DRIVER
CHANGEABLE? YES for the SSLC driver (if using SSLC).

driver

the

MPE

Undefined device.
SSLC.

Reconfigure MPE to include the INP or

Device not available. The logical device for the INP or
SSLC has been DOWNed. The console operator should UP the
device. The device may also be in use by another subsystem
(see 13).

Not a CS device. In the MPE configuration, the DRT numbers
for the pseudo terminals and/or the MUltipoint Supervisor
do not back-reference the INP or SSLC. Reconfigure MPE
being certain to enter the logical device number of the INP
or SSLC as the DRT number for the MTS devices. Precede each
DRT with a number sign
(II) •

Line in use by another subsystem. The console operator
should terminate the other subsystem and reenter the MPLINE
command.

The line as configured is not compatible with MTS.
Reconfigure MPE using the instructions in Appendix C of the
MTS Reference Manual.

Maximum number of I/O requests is already outstanding. Must
first issue IOWAIT.

103

Data set not ready. Indicates remote terminals disconnected
the line, or some sort of problem developed with the modem.

104

Carrier loss. The modern may have disconnected or the phone
line has a problem.

151

Connect timeout. Line connection did not occur in the time
allowed by the INP or SSLC configuration dialog.

H-25

CS ERROR CODES

156

An internal error was detected by the CS driver. This error
code may also be the result of line and/or modem problems.

209

Receive timeout. An expected response from a terminal did
not occur.

219

The entries in the pollist were polled the required number
of times but no station responded.

222

Speci£ied group or terminal did not respond or the entire
line did not respond.

223

More than 2048 characters were transmitted by a terminal.
Part of the data was lost. This problem may indicate a
terminal is sending nonsense data, particularly if the
message is printed frequently.

224

All devices on the line are logically down. Line is active
for CPU to write to terminals, but no polling can be done.

H-26

MTS MULTIPOINT VERIFICATION

The program MPTEST. PUB. SYS is used to verify the installation and
configuration of a multipoint network, the terminal strappings, and
communication link between mUltipoint terminals and the HP 3000.
The program prompts for information about the terminals to be
tested, the configuration file name, whether the terminals I strap
settings should be tested. Although CS capability is not needed to
run MPTEST, you must have CS capability to read terminal strap
settings.
If you want to perform the read, write, and verify tests MPTEST
prompts the system operator to open the 1ine. During the test, an
observer can check HP 264x multipoint terminal screens to be certain
the program is actually executing.
Although HP 307x terminals are
tested in the same way as HP 264x terminals, the data display
normally remains constant.
If a problem develops, the subsystem prints an appropriate message
on the terminal where MPTEST was run ( $STDLIST) .
MPTEST sends
timeout and data compare error messages to a file named MPLIST. It
sends all other messages to a file named STDLIST. These files
default to $STDLIST but can be redirected as shown:
:FILE MPLIST;DEV=LP
:FILE MPLIST;NOCCTL;REC=-80,16,F,ASCII;SAVE
:FILE STDLIST;DEV=LP
All messages associated with the MPTEST program are listed in this
section.

H-27

CONFIGURING MTS

MPE UNIT NUMBER TO GROUP/DEVICE ID CONVERSIONS

~m@
NO. 0

001
011
021
031
041
051
061
071
081
091
101

002
012
022
032
042
052
062
072
082
092
102
112
122

003
013
023
033
043
053
063
073
083
093
103
113
123

004
014
024
034
044
054
064
074
084
094
104
114
124

005
015
025
035
045
055
065
075
085
095
105
115
125

006
016
026
036
046
056
066
076
086
096
106
116
126

007
017
027
037
047
057
067
077
087
097
107
117
127

008
018
028
038
048
058
068
078
088
098
108
118

009
019
029
039
049
059
069
079
089
099
109
119

GROUP
ID
NO.
@

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

A
B
C

D
E
F

G
H

J
K

10
11
12

000
010
020
030
040
050
060
070
080
090
100
110
120

III

121

NOTES:

H-28

ID's shown are for polling.

Group and Device ID assignments can be overridden in MTS
configuration file. See Section v.

MPE allows unit numbers to range from 0 to 127. If you wish to
use other group or device IDls, they will have to be assigned in
a configuration file.

CONFIGURING MTS

OFFLINE CONFIGURATION OF HP 2333A

First attach an HP terminal to Port Al with standard RS232C terminal
cable. Set terminal to odd parity, full duplex, character mode.
1.

Locate switches behind the front panel of the Hp 2333A
controller. Close switches A through G by pressing the switches
up, and open switch H by pressing switch down.

Power on the 2333A or press the reset switch.

Set terminal baud rate to 2400 baud.

Press RETURN key on the terminal you connected to PortAl.

At this point you are prompted with an asterisk "... to enter one of
the following commands:
HSA
HSB

configures high speed channel A.
configures high speed channel B.

(DC refers to Daisy Chain and DL refers to Data Link for the
,following dialog.)
•

Trans. mod?

•

Clck srce?

•
•
•
•
••
•

Bps rate? (DC)

•

SYNC or ASYNC
INT none or EXT modem
4800/19200 or (DL) 1200/19200

Trspy? CNTL
Parity? ODD
Tx Bufsiz? 512 (max)
Rx Bufsiz? 512 (max)
Group Id? @ or A-Z
Welcome Message? Any message up to 24 characters.

You are prompted with another asterisk ".".
Now you can enter
"LIST" to display the HP 2333A's new configuration.
To disconnect your terminal from Port A1:
1.

Close switch H on the 2333A controller - all switches down.

Press reset switch.

Open communication line (MPLINE).

The message you entered will be displayed.

H-29

CONFIGURING MTS

2608S SWITCH SETTINGS

SWITCH 1

DAISY CHAIN

SWITCH 2

SWITCH 3

1ST DEVICE

DAISY CHAIN

2ND DEVICE

C
01

0---............................-

H-30

CONFIGURING MTS

2608S ADDRESS SWITCH SETTINGS

SWITCH S-2

Group 10

SWITCH S-3

Device 10

00000
OOOOC

"B
c

41
42
43

ooeoo
oocoe
ooeco
ooccc

4445
46

H
I

oooeo
oooee

OCOOO

oeooe
oeoeo
oeoee
oecoo
oceoc
oecco
OCCCC
COOOO

coooe
cooeo
coocc

J
K

4"
4B

L
M
N
0

4C
40

51
52

R
S

cocoa
cococ

COCCO
COCCC

V
W

56
57

ccooo
ccooe
ceoco

X
y

,58

5....

59
5,.,

H-31

2608S SELF TESTS

2608S Self Tests For I/O Board and Cables
I/O Board:

*
*

Use 02608-60246 loopback hood on back of 2608s
Run

test 11

Cables and Pods:

Use 02645-60004 loopback connector on RS232C end of cable that
connects to modem or put modem in loopback

*
*

Run test 13 for first pod
Run test 14 for second pods

Data Link:

*
*

Disconnect pod from data link box
Run test 14

Determining Switch Settings With Self Test 11
1. Press SELF TEST twice quickly.
2. Press UP unti+ "11" is displayed.
3. Press SELF TEST.
Switch setting will be printed on paper.

H-32

SELECTED MTS MPTEST DIAGNOSTIC MESSAGES

(Refer to the MTS Reference Manual for a complete

l~st.)

7 END OF DATA ON $STDIN

You typed a colon (:) in response to a test question.
8 INPUT STRING CONTAINS AN ILLEGAL DIGIT

Respond with a positive non-zero integer.
11 READ TIMEOUT ERROR: LDEV # xxx; NUMBER nnn
Terminal xxx did not respond within the time allowed by MPE
configuration. MPTEST will attempt the procedure again.
12 WRITE TIMEOUT ERROR; LDEV #xxx; NUMBER nnn
Terminal xxx did not respond within the time allowed by MPE
configuration. MPTEST will attempt the prcedure again.
14 CREATE ERROR; PROGRAM OR ENTRY DOES NOT EXIST
The multipoint program file must be named MPTEST.
26 DATA COMPARE ERROR: NUMBER nnn; LDEV #xxxnn
The data read didn't match the data written.
27 ERROR IN FCHECK WHILE WRITING ERROR MESSAGES
Further analysis is not possible.

Re-run the test.

28 INVALID ENTRY - ENTER LOGICAL DEVICE NUMBERS OR "ALL"
Logical device number should be separated by commas.
31 NON MULTIPOINT DEVICE ON LINE
Nonmultipoint device configured on a mUltipoint line. Device
must be configured as Device Type 16, Subtype 0, 1, 2, 3,
Termtype 10, 14, or 17, or as Device Type 32, Subtype 9 or 13.
32 DEVICE IS NOT ON LINE
Logical device number of device is not configured for
current line. Enter only devices configured for this line.

the

34 UNRECOGNIZABLE REPLY TO POLL SEQUENCE
Check the straps on the multipoint devices. For example, the
J07 strap on an HP 264x multipoint communications PCA may be
set incorrectly.

H-33

SELECTEO·MTS MPTEST DIAGNOSTIC MESSAGES

35 AN UNCONFIGURED DEVICE RESPONDED TO POLL SEQUENCE
The device is perhaps configured into MPE incorrectly.
36 STRAP D (PAGE MODE) ON KEYBOARD INTERFACE PCA IS CLOSED.
Information only. The strap will be opened programmtically by
the MPMON process.
38 STRAP R (ASYNC REPEATERS) OPEN ON KEYBOARD INTERFACE PCA
HP 264X terminals not first on a line after an asynchronous
repeater should have strap R closed.
The terminals listed
following this message should be installed immediately after an
asynchronous repeater.
39 NO TERMINALS HAVE STRAP R (ASYNCHRONOUS TEPEATERS) OPEN
No HP 264x terminals with strap R open are installed on the
line. This means there also should not be asynchronous
repeaters installed.
40 STRAP S ON KEYBOARD INTERFACE PCA IS OPEN
If the terminals listed following this message will ever run
lunder con- trol of an application program which makes use of
the HP 264x blank deletion feature, strap S must be open. If
each space typed on a terminal must be transmitted (as is the
case with EDIT/3000), strap S must be closed.
41 STRAP V (SYNC ADDED) CLOSED ON KEYBOARD INTERFACE PCA
For asynchronous communication, HP 264x terminals operate more
efficiently with strap V open.
42 STRAP Z (TRANSPARENT) CLOSED ON KEYBOARD INTERFACE PCA
Information only. If strap Z on the HP 264x Keyboard
Interface PCA is open, the terminal operates in transparent
mode, which may allow fewer protocol errors to occur.
43 STRAPJ15 (CURSOR ADDRESSING) CLOSED ON MP COMMUNICATION PCA
Strap J15 on the HP 264x MUltipoint Communications PCA must be
open.
44 DEVICE CONFIGURED AS HP 264x BUT RESPONDED OTHERWISE
Most likely due to an error in MPE I/O configuration or in
configuration file.
Check Device Type Subtype in I/O
configuration.

H-34

SELECTED MTS MPTEST DIAGNOSTIC MESSAGES

STRAP J05 (EXTENDED TEXT) MODE IS OPEN
If the terminals listed following this message will ever be
used for MPE sessions (that is, the terminals will serve as
log-on devices), strap J05 on each HP 264x Multipoint
Communications PCA must be closed.

51 NO MULTIPOINT DEVICES ON LINE
The MPE I/O configuration includes a properly configured line
(INP or SSLC, and Multipoint Supervisor), but no multipoint
devices. (See Message 31)

52 STRAP R (ASYNC REPEATER) OPEN BUT LINE IS SYNCHRONOUS
HP 264x terminals should have strap R on the Keyboard Interface
PCA open ONLY if the terminal is first on a line after an
asynchronous repeater (asynchronous communication).
If the
terminal is not first on the line after an asynchronous
repeater or asynchronous communications will be used, strap R
must be closed.

53 NO MULTIPOINT DEVICES CONFIGURED
A MUltipoint Supervisor must be configured into the MPE I/O
System as Termtype 14.

54 DEVICE CONFIGURED AS AN HP 307x BUT RESPONDED OTHERWISE
Check Device Subtype in I/O configuration.

56 STRAP J06 (BLOCK CHECK) CLOSED ON THE MP COMMUNICATIONS PCA
On an HP 264x terminal,
strap
Communications PCA must be open.

J06

the

Multipoint

57 BAD RESPONSE TO STATUS REQUEST
Device sent an invalid response. Check that device is
configured correctly in MPE I/O configuration or configuration
file. Check SUbtype in MPE I/O configuration.

58 INVLAID OUTPUT DEVICE NUMBERS
A mUltipoint terminal's output device number should be the same
as its input device number.

59 MULTIPLE MULTIPOINT SUPERVISORS
Only one Multipoint Supervisor should be configured for each SSLC
or INP.

H-35

SELECTED MTS MPTEST DIAGNOSTIC MESSAGES

61 DEVICE(S) NOT SPECIFIED IN CONFIGURATION FILE POLL LIST
When an MTS configuration f'ile is named, all terminals to be
tested or their group mut be specified in the poll list, or no
poll list must be specified.
65 UNCONFIGURED DEVICE(S) IN CONFIGURATION FILE
All devices specified in the MTS configuration file must
properly configured into the MPE I/O system.
66 UNCONFIGURED

DOWN

DEVICE(S) IN CONFIGURATION FILE

All devices specifed in the MTS configuration file must be
properly configured into the MPE I/O system, even those that are
designated as being down.
74 LINE PARAMETERS IN CONFIGURATION FILE INVALID
Entries 1 through 7 in the configuration file are invalid. Use
the MPCONFIG program to create and modify configuration files.
75 xxxERRORS IN CONVERTING LINE PARAMETERS TO BINARY
The configuration file probably contains invalid data. Use the
MPCONFIG program to create and modify configuration files.
76 INCOMPATIBLE VERSIONS; CONF FILE VERSION x,MPTEST VER.y
Configuration file may have been damaged.
78 BAD NUMBER OF ENTRIES IN CONFIGURATION FILE

The configuration file probably contains invalid data. Use the
MPCONFIG program to create and modify configuration files.
79 BAD NUMBER OF DOWN ENTRIES IN CONFIGURATION FILE
The configuration file probably contains invalid data. Use the
MPCONFIG program to create and modify configuration files.
80 DEVICE DIDN'T ACKNOWLEDGE STATUS REQUEST
Device is off-line or malfunctioning.
81 OUTPUT BUFFER SIZE IS GREATER THAN HALF INPUT BUFFER SIZE
Information only. MTS is usually more efficient if the output
buffer is one half the size of the input buffer.
On 264x
terminals change the output buffer size (straps T and U on the
Keyboard Interface PCA) or the input buffer size (straps J17
and J16 on the multipoint communications PCA). If you· change
straps J17 and J1, make sure the line buffer is compatible with
the new input buffer length.

H-36

SELECTED MTS MPTEST DIAGNOSTIC MESSAGES

82 TERMINAL'S BUFFER SIZE IS NOT TWICE THE LINE'S BUFFER SIZE
The line bufer size must be configured consistent with the
strapped buffer size in each HP 264x terminal on the line. On
264x terminals change straps T and U on the Keyboard Interface
PCA and straps J17 and J16 on the Multipoint Communications
Interface PCA, or reconfigure the SSLC with the proper buffer
size.
84 NO DEVICES ARE UP IN THE CONFIGURATION FILE
MPTEST can only
configuration file.

test

devices

which

are

"up"

the

86 MPTEST CANNOT TEST IBM STRAP SETTINGS; LINEN
Testing of straps will still be done for any HP devices you
specified.
87 DEVICE CONFIGURED AS 2608s BUT RESPONDED OTHERWISE
Most likely due to an error in the MPE I/O configuration or the
configuration
file.
Check
Device Subtype
in
the
I/O
configuraion.

88 IBM ANDHP DEVICES ARE ON THE SAME LINE; LINE ,

You may not configure HP and IBM devices on the same line.
90 NON TERMTYPE 10 AND TERMTYPE 10 ARE IN THE SAME GROUP
Only Termtype 10 devices
group.

can be

configured

in an HP

2333A

95 ERROR IN SHUTTING LINE; LINE# =
MPTEST was unable to shut the lines being tested. This message
is usually accompanied by a CI error. A request to shut the
line(s) will be sent to the system console.
100 UNUSUAL CONDITION DETECTED ON 3270; LDEV' =
Check the indicated terminal; it may need to be reset.
102 STATUS AND SENSE RECEIVED FROM 3210; LDEV"
The IBM device returned status and sense bytes. Check the
device; it may be out of paper or have another problem.
104 DEVICE @ IS NOT IN GROUP WITH 2333A ATTACHED TERMINALS
The HP 2333A must be configured into the MPE I/O System. If
you are using a configuration file, the HP 2333A must be
configured into the same group as its attached devices, and it
must be assigned the ID "@".

H-31

SELECTED MTS MPTEST DIAGNOSTIC MESSAGES

105 BAD VALUES IN CONFIGURATION FILE I/O CONFIGURATION
Run MPCONFIG.PUB.SYS and list file to verify it.
106 ONE OR MORE LINES ARE NOT OPEN AFTER WAITING nn SECS
MPTEST could not open all the lines. Check with the console
operator - a request to open the line(s) has been sent to the
system console.
108 HP 2333A DEVICES MUST BE GROUP POLLED.
Your configuration file may be bad.
109 MPTEST DOES NOT INDIVIDUALLY TEST TERMINALS ON 2333A
The link to the HP 2333A will be tested.
114 RECEIVED CONTROL INFORMATION FROM 2333A WHEN EXPECTING DATA
Device may have reset or may have lost power and regained it.
Reru~ the test. If condition persists, contact HP.
115 RECEIVED DATA FROM 2333A WHEN EXPECTING CONTROL INFORMATION
Device may have reset or may have lost power and regained it.
Rerun the test. If condition persists, contact HP.
117 INCOMPATIBLE VERSIONS MPTEST VERSION nnn, MPTSTCAT VERSION nnn
The message catalog MPTSTCAT.PUB.SYS may have been damaged.
120 ERROR IN OBTAINING LINE SPEED FROM CSLDTX FOR LDEV# ldn
Check that any INPs or SSLCs which are used for mUltipoint
lines are configured correctly in the MPE I/O configuration.
124 ERROR OCCURRED IN READ FOLLOWING STATUS REQUEST
A device being tested replied incorrectly to a status request.
Rerun the test. If the problem occurs frequently, contact HP.

H-38

l1li
I I I
CS TRACE FACILITY

AND
ERROR MESSAGES
PAGE

CONTENT
CS Trace File

1-2

LIST File

1-3

CSDUMP Program

1-3

Invoking and Revoking the Trace Facility

1-4

Protocol Driver Trace Entry Types
Interconnect Driver Trace Entry Types

1-6
1-8

Trace Dump Analysis

1-10

Line Information Display

1-11

IrrecoverableCS Errors

1-21

Recoverable CS Errors

1-29

System Failure Codes in es

1-30

Data Comm File System Error Codes

1-30

SHOWCOM ..•••••..•..•••......•.•••.....••......... 1-31

INP Dump Facility

1-32

eSLIST ••.••..•.••.••.•••...•.•.•••..••..•••....•. 1-33

I-I

TRACE

May be utilized by any subsystem that uses the CS drivers.
Provides
a recorded file of events that have occurred on the communications
line.

CTRACE File
System Default File Name: CSTRACE
VALUE

PARAMETER

formal file designator

CSTRACE

FOPTIONS (14:2)

00
0
0
0
0
0
1
0

(13:1)
(10:3)
(8: 2)
(7: 1)
(6:1)
(5: 1)
(0:5)
AOPTIONS (12:4)

(11:1)
(10:1)

(new file)
(binary file)
(use actual file designator)
(fixed length records)
(no carriage control)
(disallow file equation)

4 (input/output access)
0 (no multi-record option)
0 (disallow dynamic locking/
unlocking)

(8:2)
(0:8)
blockfactor

0 (exclusive access)
0
1

User Defined File Name: FILE CSTRACE=oldfile name

The trace file is opened for variable length records because each
line using it may have different record size requirements.
A new permanent file will be opened in the system domain each time
TRACE is requested.
If an error occurs when trying to open the trace file, the particular
COPEN or CCONTROL intrinsic call will fail.
If the trace file becomes full, the EOF marker will be moved to the
top of the file, and all previous trace information is lost.
If the system fails while tracing is enabled, the trace file will be
closed. Some of the last entries may be lost.

1-2

TRACE

[f a

line being closed is the last one using the trace file, the
trace facility issues an FCLOSE intrinsic call with the following parameters:
~S/3000

PARAMETER

VALUE

rilenum
iisposition
3ECCODE

trace filenum
1 (save)
(0) unrestricted
access

List File
rhe formal file designator for formatted trace dump output is LIST.
rhe default output file is $STDLIST.
To divert formatted output
=lsewhere, such as to device class LP, use the following file
=quation:
:FILE LIST;DEV=LP
rhere may be a large volume of output generated by the CSDUMP
program.
You can control the list file output priority, keeping it
:>elow the outfence value, and examine selected portions of spooled
)utput by using the supported MPE utility SPOOK.

CSDUMP Program
~ormats

and lists the CSTRACE file.

It is invoked through:

:RUN CSDUMP.PUB.SYS[,OCTAL] [;PARM=01112]
rhe secondary entry point OCTAL allows you to specify that all raw
jata will be output in octal, otherwise it will be output in
hexadecimal.
(The entry point HEX,
allowing you to specify
hexadecimal for the output, has been retained for backward compatibility to the time when the default was octal.)
If you specify
PARM=O or 1 all entries will be output by time; however, if you
specify PARM=2 only CS/3000 intrinsics will be output by time.
Various conditions can cause this program to abort.
These are indicated in an information error message, and in parameter values of the
QUIT intrinsic.
PARAMETER

1
2

3
4

5
6
7

MEANING

Illegal dump format request
Open failure on trace file
Open failure on list file
Trace file access error
Open failure on temporary file
Temporary file access error
List file access error

1-3

TRACE

Invoking and Revoking the Trace Facility
• RJE/3000
:RJE
#RJLINE{278013780};TRACE=ON,
When you stop using RJE tracing will stop.
• MRJE/3000
:MRJECONTROL START [,hostid];TRACE,ON[,]
:MRJECONTROL TRACE [,hostid],ON[,]

:MRJECONTROL TRACE[,hostid],OFF
• DS/3000
:DSCONTROL dsdevice;OPEN;TRACE,ON[,]
:DSCONTROL dsdevice;TRACE,ON[,]

:DSCONTROL dsdevice;TRACE,OFF
• MTS/3000
:MPLINE Idev,TRACE,ON[]
:MPLINE Idev,TRACE,OFF
• IMF/3000
or

:IMFCONTROL START,configfile,TRACE,ON[,]
:IMFCONTROL TRACE,configfile,ON[,]
:IMFCONTROL TRACE,configfile,OFF

I-~

:IMFMGR
>CONFIGURATION FILE configfile
>TRACE on{,]
>TRACE OFF

TRACE
The are:
[ALL[,[mask] [,[entries][,[WRAP][,filename]]]]]
ALL means that all activity is to be traced.
Its omission
means that only I/O errors are to be traced.
- mask indicates the type of activities to be traced,
as follows:
%000, or omitted, means use the driver default mask.
*%OOl=generate PSTX entries
*%002=generate PSCT, PPOL, PSEL entries
*%004=generate PRTX entries
*%OlO=generate PRCT entries
*%020=generate POPR and PEDT entries
%040=generate PSTN entries
%100=generate INP interconnet entries
%200=generate IMF control unit state transition entries.
PCMP entries are generated automatically.
* This is a default value for the ESC and MRJE protocol; also for
HPDLC-I protocol except that POPR and PEDT entries are not applicable and do not appear in the trace file.
-

The value of entries is used to derive the size of trace file
record.
Trace entries are deposited in a record in a circular
manner. A driver dependent default of 24 will be used if the parameter is omitted.
The maximum value that may be specified is
248.
On an INP the maximum is 24. (If the numentries requested
when tracing on an INP is greater then 24, a warning message will
be printed and the maximum default of 24 will be used.)
WRAP specifies that if the
intrinsic, previous entries
that succeeding entries will
affect the EOF marker of the

trace record is full for a given CS
are overlayed. Its absence indicates
be flushed.
This parameter does not
file.

- Trace output will be sent to a specified file name which has been
previously built. If a file name is not specified, the default
destination depends on the communications software product being
used.
-

If a trace file exists it will be purged,
will be created.

NOTE:

When tracing IMF BSC use mask of %277.
use mask of %77.

and a new trace file

When tracing IMF SDLC

TRACE

Protocol Driver Trace Entry Types
Mnemonic

Entry Type

Definition

POPR

Operation

This type of trace entry is generated each time the physical driver
is called upon to perform an operation. The POPR trace entry tells
what operation is to be
performed. *

PSTN

State Transition Entry

This type of trace entry is generrated each time the driver transfers from one internal state to
another. The PSTN trace
entry
tells what event just happened and
what action is about to be performed.

PEDT

Editor Entry

This type of trace entry is generated each time a text message or
control character sequence is received from the remote station. In
the case of a text message, the
PEDT trace entry shows the first
13 (for RSI) or lij (for SSLC or
,INP) words of the user's buffer;
control characters, pad characters
and CRC parity sequences are omitted. In case of a control character sequence, the PEDT trace entry
supplies a mnemonic phase telling
what was received. *

PRCT

Receive Control
Sequence Entry

This type of trace entry is generated each time a control character
sequence is received from the remote station. The PRCT trace entry
shows (in octal or hexadecimal)
byte-for-byte exactly what was received. **

PSCT

Send Control
Sequence Entry

This type of trace entry is generated each time the driver sends a
control charactaer sequence to the
remote station. The PSCT trace
entry shows (in octal or hexadecimal) byte-for-byte exactly what
was sent. **

[-6

TRACE

Mnemonic

Entry Type

PRTX

Receive Text
Entry

This type of trace entry is generated each time a text message is
received from the remote station.
The PRTX trace entry shows (in octal or hexadecimal) byte-for-byte
exactly what was received. ***

PSTX

Send Text Entry

This type of trace entry is generated each time the driver sends a
text message to the remote station. The PSTX entry shows (in octal or hexadecimal) byte-for-byte
exactly what was sent. ***

PCMP

User Request
Completed

This type of trace entry is generrated each time a user request
(i.e., a CREAD,CWRITE, driver-performed CCONTROL, or CCLOSE intrinsic call) is completed. The PCMP
trace entry summarizes the number
of text messages sent and received
and the number of errors that have
occurred, etc.

PPOL

Send Polling
Sequence Entry

This type of trace entry is generated each time the driver sends a
polling sequence. The PPOL shows
the sequence byte-for-byte.

PSEL

Send Selection
Sequence Entry

This type of trace entry is generated each time the driver sends a
selection sequence. The PSEL shows
the sequence byte-for-byte.

Definition

* This entry will not be generated by the SDLC or HPDLC-I protocol.

For SDLC and HPDLC-I, this entry type is generated each time a
frame is received from the remote station (FRCT) or sent to the
remote station (PSCT). The PRCT or PSCT trace entry omits the
Flag characters and Frame checking sequence (FCS) and shows the
first 27 bytes of the I field maximum. One byte of the FCS may
appear if the frame doesn't end on a word boundary.

*** For SDLC and HPDLC-I, this entry type is generated only when the
received frame (PRTX) or the sent frame (PSTX) is longer than 32
bytes. In this case PRTX or PSTX entries will be used to display
the remainder of the I field that was not displayed in the entry.
Trailing Flag and FCS bytes are omitted except when the frame
does not end on a word boundary; then one byte of the FCS will
appear.

1-7

TRACE

Interconnect Driver Trace Entry Types
Mnemonic Entry Type

Definition

IDC

Driver
Called

The entry is generated whenever the driver
is called to perform an operation.

IDX

Driver
Exited

This entry is generated whenever the driver
completes an execution of the main control
routines.

IADQ

Add to
Queue

This entry is generated whenever the driver
adds a request to one of its internal
queues.

IRFQ

Remove
From
Queue

This entry is generated whenever the driver
removes a request from one of its internal
queues.

IDF

Data
Frozen

This entry is generated whenever the driver
requests a target data segment to be frozen
in memory or to check if a previous request
to
freeze
a
data
segment
has
been
completed.

IUNF

Unfreeze
Data

This entry is generated whenever driver
wishes to unfreeze a previous frozen data
segment or to insure that a data associated
with a request is not frozen by the driver.

INR

New
Request

This entry is generated each time the
driver begins processing a new request.

IPR

Process
Request

This entry is generated whenever the driver
processes a request which may be completed
immediately (i.e., requires no I/O to INP)
or
whenever
a
request
requires
some
preprocessing before I/O is to be done.

IAR

Abort
Request

This entry is generated whenever a request
is to be hard aborted.

ISTO

Start
Timeout

This entry is generated whenever the driver
starts a software timeout on a request.

1-8

TRACE

Interconnect Driver Trace Entry Types
Mnemonic

Entry Type

Definition

ISS

Set
Status

This
entry
is
generated
whenever
request completion status is set.

the

ICR

Complete
Request

This entry is generated whenever a request
has been fully completed by the driver and
is released to the request initiator.

ICC

Check
Completion

This entry is generated whenever the driver
calls the physical driver to check I/O completion status and to check for software
timeout completions.

IPM

Process
Message

This entry is generated each time the power
fail recovery routine is called.

IPFR

Power
Fail
Recovery

This entry is generated each time the power
fail recovery routine is called.

ICD

Call
Driver

This entry is generated each time the
physical driver is called to perform an
operation.

IDIO

DO I/O

This entry is generated each time the
driver wishes to do an operation which
sends a message to INP or moves data between requests.

IRB

Illogical
Condition

~his

entry is generated whenever the driver
detects an illogical internal condition or
receives an erroneous or illogical message
from INP.

TRACE

Trace Dump Analysis
HEADER

***

CS TRACE DUMP FACILITY ***

TUE, JAN 6, 1977,

12~32

TRACE FILE IS CSTRACE.CS30.DC
LAST OPENED ON

TUE~

JAN &, 1977,

12:01 AM

SYSTEM 10:;:02.66

At the start of the trace listing is a header message telling the
date and time-of-day when the listing was printed and the fullyqualified name of the trace file being used.
The meanings of the
three remaining items in the header message are as follows:
LAST OPENED ON etc.

This tells you the data and time-of-day when
the trace was performed.

SYSTEM ID=xx.yy

This tells you the version number (xx) and
fix level (yy) of the MPE!3000 operating
system that was being used when the trace
was performed.

CS 1D=xx.yy

This tells you the version number (xx) and
fix level (yy) of the CS!3000 subsystem that
was being used when the trace was performed.

1-10

TRACE

* * *** * * ** ** ** * ** ** ** *** * * *** * * *
*

BEGIN TRACING FOR DEVICE

14 *

****** ** ***** * ** ** * ** ** * * * * ** **
,o-L-I-N-E--- I -N-F -O-R-M-A -T- I -0 -N---O - [-S -P -L-A -y.
•
•
•
•
•
..
..
•

..
•
..
..

LINE NUMBER: 3
LOGICAL DEV. NUMB-cR: 14
DEV. TYPE: 17
SURTYP(: 7
VER: A. H.C2 ..
0123456789012345
COPTIONS: OGOI100CllOC0010
AOPTIONS: 000<)0001000011:)1
DGPrIQNS: C 10GGICI0J010000
NUMBUFFERS: 1
BUFFSIZ:::
(WORDS) ..
INSPC:C:O: 120(1
OUTSPEED: 1200
MISCARRAY:
RECEIVE TI MEOUT: 2n
SECS.,o
LOCAL TI M[OUT: 60
SECS."
CONN':CT TI M[OUT: 900
SEes . . .
RESPONSE .TIMEOUT: 30n
HSi':es.,o
LINE BID TI MEOUT: 60
SECS. *
·NO. ERROR RETRIES: 7
CLEAR-TO-SEND DELAY: OO.J
SECS."
DATA-SET-READY DELAY: DISAiJLEO.
TRANSMISSION HaDE: HALF DUPLEX."
MMSTAT TRACE FACILITY: ENABLED.
POLL LOOP DELAY: 10
MSEC<;."
POLL REPEAT: a
POLL [NTRY DELAY: 10
HS;::CS.,o

g~~~~;~~M~iL~~I~~g~1Tsa.PUB.SYS

OIP}

•

..
...

...

POLL
= H41
SEL
= 4H1
STAT10NS= 1
POLL 10 = 4242
SEL
IO = 6262
GEN POLL 10 = 2222
{STA 1
COMPONENTS= 1
CMP i)
POLL
= 4141

GRP

S~~~IONS= = 1 HH

POLL 10 = 4343
SEL
10 = 6363
G'::.N POLL 10 = 2222
STA 1
COMPONENTS= 1
CMP 0
POLL
= 4Hl
SEL
= 4141
4
STATIONS= 1
POLL ID = 4444
SEL
10 = 6464
GEN POll 10 = 2222
STA 1
COMPONE:NTS= 1
CMP C POll
= 4141
SEL
= 4141
STATIONS= 1
POLL 10 = 4545
SEL
IO = 6565
GEN POLL 10 = 2222
STA 1
COMPONENTS= 1
CMP '0
POLL
= 41tH
S'CL
= 4141
GRP
6
STATIONS::: 3
POLL 10 = 4646
SfL
10 = 66~6

ASCII=AA
EBCOIC=
value)
ASCII=AA
EBCD1C=
~
OESC=OilOOOOOl,o
ASCII=BB
EBCDIC=!!
"
ASCII=bb
~BCDIC=22
...
ASCII="
EBCDIC=
Station/Device
TYPE=O}
ASCII=AA
EBCDIC=
(Hexadecimal

CMP 0

:STA 3

POLL

= 4242

ASCII=A~~S~~;~~~~OOl value)
ASCII=CC
£RCDI C=-ASCII=cc
£BCOIC=33
ASCII=-EBCDI C=
TYPE=Q
ASCII=AA
£BCDIC=
ASCII=AA
£BCOIC=
OESC=O')OOOOOI
ASCII=OO
EBCOIC=ltll
ASCII=dd
EBCDIC=44
ASCII=-ERCDIC=
TYP[=')
ASCII=AA
EBCD1C=
ASCII=AA
EBCDIC=
OESC=J (JOOODOI
ASCII=EE
EBCDIC=SS
ASCII=ee
EBCOIC=55
ASCII=-EBCDIC=
TYPE=J
ASCII=AA
ERCDIC=
ASCII=AA
EBCD1C=
OESC=')JOOOOOl
ASC I1=FF
EBCDI C=XX
ASCI1=ff
EBCDIC=66

j {::~~:N m~:~~:t~;~; ; ~;;

...

~,)Binary value)

CTRACEINFO:
ENTRES=24
MASK=lJ1l111 O:)()/ •
TYPE OF TRACE = ALL. NOWRA?
POLUST:
ENTRIES=3
INOEX=13
1 GRP = 1
2· GRP = 3
3 GRP = 4
PHONELIST:
ENTRIES=O
INOEX=O
IeUST:
ENTRIES=O
INOEX=o
SUPUST: GROUPS=6
OESC=OOOOO\)OO
..
GRP
1
STATIONS= 1
OESC=IJJOOOOOI Group Poll/Select
POLL 10 = HH
ASCII=AA
EBCDIC=
}
SEL
10 = 6161
ASCII=aa
EBCDI C=1I
IDs (General)
{
STA ~EN ~g~~o~~N~s~2i2
ASCII=-;yp~~;DIC=
(Hexadecimal

•
•

•
..
"

•
...
..

;tm;;~;} ~ations

ASCI1=BB

EBCDI C=!!

~~~PONEN~s:.2i2 ASCII""~yp~~~OIC'!1 !he Group

"
CMP Ij
POLL
= 43'13
ASCII=CC
ERCDIC="
•
..
SEL
= 4343
ASCII=CC
ERCDIC="
•
"ERRORCOOE:
RECOVERABLE=O
IRRECOVERAf3L E=201 ...
...
HSGSENT: 1298
MSGR"ECV: 413
...
RECOVERRORS: 3
IRRECOVfRRORS: 0

1-11

TRACE

BEGIN TRACING MESSAGE LINE NUMBER AFT entry.
LOGICAL DEV. NUMBER Number as specified during system configuration.
DEV. TYPE As specified during system configuration.

INP=17, SSLC=18, HSI=19

SUBTYPE As specified during system configuration.

o Point-to-point switch line (modem)
1 Point-to-point non-switched line (modem)
3 Point-to-point non-switched line (no modem)
7 Non-switched (hardwired) line with ASYNC mode.
VER CS driver version number.

1-12

TRACE
;OPTIONS
~ word describing the communications options associated with the
line.

(0:1)

inhibit timeout

o allow timeout
1 disable all timeouts
(1:1)

ID Sequence Verification

o allow the use of ID sequences (both user-supplied
and configured defaults).
1 inhibit the use of ID sequences. Any user-supplied
or configured default ID sequences will be ignored
(applies to both local and remote ID sequences).
(2:1)

CS trace

o do not invoke CS trace facility.
1 invoke CS trace facility. See also CTRACEINFO.
:4:2)

Speed Select (European modems only)

o use configured default setting
1 set speed to low speed
2 set speed to high speed
3 reserved for future use. Specification of this value
will cause a COPEN error.
~6:4)

Local Mode (Illocal" means the station at your end of the
line)

use configured default setting
local is a primary contention station
local is a secondary contention station
local is a control station on a multipoint line
local is a secondary station on a multipoint line
5 local is an HPDLC.System acting as DTE.
6 local is an HPDLC.System acting as DCE.
7-15 reserved for HP use.

1
2
3
4

A COPEN error will result if local mode is not compatible
with either COPEN parameters or configured line values.

I-13

TRACE

(10:6) Transmission code

= 0 use configured default setting

1 use automatic code sensing feature of driver
2 ASCII
3 EBCDIC
4-63 reserved for HP use

AOPTIONS
A word describing the access options associated with the line.
(0:8)

Protocol

o use configured default protocol
1 use BSC protocol
2 use MRJE protocol (Conversational BSC)
3 use HPDLC-I protocol
4 255 reserved for HP use
A COPEN error will result if protocol is not compatible with
configured line specification or driver capabilities.
(8:1)

Allows the user to choose Alpha and Graphic characters
in the phone number specified.
=

0 only numeric and "_" are allowed. (default)

= 1 allows Alpha, Numeric, and Graphic characters.

(9:1)

Designates whether or not to delay the INP powerfail
recovery (necessary for a series 64).
= 0 no delay (default)
= 1 delay

Note: No user control; set internally byeS.
(10:1)

(reserved for future use.)

(11:1) Inhibit Console Error Message

o allow CS to print hardware error message of

~perator

console.
1 inhibit CS from printing hardware error message at
operator console.
(12:2) Dial type

o dial on write connect; answer on read connect
1 answer on write connect; dial on read connect
2 dial· on write connect; dial on read connect
3 answer on write connect; answer on read connect

1-14

TRACE

(15:1) Wait mode

=
=
Note:

0 perform all I/O using NCIO
1 perform all I/O using CIO

Only users executing in privileged mode may open a line
with CIa and no buffering.

DOPTIONS
A word describing driver-related options. For the SSLC Drivers
and BSC INP Driver, the format of DOPTIONS is as follows:
(0:1)

Reversed for future use.

(1:1)

Delay sequence wait.

=
(2:1)

o wait on received WACK/TTD sequences.
1 Do not wait on received WACK/TTD sequences.

Poll termination sequence.

o Before switching between stations, an RVI is
transmitted to return the line to control mode.
1 Before switching between stations, an EOT is
transmitted to return the line to control mode.

1-15

TRACE

(3:1)

Control state listen mode.

While in control state
driver will listen for
remote.
1 While in control state
driver will ignore any
remote.

(4:2)

and between user requests the
any contorl sequences from the
and between user requests the
control sequences from the

Ending sequence:

a Use BSC default (NSW=send EOT; SW;send OLE EOT)
1 send OLE EOT
2 send EOT
(6:1)

0 the remote will not send leading graphics
1 expect leading graphics from the remote

(7:1)

Value of USASCII block check character (bee).
VRC/LRC (non-transparent mode or transparent with
header)
CRC-16 (transparent mode with no header)
1 VRC/CRC-16 (non transparent mode)
CRC-16 (transparent mode)

= 0

(8:1)

0 automatic generation of WACK
1 no WACK will be sent

(9: 1)

0 automatic generation of TTO
1 no TTD will be sent

(10:1)

a do not expect to receive ITB sequences from the
remote station

Note:

If an ITB sequence is received, the driver will
require a retransmission to properly receive
the message. The driver then sets this bit to a
one.

= 1 Expect ITB sequence form the remote station.
(11:2) Message Format Word (MFW)

= a MFW will not be placed into received text nor expected
in sent text. CS will use an implicit MFW of 000000
for sent text.
1 MFW will not be placed into received text nor expected
in sent text. CS will use an implicit MFWof 100000
for sent text.
2 MFW will be placed into received text and expected in
send text.
3 reserved for future use.

1-16

TRACE

(13:1)

o Multipoint

primary station will reselect the device
for every write request.
1 MUltipoint primary station will not reselect the
device if a write request follows a read request.

(14:2) Number of leading SYNs
o send four leading SYNs
1 send eight leading SYNs
= 2 send twelve leading SYNs
= 3 send sixteen leading SYNs
For the HSI Driver, the format of DDPTIONS is as follows:
(0:1)

Reserved for future use.

(1:1)

Delay sequence wait

(2:1)

Ignored

(3:1)

Control state listen mode
= 0 while in control state and between user requests the
driver will listen for any control sequences from the
remote.
Receipt of a line bid will cause the line
to be placed into text state.
1 while in control state and between user requests the
driver will ignore any control sequences from the
remote.

(4:2)

Ending sequence:

o use BSC default (NSW=send EDT; SW=send DLE EDT)
1 send DLE EOT
2 send EOT
(7:1)

Ignored

(8:1)

0 automatic generation of WACK. Enable.
1 no WACK will be sent. Disable.

(9:1)

0 automatic generation of TTD. Enable.
1 no TTD will be sent. Disable.

(10:3) Ignored
(13:1) Reserved for future use.
~14:2)

Ignored
Note:

Most of the remaining LID entries are selfexplanatory.

I-17

TRACE

For the HPDLC-I INP driver the format of DOPTIONS is as follows:
(0:1)

Looped back mode:

o = normal.
= looped back.

1
(1.1)

Satellite simulation mode:

o = normal.

= simulate

satellite delay.

(2:6)

Reserved.

(8:8)

Maximum number of outstanding frames. This is parameter K
in the HPDLC-I protocol. Valid values are one through
seven. The default value is seven.

NUMBUFFERS Total assigned to the line.
BUFFSIZE May differ from configured size due to subsystem requirements
(i.e., RJE 3780 = 512 words, etc.).
INSPEED/OUTSPEED Line input/output speed in characters per second.
MISCARRY The time out values may change during execution, and may not be
operational depending on subsystem and function.
MISCARRY format is:
Logical array

o Number of words of parameter information following this word.
1 Parameter type.
2-n parameter value

1-18

TRACE

Repeat the last two fields for each parameter type to be
specified, as follows:
type, value
TYPE

MEANING OF VALUE

Receive Timeout (seconds) Default

Local Timeout (seconds) Default

Connect Timeout (seconds) Default

Response Timeout (seconds) Default

Line Bid Timeout (seconds) Default

60*

Number of Error Recovery Retries Default =

0 Clear-To-Send.

<> Clear-To-Send.

20*

60*

900*

Delay determined by moderns
Delay value in tenths of seconds.

On an INP this parameter defines the amount of time the
driver will await the expected clear to send change before
deciding the modern is broken. The default value is 300
milliseconds.
0 Data Set Ready. No stabilization time.
1 Data Set Ready.
goes true.

100 Msec stabilization time after it

o Transmission mode

full duplex.

1 Transmission mode

half duplex.

0 Disable MMSTAT trace facility.
<> 0 Enable MMSTAT trace facility (Memory Management).

This is not implemented for an INP.
10

Poll Loop Delay.
(.01 sec. each) Delay between iterations
through Poll List (0=00).

Poll Repeat. Number of iterations through Poll List (O=c:x::».
Terminates when station responds or number of passes
satisfied.

Poll Entry Delay.
(.001 sec. each) Delay between polling
entries in list. 0 disables timeout.

A value of 0 will disable timeout.

I-19

TRACE

DRIVERNAME The name of the line driver being used.
CTRACE INFO
ENTRIES are the number of entries per record.
MASK is the binary specification of the events to be traced.
Type of trace indictes whether ALL or I/O errors are to be
traced, and whether the Trace file is to be overlayed, WRAP.
POLLIST A set of multipoint station identifiers used for polling.
PHONELIST A set of telephone numbers to be used to prompt for dialing a
switched line connection.
IDLIST A set of identification characters to be sent and to be received.
RJE/3000 will send an ID sequence, but not receive them.
SUPLIST The maximum set of groups, stations, and components which will
be recognized on a multipoint line.
ERRORCODE A specification of the type of error which occurred.
MSGSENT/MSGRECV Number of blocks correctly received or sent and acknowledged.
RECOVERRORS Number of errors during entire TRACE duration.
IRRECOVERRORS Note the subsystem may fail due to satisfactory BISYNC conditions
which may abort the job, but still not be considered an
irrecoverable error (i.e., receive a DLE EOT).

1-20

CS ERRORS

The CS error codes are returned in the ERRORCODE parameter in a
procedure call to CCHECK.
Irrecoverable errors are returned in
ERRORCODE. (8:8), while recoverable errors are returned in ERRORCODE.
(0: 8) .

Irrecoverable Errors.
RANGE

DESCRIPTION

Request completed successfully.

1-40

An error was found by the COPEN intrinsic.

41-50

The request was not initiated because of an error found
by the CS intrinsics (including COPEN).

51-81

The request as not initiated because of an error found
by the CS intrinsics (except COPEN).

84-109

A hardware error occurred or INP self test failed.

110-113

INP trace process detected error.

115-124

Main frame IC detected error.

151-200

An error or exceptional condition which resulted in the
line being disconnected, which is driver dependent,
occurred.

201-250

An error or exceptional condition occurred which did
not result in the line being disconnected, which is
driver dependent occurred.

Code Meaning of Irrecoverable Errors
CODE

(DECIMAL)

MEANING

Request completed successfully.

None, or too many groups.

None, or too many stations.

None, or too many components.

Invalid poll or selection sequence length.

Not enough stack space for COPEN to process.

1-21

CS ERRORS

Code Meaning of Irrecoverable Errors (continued)
CODE
(DECIMAL)

MEANING

Invalid driver name.

Driver not found in system.

Driver not compatible with attributes of the line.

The line was not
drivers.

Undefined line device.

Line device not available.

Not a CS line device.

CS line device in use.

Invalid ID sequence length.

It exceeds 16 characters.

Invalid buf'fer
maximum.

exceeds

Invalid telephone
characters.

number

length.

Illegal character in telephone number. Only numerics or
a hyphen character are allowed.

Local mode not compatible with line type.

Invalid information value in MISCARRAY.

Invalid inf'ormation value. in MISCARRAY.

Invalid entry in the poll list

Could not open trace file

Trace process unable to get, lock, or freeze extra data
segment.
[Trace file record size was too small]
[Insufficient trace buf'f'er space.]

Invalid user
capability.

Invalid line designator.

No line designator or device specified.

I-22

configured to allow for changeable

size.

capability.

User

conf'igured
It

does

device

exceeds

not

have

CS ERRORS

Code Meaning of Irrecoverable Errors (continued)
CODE
(DECIMAL)

MEANING

Too many files or lines. Insufficient PCBX space.

Insufficient main memory space.

Driver failed to open

Local mode was control station, but the SUPLIST parameter was not specified.

Down load file error.

Mainframe trace process not created or active.

Not enough INP buffer space.

Must have an INP with an autodialer.

Does not have autodial capability

Unable to lock code in memory.

No memory space available for tracing and/or buffering.

DB register not pointing at stack.

Process handling capability needed to trace.

Invalid line number.

Invalid parameter value.

Trace process detected a read error.

Autodialer detected errors.

No phone list exists.

Invalid buffer count parameter.

Console operator
message.

No telephone number list for dial attempt.

System problem with dial message

No such line.

replied

liND"

dial

prompting

1-23

CS ERRORS

Code Meaning of Irrecoverable Errors (continued)
CODE

MEANING

(DECIMAL)

Invalid array length parameter.

CCONTROL code

The device must be an INP.

63 \

No I/O in progress to abort.

Abort ignored because I/O already completed or aborted.

Logical group number value is invalid

Logical station number value is invalid

Logical component number

Non-existent phone index specified.

Phone number specified is not the same length as the
current phone number.

Maximum allowed outstanding writes exceeded.

Maximum allowed outstanding reads exceeded.

Current phone index doesn't exist.

Parameter bounds violation

No CS buffers remaining.

Required buffer parameter absent.

Too many I/O requests.
I/O in progress.

No I/O pending for any file or line.

No I/O pending for specified file or line.

Illegal operation of INP device.

File system error in INP dump.

Unexpected INP Shutdown

INP System failure

INP USYNRT failure with DMA.

I-24

value invalid.

IOWAIT needed.

Or, concurrent

CS ERRORS

Code Meaning of Irrecoverable Errors (continued)
CODE
(DECIMAL)

MEANING

INP parity error.

INP RAM software error

INP received invalid self-test control character.

INP DMA self-test error.

INP microprocessor (MC2) failure.

INP ROM failure.

INP RAM failure.

INP USART transmitter overrun.

INP USART parity error.

INP USART self-test receive error.

INP USYNRT self-test transmitter underrun.

INP USYNRT self-test receive error.

1NP USYNRT self-test receive overrun.

1NP USYNRT self-test receive aborted.

1NP USART self-test received no data.

101

Non-responding device.

102

Data transfer error

103

Data set not ready.

104

Carrier lost.

105

Data overrun

106

INP USYNRT received no data.

107

INP USART failure with DMA

108

INP timer failure.

109

INP RAM parity error.

1-25

CS ERRORS

Code Meaning of Irrecoverable Errors (continued)
CODE
(DECIMAL)

MEANING

110

INP has no memory £or trace buffers.

111

Illegal number of trace buffers requested for 1NP

112

Illegal start or stop requests for 1NP trace.

113

Illegal trace record size value specified for 1NP.

114

The device must be an 1NP

115

Power failure during down load.

116

Mainframe IC driver timed out.

117

Invalid interrupt.

118

Start or stop I/O program error.

119

Power failure recovery error.

120

Internal driver error.

121

ROM self test error

122

HP 1B error.

123

GIC error

124

Reset while in RAM.

130

INP system failure. Highest value.

151

Connect timeout occurred.

152

Line bid not received.

153

Remote station rejected the connection.

154

Power failure occurred.

155

Local timeout occurred.

156

An internal error was detected by the driver.

157

Remote station protocol error occurred.

158

Remote station sent shutdown sequence and disconnected.

1-26

CS ERRORS

Code Meaning of Irrecoverable Errors (continued)
CODE

MEANING

(DECIMAL)
159

Remote station sent shutdown sequence and disconnected
before the I/O request was issued.

160

An internal error was detected by the MPE.

161

Initialization timer expired.

201

Operation aborted.

202

Invalid request detected by the driver

203

Remote station is not ready to accept line bid.
The
remote station sent a NAK in sequence in response to
the local line bid.

204

Remote station rejected the line bid.

205

Remote primary station bid for the line while.

206

Remote has
received.)

201

Driver retry counter exhausted.

208

Unexpected text was received.

209

Receive timout expired while waiting for text from the
remote station.

210

Remote station sent end-of-transmission

211

Remote station sent end-of-transmission sequence,
disconnected before the I/O request was issued.

212

During the execution of a CWRITE conversational with
the output buffer to be the input buffer also, the
remote requested a resend of the output buffer; but,
its contents had been modified while receiving from the
remote.

213

Remote station sent an ACK sequence in response to local CREAD acknowledgement.

214

Remote station sent an NAK sequence in response to a
local CREAD acknowledgement.

215

Remote station sent an RVI sequence in response to a
local CREAD acknowledgement.

requested

send.

(An

RVI

sequence was

and

1-21

CS ERRORS

Code Meaning of Irrecoverable Errors (continued)
CODE
(DECIMAL)

MEANING

216

Remote station
initiated.

217

No line bid was received from the remote station; local
station timed out.

218

Remote sent a delay sequence instead of the expected
text or response.

219

The entries in the pollist were polled the required
number of times and no station responded.

220

An EDT was receoved from the remote station before the
last block of multiblock transmission was sent.

221

After an RVI was sent to the remote station, it responced with text instead of the expected EOT.

222

All stations on a multipoint line are down.

223

Too much data was transmitted by the remote station.
Part of the data was lost. Buffer overflow.

224

All stations on a mUltipoint line are logically down.

250

Unable to lock code in memory.

1-28

requested

download

sequence

CS ERRORS

Recoverable Errors
CODE
(DECIMAL)

MEANING

No recoverable error occurred.

Invalid ID sequence received

Received unintelligible sequence.

Block check character of field check sequence error.

Response timeout occurred.

Received incorrect acknowledgement.

Remote station attempted to bid for the line.

Remote station did not respond to the local line bid.

Received unintelligible sequence after sending text.

Received inquiry character after sending text.

Remote station requested
response.

resend

Remote
block.

resend

Received end-of-transmission character while in control
state.

Received text overflow.

Data overrun occured on SIO multiplexor.

Transfer error occurred on the SIO multiplexor.

Data underrun on INP interface board.

Host sent invalid data to 3270 station.

Requeue 3270 screen for transmit.

station

requested

of
of

the
the

last
last

local
text

1-29

CS ERRORS

,System Failure Codes in CS
900

I/O request no longer associated with process.

902

Unable to freeze of lock a code segment in main memory.

903

Unable to lock or unlock a segment in main memory.

904

Unable to increase a data segment size

905

Unable to decrease a data segment size.

906

Unable to unfreeze a code segment in main memory.

907

Unable to unlock a code segment in main memory.

909

Invalid pointer to poll list entry.

910

Invalid 10 queue index value

911

10 queue
procedure

value

cleared

after

return

from

MMSTAT

The recommended action for all of the above is to perform a cold
dump, and to forward it to HP for analysis.

Data Comm File System Errors
201

Invalid ID sequence (FSERR 201)

202

Invalid telephone number (FSERR 202)

203

No telephone list specified (FSERR 203)

1-30

:SHOWCOM

:SHOWCOM Idev[;ERROR] [;RESET]
• ldev is the logical device number of a communications
controller

• ERROR will produce a more detailed display of erors.
• RESET will clear totals.

Use of this command must be specifically ALLOWed.

1-31

INP DUMP FACILITY

INP dump analysis is done only by factory level support
personnel. The messagex at the sytem console announcing
board failure and dump are
INP BOARD FAILURE - LDEV xx
where xx is a logical device number.
INP RAM DUMPED IN INPLOGnn
STORE AND PURGE ALL INPLOGnn FILES
where nn identifies a dump file created in the PUB group of
the SYS account.
Formatted output of an INP dump file, identified by the
console messages above, is done as follows:
Omit the following to default output to $STDLIST, or divert
output to device class LP.
:FILE INPLIST;DEV=LP;CCTL
Identify the file to be formatted, such as the one indicated
in a console message.
:FILE INPDUMP=INPLOGnn.PUB.SYS
Execute the dump file formatter.
:RUN INPDPAN.PUB.SYS,FULLDUMP
You can store all INP dump files with the following commands:
:FILE"INPTAPE;DEV=TAPE
:STORE INPLOG##.PUB.SYS;*INTAPE
Once you have finished using inplognn dump files, remember
to purge them, because their numbers are limited.
NOTE:

1-32

The system can build up to 99 INP log files.

CSLIST

CSLIST
CSLIST allows the user to obtain a list of the version, update, and fix
(VUF) of the installed CS modules. It also shows the VUF of the latest
release of the CS modules to verify that the installed CS modules are
current.
In addition, CSLIST allows the user to obtain information for the
HP-Standard or user-designated INP download files.
This information
includes Download File Name, Protocol Type, Board Type, Compile Date,
and four version numbers - IC, Protocol, Trace, and RamCP. The information for the HP-Standard download files is accessed through the normal processing of CSLIST.
In order to input specific download files
names, use the CSLIST entry point INP.
OPERATION:

Standard User Mode:
1.

The program is executed by a :RUN CSLIST.PUB.SYS command.
A header is printed out followed by a shor~ explanation.

The question "DO YOU WANT A COMPLETE LISTING OF INSTALLED VUFS?"
follows. Possible responses:
YES (or Y) - A complete listing is produced.
NO (or N) - VUFs of only non-current modules are listed.

liDO YOU WANT THE INP DOWNLOAD FILE INFORMATION?II is asked.
Possible responses:
YES (or Y) - A listing of the information for the HP-Standard
download files is produced.
NO (or N) - No listing is produced.

"SHOULD OUTPUT BE DIRECTED TO THE LP?" is asked.
Possible responses:
YES (or Y) - Output is directed to the LP. If no :FILE LP
equation exists, the file LP defaults to device
class LP - i.e., :FILE LP;DEV=LP is assumed.
NO (or N) - Output is directed to $STDLIST.

The requested listings are now produced and sent to the correct
output device. A total count of CS modules that do not have a
current VUF is printed on $STDLIST. Any errors encountered
while processing the download file information are printed to
$STDLIST and to the LP, if output has been directed there
(see next section on errors).

CSLIST

SPECIAL MODE (TO ACCESS INFORMATION ON SPECIFIC DOWNLOAD FILES):

The program is executed by a :RUN CSLIST.PUB.SYS,INP command.
A short explanation is printed.

"SHOULD OUTPUT BE DIRECTED TO THE LP?" is asked.
Possible responses:
YES (or Y) - Output is directed .to the file LP. If no
:FILE LP equation exists, the file LP defaults to device
class LP - i.e., :FILE LP;DEV=LP is assumed.
NO (or N) - Output is directed to $STDLIST.

The prompt "DOWNLOAD FILE NAME= " is printed.
Possible responses:
EXIT (or E, e, exit, II, or carriage return) - Program
terminates.
file name - A listing of the information for this download
file is produced on the requested device and the prompt
is repeated.

ERROR MESSAGES PRODUCED DURING THE SEARCH FOR DOWNLOAD FILE
INFORMATION

Most of the recoverable and irrecoverable errors possible when running this program are self-explanatory. However, the user should
take note of the following mesages:
INVALID ADDRESS ON (file name) - An invalid address was encountered
while following the pointers around the download file to access
the miscellaneous information. Probably this download file is not
in a format compatible with CSLIST. Make sure the download file
is from CS release 5.0~ or later. Although some information may
be printed, it may be incorrect if the file is not in the correct
format.
FOPEN ERROR ON (file name) - The program was not able to open the
designated file - probably because the file does not exist.
FILE (file name) INVALID TYPE - The designated file does not pass
the download file verification tests.

I-3~

DSN/IMF
INTERACTIVE MAINFRAME FACILITY
For information about DSN/IMF for the HP 3000 refer to:
DSN/IMF Reference Manual (32229-90001),
IBM 3£1Q Information Display System Component Description
(IBM Document GA27-2749)
IBM ~ ~ ~ Control Unit Description and Programmer's
Guide (IBM Document GA23-0060)
IBM ~ ContrOl Unit Description and Programmer's Guide
(IBM Document GA23-0061)
IBM ~ COntrol Unit Description and Programmer's Guide
(IBM Document GA18-2081)

CONTENTS

PAGE

General Information

J-2

DSN/IMF Intrinsics

J-3

Conunon Parameters

J-27

No-wait I/O Intrinsics

J-28

Using The Pass Thru Facility

J-30

System Console Commands

J - 37

Bit Assignment and Character Translation

J-38

Result Codes Returned to a Program

J-47

3-1

DSN/IMF

GENERAL INFORMATION
DSN/IMF for the HP 3000
3270 Emulator Software

HP 3000 Requirements
•

DSN/INP Interface:
HP 30010A for an HP 3000 Series II/III;
HP 30020A for an HP 3000 Series 30/33/40/44;
HP 30020B for an HP 3000 Series 30/33/40/44/64.

•

Terminals supported by the Pass Thru Facility:
ATC, ADCC, or ATP connection:
HP 2622A HP 2624A HP 2626A HP 2640B
HP 2382A HP 2622A HP 2624A HP 2624B
HP 2640B HP 2640N HP 2640S HP 2642A
HP 2645S HP 2641A HP 2648A

HP 2640N
HP 2626A
HP 2645A

DSN/MTS Terminals:
HP 2624B HP 2626A

HP 2648A

HP 2645A

HP 2641A

HP 2640S
HP 2626w
HP 2645N

HP 264x terminals using DSN/IMF require 8K memory and the
display enhancements option. Multipoint terminals require an
additional 4K of memory for multipoint operation~
Printers

See IMF Reference Manual Page A-2

HP 3000 Series II/III:
HP 2608A

HP 2613A

HP 2611A

HP 2619A

HP 2631B

HP 3000 Series 30/33/44:
HP 2608A

HP 2631B

HOST CAPABILITY

IBM 3210 screen sizes of either 480 or 1920 characters.

J-2

DSN/IMF INTRINSICS

General Information
•

Parameter types are:
BA
Byte Array
I
Integer
IA
Integer Array

•
•
•
•
•

All parameters are passed by reference.
All parameters are required.
All intrinsics are untyped. None return a value.
No intrinsics return a condition code~
Those intrinsics that use row and column parameters assume
values to begin with zero (0).
No split stack intrinsic calls are allowed.

•

COBOL data descriptions
Use the following data item descriptions at levels 01 and 77 for
COBOL.
DATA TYPE

Numeric (1 word)
Alphanumeric
Numeric String

SYNTAX

PICTURE S9(4) COMPUTATIONAL
PICTURE X(n) or PICTURE A(n)
05 identifier
10 filler PIC S9(4) COMP SYNC [VALUE(

)]

10 filler PIC S9(4) COMP SYNC [VALUE(

)]

3-3

INTRINSICS

ABORT3270 -

ABORTS OUTSTANDING NO-WAIT RECV3270 OR TRAN3270
REQUEST.

terminalid
(input)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters

result
(output)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters

•

COBOL calling sequence:
CALL ICABORT3270" USING TERMINALID RESULT.

Both parameters are numeric data items.
FORTRAN calling sequence:
CALL ABORT3270 (TERMINALID RESULT)

Both parameters are integer variables.
BASIC calling sequence:
CALL BABORT3270 (T,R)

Both parameters are integer variables.

J-4

INTRINSICS

ACQUIRE3270 - PROVIDES PASS THRU CAPABILITY.
ACQUIRE3270 (confile, devicenum, ldev, enhance, priority,
BA
I
I
I
I
blanks, format, flags, result)
I

confile
(input)

Name of configuration file

devicenum
(input)

Device number on control unit, (0<=n<=31).

ldev
(input)

Logical device number of an HP 3000 terminal
or printer to be used for Pass Thru

enhance
(input)

Display enhancement options:

3270 Normal
Brightness
converted to:
264x Half Bright
262x Normal
262x/264x Normal

262x/264x Normal

262x/264x
Inverse Video

enhance:
0

3270 High
Intensity
converted to:
262x/264x Normal
262x/264x
Underline
262x/264x
Inverse Video
262x/264x Normal

priority
(input)

User-provided output priority for Pass Thru
Capability.

blanks
(input)

o = convert leading blanks of an unprotected
field into null characters.
1 = do .not convert leading blanks.

format
(input)

Informs Pass Thru which form of screen
printing is to be used whenever the f7 (PRINT)
key is used'.
1 =

Print the internal screen image with the
location and characteristic of each
attribute character.

Print the internal screen image as it
appears at the terminal.

This is the same as format =1; however,
a copy of the screen is printed whenever
RECV3270 or TRAN3270 is called.

3-5

INTRINSICS

flags
(input)

This is the same as format = 2; however,
a copy of the screen is printed whenever
RECV3270 or TRAN3270 is called.

Continue execution of user program after
Pass Thru is activated as a son process.
Reactivate the user program when Pass
Thru terminates.
Continue execution of user program after
Pass Thru is activated as a son process.

result
(output)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters
II •

COBOL calling sequence:
CALL "CACQUIRE3270

USING CONFILE DEVICENUM LDEV ENHANCE

PRIORI~Y

BLANKS FORMAT FLAGS RESULT.

All parameters are numeric dat"a items, except CONFILE which is an
alphanumeric data item.
FORTRAN calling sequence:
CALL ACQUIRE3270 (CONFILE, DEVICENUM, LDEV, ENHANCE, PRIORITY,
BLANKS, FORMAT, FLAGS, RESULT)

All parameters are integer data items, except CONFILE which is a
character variable.
BASIC calling sequence:
CALL BACQUlRE3270 (C$, Dl, LO, El, P2, Bl, F3, F, R)

All parameters are integer type, except C$ which is a string
variable.

J-6

INTRINSICS

ATTRLIST - RETURN LOCATION OF ATTRIBUTE CHARACTERS IN A SCREEN.

ATTRLIST (terminalid, offset, subscreensize, maxlistlen,
I

fieldnum, offsetlist, actlistlen, result)
I

terminalid
(input)

A common parameter described below in flCommon
Parameters

offset
(input)

An offset in characters into the internal
screen image, starting from zero. This
describes where to start searching for
attribute bytes.

subscreensize
(input)

Size of the screen to be searched.

maxlistlen

The number of elements in the array
offsetlist.

•

(input)
fieldnum
(input)

A common parameter described below in flCommon
Parameters

offsetlist
(output)

An array of the offset locations of the
attribute characters within the screen area
specified by offset and subscreensize.

actlistlen
(output)

A count of the actual number of attributes in
the screen subsection defined by offset and
subscreensize.

result
(output)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters

•

COBOL calling sequence:
CALL "CATTRLIST" UISNG TERMINALID OFFSET SUBSCREENSlZE MAXLISTLEN
FIELDNUM OFFSETLIST ACTLISTLEN RESULT.

All parameters are numeric data items.
FORTRAN calling sequence:
CALL ATTRLIST (TERMINALID, OFFSET, MAXLISTLEN , FIELDNUM,
OFFSETLIST, ACTLISTLEN, RESULT)

All parameters are integers, except for OFFSETLIST which is an
integer array.

J-7

INTRINSICS

BASIC calling sequence:
CALL BATTRLIST (T, 01, L1, L2, N, 02(*), L3, R)

All parameters are integer variables, except for 02 which is an
integer array

CLOSE3270 - TURN OFF SPECIFIED DEVICE.
I CLOSE3270

(termi~alid, res~lt

terminalid
(input)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters".

result
(output)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters" .

COBOL calling sequence:
CALL .. CCLOSE3270" USING TERMINALID RESULT.

Both parameters are numeric data items.
FORTRAN calling sequence:
CALL CLOSE3270 (TERMINALID, RESULT)

Both parameters are integer variables.
BASIC calling sequence:
CALL BCLOSE (T, R)

J-B

INTRINSICS

ERR3270 - RETURN ERROR MESSAGE.
ERR3270 (errorcode, msgbuf, msglength, result)
I
BA
I
I
errorcode
(input)

The contents of a result parameter from any
other DSN/IMF intrinsic.

msgbuf
(output)

A character string where a message associated
errorcode will be returned. Plan for 144
characters.

msglength
(output)

The number of characters returned in msgbuf.

result
(output)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters
ll

•

COBOL calling sequence:
CALL "CERR3270" USING ERRORCODE MSGBUF MSGLENGTH RESULT.

All parameters are numeric data items, except for MSGBUF, which
is an alphanumeric data item.
FORTRAN calling sequence:
CALL ERR3270 (ERRORCODE, MSGBUF, MSGLENGTH, RESULT)

All parameters are integer variables, except for MSGBUF, which is
a character array.
BASIC calling sequence:
CALL BERR3270 (E, M$, L, R)

All parameters are integers, except for M$, which is a string
variable.

J-9

INTRINSICS

FIELDATTR - RETURN INFORMATION ABOUT THE ATTRIBUTES OF A
SPECIFIED FIELD.

FIELDATTR (terminalid, fieldnum, fieldrow, fieldcolumn,
I

protectedattr, numericattr,
I

displayattr, mdt,

currentfieldlen, maxfieldlen, result)
I

terminalid
(input)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters".

fieldnum
(input)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters".

fieldrow
(input)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters".

fieldcolumn
(input)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters".

protectedattr
(input)

unprotected.

numericattr
(output)

alphanumeric.

displayattr
(output)

o = normal display.

1
2 = intensified display. 3
non-print.

mdt
(output)

modified data tag
o = modified data tag not set.
1 = modified data tag set.

currentfieldlen
(output)

The number of characters of the field in the
internal buffer, excluding training nulls.

maxfieldlen
(output)

The maximum number of characters the field
could contain.

result
(output)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters".

1 = protected.
1

numeric.
normal display.
non-display,

COBOL calling sequence:
CALL IICFIELDATTR II UISNG TERMINALID FIELDNUM FIELDROW FIELDCOLUMN
PROTECTEDATTR NUMERICATTR DISPLAYATTR MDT LENGTH MAXLENGTH
RESULT.

J-10

INTRINSICS

All parameters are

numer~c

data items.

FORTRAN calling sequence:
CALL FIELDATTR (TERMINALID, FIELDNUM, FIELDROWN, FIELDCOLUMN,

PROTECTEDATTR, NUMERICATTR, DISPLAYATTR, MDT, LENGTHJ, MAXLENGTH,
RESULT)

All parameters are integer variables.
BASIC calling sequence:
CALL BFIELDATTR (T, N, RO, CO, Al,A2, A3, A4, L5, L6,R)

All parameters are integer variables.

OPEN3270 - OPEN A 3270 EQUIVALENT TERMINAL AND ALLOCATE
INTERNAL SCREEN BUFFER.
OPEN3270 ( deviceid, confile, flags, terminalid, devtype,
I
BA
I
I
I
ffindex, buffsize, timeout, result)

deviceid
(input)

The identification number of an emulated 3270
device, as indicated in the configuration
file.

confile
(input)

Configuration file name, sufficiently
qualified to obtain access and followed by a
blank.

flags
(input)

o
1
2

wait I/O.
no-wait I/O.
wait I/O in data stream mode.
no-wait I/O in data stream mode.

terminalid
(output)

A unique identification number used by all
other intrinsics to identify which OPEN3270
took place.

devtype
(output)

A resultant device type.

1
2
3

3277 display and keyboard.
3277 display without keyboard.
3278 display and keyboard.
3278 display without keyboard.
reserved.
3284 buffered printer.

J-l1

INTRINSICS

6
7
8
9
10

3286 printer.
3287 printer with 3271 attachment.
3287 printer with 3274 or 3276
attachment.
3288 printer.
3289 printer.

ffindex
(output)

For printer a devtype, the number of lines per
page, which is the number of lines between
form feed index marks.

buffsize
(output)

The maximum number of characters to be found
in a buffer, either 480 or 1920.

timeout
(input)

A two-word array, 0<=timeout<=28,800 seconds.
A zero value disables the timer.
First word:
Second word:

result
(intput)

Keyboard enable timeout.
Receive timeout.

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters".

COBOL calling sequence:
CALL ICOPEN3270" USING DEVICEID CONFILE FLAGS TERMINALID DEVTYPE
FFINDEX BUFFSIZE TIMEOUT RESULT.

All parameters but CONFILE and TIMEOUT are numeric data items.
CONFILE is an alphanumeric data item. TIMEOUT is a two-element
numeric string.
FORTRAN calling sequence:
CALL OPEN3270 (DEVICEID, CONFILE, FLAGS, TERMINALID, DEVTYPE,
FFINDEX, BUFFSlZE, TIMEOUT, RESULT)

All parameters but CONFILE and TIMEOUT are type integer. CONFILE
is a character array. TIMEOUT is a two-word integer array.
BASIC calling sequence:
CALL BOPEN3270 (D, C$, F, T, D2, Fl, B, T2(*), R)

All parameters but C$ and T2 are type integer.
variable. T2 is a two-element integer array.

J-12

C$ is a string

INTRINSICS

PRINT3270 - PROVIDE A COPY OF THE INTERNAL SCREEN IMAGE TO FILE
LOGIMF.

PRINT3270 (terminalid, fileid, action, location, priority,
I
I
I
BA
I
results)
I

terminalid
(input)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters

fileid
(output then
input)

An identification number initially returned by
PRINT3210 to identify all subsequent use. The
fileid identifies the spooler file.

action
(input)

0
1

•

2
3
4

Open output file.
Print internal screen image as in format
= 1.
Print internal screen image as in format
= 2.
Print internal screen image as in format

-=-.3. .

Print internal screen,image as in format
=

location
(input)

An identification string which is used to
identify the origin of the PRINT3210 procedure
call whenever action = 1 or 2. Fill or pad
this array to total 40 characters.

priority
(input)

The output priority for file LOGIMF.

result
(output)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters
ll

•

COBOL calling sequence:
CALL lCPRINT3270" USING TERMINALID FILEID ACTION LOCATION
PRIORITY RESULT.

All parameters are numeric data types except for LOCATION which
is an alphanumeric data item.
FORTRAN calling sequence:
CALL PRINT3270 (TERMINALID, FILEID, ACTION, LOCATION, PRIORITY,
RESULT)

3-13

INTRINSICS

All parameters are numeric data types except for LOCATION which
is a character array.
BASIC calling sequence:
CALL BPRINT3276 (T, F2, 03, L$, P2, R)

All parameters are integer variables except for L$ which is a
string variable.

READFIELD - READ A FIELD OF DATA FROM THE INTERNAL SCREEN BUFFER
INTO A USER DATA BUFFER.
READFIELD ( terminalid, fieldnum, offset, maxinbuflen, inbuf,
I
I
I
I
BA
actinbuflen, result)
I

terminalid
(input)

A conunon parameter described below in "Conunon
Parameters

fieldnum
(input)

A conunon parameter described below in "Conunon
Parameters

offset
(input)

A character displacement starting from zero
within the field at which reading will begin.

maxinbuflen
(input)

The maximum number of characters of the inbuf
array parameter.

inbuf
(output)

A character string containing the field
contents.

actinbuflen
(output)

The number of characters actually returned in
the inbuf array parameter.

result
(output)

A conunon parameter described below in "Conunon
Parameters

II •

•

COBOL calling sequence:
II

CALL "CREADFIELD USING TERMINALID FIELDNUM OFFSET MAXINBUFLEN
INBUF ACTINBUFLEN RESULT.

All parameters are numeric data items, except for INBUF which is
an alphanumeric data item.

J-14

INTRINSICS

FORTRAN calling sequence:
CALL CREADFIELD (TERMINALID, FIELDNUM, OFFSET, MAXINBUFLEN,
INBUF, ACTINBUFLEN, RESULT)

All parameters are integer, except for INBUF which is a character
array.
BASIC calling sequence:
CALL BREADFIELD (T, N, 0, M, F$, A, R)

All parameters are integer variables, except for F$ which is a
string variable.

READSCREEN - READ FROM THE INTERNAL SCREEN BUFFER INTO A USER
DATA BUFFER.

READSCREEN (terminalid, offset, maxinbuflen, inbuf, actinbuflen,
I
I
I
BA
I
result)
I

terminalid
(input)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters

offset
(input)

A character displacement starting from zero

maxinbuflen
(input)

The maximum number of characters of the inbuf
parameter array.

inbu:f
(output)

A characterstring in which to return the data
from the internal buffer. This must be large
enough to accept maxinbuflen characters.

actinbuflen
(output)

The actual length in characters of the data to
the inbuf array.

result
(output)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters

•

into the internal screen image at which
reading will begin.

•

COBOL calling sequence:
CALL "CREADSCREEN" USING TERMINALID OFFSET MAXINBUFLEN INBUF
ACTINBUFLEN RESULT.

J-15

INTRINSICS

All parameters are numeric data items, except for INBUF which is
an alphanumeric data item.
FORTRAN calling sequence:
CALL READSCREEN (TERMINALID, OFFSET, MAXI NBUFLEN , INBUF,
ACTI NBUFLEN , RESULT)

All parameters are type integer, except for INBUF which is a
character array.
BASIC calling sequence:
CALL BREADSCREEN (T, 0, Ml, 1$, A, R)

All parameters are integer variables, except for 1$ which is a
string variable.

READSTREAM - RECEIVES DATA STREAM FROM THE SCREEN IMAGE INTO
THE USER'S BUFFER, WITHOUT ANY TRANSLATION OF
THE DATA BY IMF.
READSTREAM (terminalid, offset maxinbuflen,

result)

inbuf, actinbuflen,

NOTE
SDLC protocol and data stream MUST be specified in OPEN3210.
terminalid
(input)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters

offset
(input)

The displacement in characters from the first
character in the data stream, which = 0, at
which data transfer will start.

maxinbuflen
(input)

The maximum number of characters to transmit
to inbuf.

inbuf
(output)

The destination buffer containing the data
stream.

actinbuflen
(output)

The actual number of characters transmitted to
inbuf.

J-16

II •

INTRINSICS

result
(output)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters
ll

•

COBOL calling sequence:
CALL "CREADSTREAM" USING TERMINALID OFFSET MAXINBUFLEN INBUF
ACTINBUFLEN RESULT.

All parameters are numeric data items except for INBUF, which is
an alphanumeric data item.
FORTRAN calling sequence:
CALL CREADSTREAM (TERMINALID, OFFSET, MAXINBUFLEN, INBUF,
ACTINBUFLEN, RESULT)

All parameters are numeric data items except for INBUF, which is
a a character array.
BASIC calling sequence:
CALL BREADSTREAM (T, 01, L7, I$, L8, R)

All parameters are integer variables, except for 1$ which is a
string variable.

RECV3270 - ALLOW USER PROGRAM TO RECEIVE SCREEN AFTER
MODIFICATION BY HOST.

RECV3270 (terminalid,

res~lt)

terminalid
(input)

A common parameter described below in IICorrunon
Parameters".

result
(output)

A common parameter described below in IICorrunon
Parameters
ll

•

COBOL calling sequence:
CALL ICRECV3270" USING TERMINALID RESULT.

Both parameters are numeric data types.

3-17

INTRINSICS

FORTRAN calling sequence:
CALL RECV3270 (TERMINALID, RESULT)

Both parameters are integer variables.
BASIC calling sequence:

CALL BRECV3270 (T,R)
Both parameters are integer variables.

RESET3270-EQUIVALENT OF THE RESET KEY.
l::::T3270

(te~inalid. re~ult)

terminalid
(input)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters

result
(output)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters

•

COBOL calling sequence:
CALL .. CRESET3270" USING TERMINALID RESULT.

Both parameters are numeric data types.
FORTRAN calling sequence:
CALL RESET3270 (TERMINALID, RESULT)

Both parameters are integer variables.
BASIC calling sequence:
CALL BRESET3270 (T, R)

Bbth parameters are integer variables.

J--18

INifRINSICS

SCREEN A TTR - RETURN INFORMATION ABOUT THE ATTRIBUTES OF THE
CURRENT SCREEN IMAGE.
SCREENATTR( terminalid,

print~ormat,

keyboardlock,

num~ields,

startprint, soundalarm,

screenstatus, cursorrow,
I

cursorcolumn, result)
I

terminalid
(input)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters".

printf'ormat
(output)

printout format

1
2
3

de~inition

NL (new line), EM (end o~message), and CR
(carriage return) printer orders in the
data o~ the fields determine the line
length. The default is a 132-character
line when these are absent.
40-character print lin~.
64-character print line.
80 character print line.

startprint
(output)

The host program has print output
device.

soundalarm
(output)

The host program wants an audible alarm
when the operation ends.

keyboardlock
(output)

The current state of the keyboard. 1 = The
keyboard is locked. Input is inhibited.

numfields
(output)

The total number o~ fields in the internal
buffer.
o The bu~fer is un~ormatted.

screenstatus
(output)

o
1

~or

this

The host did not change either data or
field attributes.
Either data, or field, or both attributes
may have changed.

cursorrow
(output)

Current cursor row position.

cursorcolumn
(output)

Current cursor column position.

result
(output)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters".

3-19

INTRINSICS

COBOL calling sequence:
CALL "CSCREENATTR" USIKG TERMINALID PRINTFORMAT STARTPRINTI
SOUNDALARM KEYBOARDLOCK NUMFIELDS SCREENSTATUS CURSORROW

CURSORCOLUMN RESULT

All parameters are numeric data items.
FORTRAN calling sequence:
CALL SCREENATI.'R (TERMINALID, PRINTFORHAT, STARTPRINT, SOUNDALARM,

KEYBOARDLOCK, NUMFIELDS. SCREENSTATUS. CURSORROW. CURSORCOLUMN.
RESULT)

All parameters are integer variables.
BASIC calling sequence:
CALL BSCREENATTR (T. P, A, K, N9. S9, R9, C9, R)

All parameters are integer variables.

STREAM3270 - EQUIVALENT TO TYPING A SERIES OF KEYSTROKES.
STREAM3210 (terminalid, cursorrow, cursorcolumn, outbuf,
I
I
I
BA
outbuflen, numprocessed, result)
I

terminalid
(input)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters".

cursorrow
cursorcolumn
(input and
output)

Input: Where to start executing the keyst~okes
from the outbuf. parameter.
Output: Where the cursor is located after
'typing' numprocessed keystrokes.

outbut
(output)

An input character string. The allowable
characters range in value from %23-%116,
!13-!1E. Out of range characters terminate
the string.

J-20

INTRINSICS

Value
Dec: Oct: Hex: Eauivalent 3270 Key:
None. End of stream.
13
19
23
20
14
Erase input.
24
Erase EOF.
21
15
25
26
16
22
- > I Tab forward.»»ART WORK.
23
17
17
1<- Tab backward. IIII
Backspace.
18
24
<30
->
Cursor right. II
31
19
25
26
Cursor up.
1A
32
"
Cursor down.
1B
27
33
"
nup
28
1C
34
"
II
Cursor home.
1D
29
35
RESET. First character
1E
FM
30
36
of outbuf only.
32- 40- 20- ASCII graphic character set.
126 176
7E
outbuflen
(input)

The length of the array outbuf in characters.

numprocessed
(output)

The number of successfully processed
characters in the sream array, not including
the end of stream character

result
(output)

A common parameter described below in IICommon
Parameters".

COBOL calling sequence:
CALL ICSTREAM3270" USING TERMINALID CURSORROW CURSORCOLUMN OUTBUF
OUTBUF OUTBUFLEN NUMPROCESSED RESULT.

All parameters are numeric, except for OUTBUF which is
alphanumeric.
FORTRAN calling sequence:
CALL STREAM3270 (TERMINALID, CURSORROW, CURSORCOLUMN, OUTBUF t
OUTBUF, OUTBUFLEN, NUMPROCESSED, RESULT)

All parameters are numeric, except for OUTBUF which is
alphanumeric.
BASIC calling sequence:
CALL BSTREAM3270 (T, RO, CO S$, L, Li, R)

All parameters are integer variables, except for S$ which is a
string variable.

J-21

INTRINSICS

TRAN3270 - EQ,UIVALENT TO THESE KEYS: ENTER, PROGRAM FUNCTION
(FOR 3277 AND 3~78), PROGRAM ATTENTION, CLEAR, AND
SYSTEM REQUEST (FOR SDLC ONLY).
TRAN3270 (terminalid, aid, cursorrow, cursorcolumn, result)
I
I
I
I
I
terminalid
(input)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters" .

aid
(output)

Indicates the attention id to be transmitted
to the host. -value·
-1
39
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
35
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
91
46
60
37
62
44
95
48

cursorrow and
cursorcolumn
(input)

J-22

aid·
devices·
Inhibit AID and cursor position
transmission in data stream only.
ENTER
All
PF1
3277, 3278
PF2
3277, 3278
PF3
3277, 3278
PF4
3277, 3278
PF5
3277, 3278
PF6
3277, 3278
PF7
3277, 3278
l?FB
3277, 3278
PF9
3277, 3278
PF10
3277, 3278
PF11
3277, 3278
PF12
3277, 3278
PF13
3278
PF14
3278
PF15
3278
PF16
3278
PF17
3278
PF18
3278
PF19
3278
PF20
3278
PF21
3278
PF22
3278
PF23
3278
PF24
3278
PAl
All
PA2
All
(CANCEL)
All
PA3
CLEAR
All
SYSTEM REQUEST Kev (SDLC onlY)

Cursor position. Use -1 in data stream mode
to inhibit their transmission.

INTRINSICS

result
(output)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters
ll

•

COBOL calling sequence:
CALL "CTRAN3270" USING TERMINALID AID CURSORROW CURSORCOLUMN
RESULT.

All parameters are numeric.
FORTRAN calling .sequence:
CALL TRAN3270 (TERMINALID, AID, CURSORROW, CURSORCOLUMN, RESULT)

All parameters are integer variables.
BASIC calling sequence:
CALL BTR.AN3270 (T, A9, B9, R)

All parameters are integer variables.

VER 3270 - OBTAIN DSN/IMF PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION VERSION.

VEaS3270

version
(output)

(ver~ion)
A 14-character string indicating the DSN/IMF
version currently installed.

COBOL calling sequence:
CALL VERS3270 USING VERSION.

VERSION is an alphanumeric data item.
FORTRAN calling sequence:
CALL VERS3270 (VERSION)

VERSION is a character array.

3-23

INTRINSICS

BASIC calling sequence:
CALL BVERS3210

(V$)

V$ is a string variable.

WRITEFIElD - WRITE DATA FROM A USER BUFFER TO AN UNPROTECTED
FIELD IN THE INTERNAL SCREEN BUFFER.

WRITEFIELD (terminalid, fieldnum, offset, outbuf, outbuflen,
I
I
I
BA
I
result)
I

terminalid
(input)

A common parameter described below in IICommon
Parameters

fieldnum
(input)

~ttribute

II •

Relative field number counting from the first
character in the internal buffer.

offset
(input)

A character displacement, starting from zero,

outbuf
(input)

Data to replace the previous contents of the
field. Valid input may be upper and lower
case alphabetic characters, numeric
characters, and the special characters and
control codes following:

at which writing begins within the data field.

blank I II # $ % & ' ( )

/ :

?@[]"'-{}

DUP (%34, l1C), FM (%36, l1E)
CAUTION:
The graphics are translated as follows.
ASCII:

EBCDIC:

[ left bracket
] right bracket
I exclamation

~ cent currency sign
I exclamation

'" caret
outbuflen
(input)

J-24

I vertical line

r not symbol

Length of output in characters. Must be less
than or equal to maxfieldlen, from FIELDATTR
intrinsic; otherwise result will be set to 13.

INTRtNSICS

result
(output)

A common parameter described below in "Conunon
Parameters".

COBOL calling sequence:
CALL "CWRITEFIELD" USING TERMINALID FIELDNUM OFFSET OUTBUF
OUTBUFLEN RESULT.

All parameters are integer variables, except for OUTBUF which is
an alphanumeric.
FORTRAN calling sequence:
CALL WHITEFIELD (TERMINALID, FIELDNUM, OFFSET, OUTBUF, OUTBUFLEN,
RESULT)

All parameters are integer variables, except for OUTBUF which is
a character array_

BASIC calling sequence:
CALL BWRITEFIELD (T, N, 0, F$, L, R)

All parameters are integer variables, except for F$ which is a
string variable.

WRITE STREAM -

MOVES DATA STREAM FROM THE USER'S BUFFER INTO
THE SCREEN BUFFER TO BE SENT TO THE HOST USING

TRAN3270.
WRITESTREAM (terminalid, offset, outbuflen, outbuf, result)
I
I
I
BA
I
NOTE
SDLC protocol and data stream MUST be specified in OPEN3270.
terminalid
(input)

A common parameter described below in "Common
Parameters".

offset
(input)

The displacement in characters from the first
character in the data stream, which = 0, at
which data transfer will start.

outburlenen

The number of characters in outbuf.

J-25

DSN/IMF INTRINSICS

(input)
outbuf
(input)

The source buffer containing the data stream.

result
(output)

A common parameter described below in "Common'
Parameters" .

COBOL calling sequence:
CALL "CWRITESTREAM" USING TERMINALID OFFSET OUTBUFLEN OUTBUF
RESULT.

All parameters are numeric data items except for OUTBUF, which is
an alphanumeric data item.
FORTRAN calling sequence:
CALL CWRlTESTREAM (TERMINALID, OFFSET, OUTBUFLEN, OUTBUF, RESULT)

All parameters are numeric data items except for OUTBUF, which is
a a character array.
BASIC calling sequence:
CALL BWRITESTREAM (T, 01, L9, 0$, R)

All parameters are integer variables, except for 0$ which is a
string variable.

J-26

DSN/IMFINTRINSICS

COMMON PARAMETERS
terminalid

contains the same terminal identifier as was
returned from OPEN3210. All other intrinsics
use this parameter as input.

result

indicates whether the intrinsic executed
successfully. A non-zero result means that a
condition described below took place. The
values of result are described in a table
which foll~

... row

the location of the first data character of
the field.

o
o
•.. column

<= ..• row <= 11
<= ... row <= 23

480-characterbuffer
1920-character buffer

the location of the first data character of
the field.

column <= 39

480-character buffer

column <= 79

1920 character buffer

J-27

DSN/IMF INTRINSICS

NO-WAIT I/O INTRINSICS
The intrinsics following are actually part of the file system.
They are described here as a convenience. These intrinsics are
usable as shown by a FORTRAN routine. No COBOL or BASIC
interfaces are provided.
Allows processing to continue while I/O is pending:
INTEGER PROCEDURE IODONTWAIT (FILENUM, TARGET, TCOUNT,
CSTATION) ;
INTEGER FILENUM, TCOUNT;
LOGICAL CSTATION;
LOGICAL ARRAY TARGET;
OPTION VARIABLE;
The result returned is an integer representing the terminalid for
which completion of I/O occurred, or a zero. The term terminalid
is described above in "Conunon Parameters".
filenum
(input)

terminalid; or, zero to check for any I/O
completion. The term terminalid is described
above in "Common Paramters".

target

This is meaningless for DSN/IMF.

tcount

This is meaningless for DSN/IMF.

cstation
(output)

This parameter is the same as result, which is
described in "Conunon Parameters", above.

Condition codes returned:
CCE

Request granted. If the result returned is a
non-zero value, then I/O completion has taken
place without error. If the value is zero,
then no I/O has taken place.

CCG

An end-of-file condition was encountered.

CCL

Request denied. Normal completion did not
occur because th~re were no requests pending,
or a parameter error occurred, or an abnormal
I/O completion occurred.

J-28

DSN/IMF INTRINSICS

Delays processing until pending I/O is complete:
INTEGER PROc:EDURE IOWAIT (FILENUM, TARGET, TCOUNT, CSTATION);
INTEGER FILENUM, TCOUNT;
LOGICAL CSTATION;
LOGICAL ARRAY TARGET;
OPTION VARIABLE;
The result returned is an integer representing the terminalid n
for which completion of I/O occurred, or a zero.
filenum
(input)

terminalid; or, zero to check for any I/O
completion.

target

This is meaningless for DSN/IMF.

tcount

This is meaningless for DSN/IMF.

cstation
(output)

This parameter is the same as result, which is
described in "Common Parameters", above.

Condition codes returned:
CCE

Request granted.
error.

I/O completion without

CCG

An end-of-file condition was encountered.

eCL

Request denied. Normal completion did not
occur because there were no requests pending,
or a parameter error occurred, or an abnormal
I/O completion occurred.

J-29

USING DSN/IMF

USING THE PASS THRU FACILITY
Pass Thru may be
•
•
•
•

~nitiated

in one of four ways:

automatically, if AUTO ACQUIRE is specified in a
configuration file
from a DSN/IMF manager command by means of an ACQUIRE
subsystem command
programmatically issuing AQUIRE 3270 intrinsicthe
by using the IMFcommand from a session, as shown below:
:IMF

[;]
[;]
[;]

[E[NHANCE] = 0 I 1 I 2 I 3 ]
[B [LANKS]]
[F [ ORMAT]] = 0 I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 ]
[P[RIORITY] = 0 I 1 I 2 I 3 I . . . .

IMF ENHANCE
Parameter
Values
0
1
2
3

3270 Normal
Brightness
Converted to

3270 High
Intensity
Converted to

264x Half Bright,
or 2626A Normal
264x/262x Normal
264x/262x Normal

264x/262x Normal

264x/262x Inverse
Video

13 ]

264x/262x Underline
264x/262x Inverse
Video
264x/262x Normal

BLANKS absent

Convert leading blanks in unprotected fields
into null characters.

BLANKS

Leading blanks will be transmitted
undisturbed.

FORMAT

Used with f7 (PRINT) key to copy the internal
screen image to spool file LOGIMF.

FORMAT

Each PRINT will cause the internal screen
image and the location and characteristic of
each attribute byte will be output.

FORMAT

Each PRINT will cause the internal screen
image exactly as it appears on the terminal.
Null and blank characters will appear as
blanks.

FORMAT

3 or 4

These are the same form as FORMAT = 1 or 2,
respectively. Copies of the screen are
created whenever the intrinsics TRAN3270 or
RECV3270 are called.

PRIORITY

J-30

Identifies the output spool priority for
LOGIMF, unless a FILE command has been issued.
The default value is PRIORITY = 8.

USING DSN/IMF

Special Function Key Definiton (Default)

f 1

DSN/IMF Template
*PF 1-12 for 3277 emulation.

PF 1-24

~or

3278 emulation.

PASS THRU II
If you are running PASS THRU II, you may define up to seven soft
keys (F1is reserved) in a ~ile called PTCONFIG. Issuing the
:IMF command will automatically invoke the soft key definitions
specified in the PTCONFIG file. If no such file is found, the
soft ~ey definitions default to those illustrated above. If the
AUTO AQUIRE command is issued from the IMFMGR subsystem, the
PTCONFIG file must reside in PUB.SYS or the default soft key
definitions will prevail.

3-31

USING DSN/IMF

Sample PTCONFIG File
1

3
4
5
6
7
8
9

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

*
*
*
*
*
*

This is an example configuration file for TSO/SPF
users. It labels all seven function keys and sets
a keyboard enable timer.
This file was created using editor and was kept
unnumbered in a file called "PTCONFIG".

set keyboard enable timer to 1.5 minutes

f2:pf1
f3:pf3
f4:pf4
f5:pf12
f6:pf9
f7:pf7
f8:pf8

*
*
*
*
*
*
*

Help program function
end program function
the return program function
the cursor program function
the swap program function
UP program function
DOWN program function

ket : 90

*
*
*
*

end of PASS THRU configuration file example for
TSO/SPF users.

Keys not to be used with Pass Thru
HP264x
HP2640B/N/S
HP264BA

RESET TERMINAL (hard reset), ESC, MEMORY LOCK,
DISPLAY FUNCTIONS, ROLL UP, ROLL DOWN, NEXT
PAGE, PREVIOUS PAGE
RESET
~ graphics keys.

IBM to HP Character Display Differences:
IBM
3277/3278
Character
rJ cent sign
! exclamation
I vertical
1 not symbol

J-32

HP
EBCDIC> Terminal < ASCII >
Oct: Hex: Character Oct: Hex:
[
112
4A
133 5B
]
132
5A
135 5D
4F
!
041 21
117
136 5E
137
5F
<

USING DSN/IMF

Null and Blank characters in Pass Thru Facility
TO THE PASS THRU FACILITY TERMINAL:

All null characters are converted to blank characters.
FROM THE PASS THRU FACILITY TERMINAL:

•
•
•

Trailing blanks within a filed are assumed to be null
characters, and are suppressed.
Embedded blank characters are not suppressed. They are
assumed to be blank characters.
Leading blank characters are assumed to be null
characters, and they are suppressed; however, if BLANKS
is specified as a parameter, ·they are assumed to be
blank characters, and are not suppressed.

Modified Fields
The Pass Thru Facility considers an unprotected field modified
only if the contents of the field read from the Pass Thru
Facility terminal vary from the contents of the field when it was
written to the Pass Thru Facility terminal.

Pass Thru Facility Printing Terminals
CAPABILITIES:

•
•

Most MPE-supported printers can emulate a 328x printer
through the Pass Thru Facility.
The printing capabiliy is started with the configuration
file AUTO ACQUIRE, or with the IMFMGR subsystem command
ACQUIRE.

LIMITATIONS:

•
•

The printer may not be connected through an HP 264x
terminal for the Pass Thru Facility.
When a spooled line printer is used, output is retained
until the line to the host is shut down, or until the
IMFMGR uses the RELEASE subsystem command.

J-33

USING DSN/IMF

Configuration File Statements:
•

At the beginning of the file:
L[DEV =] logical device number of
pseudo device [*comment]
This statement is required.
CON[TROL UNIT=] control unit number, [BSC/SDLC]
[*comment] BSC is the default.
This statement is required.
COD[E=] AS[CII] I EB[CDIC] [*comment]
EBCDIC is the default.
M[ESSAGE =] message [*comment]

•

For each device:
D[EVICE =] device number list; [*comment]
This statement is required.
T[YPE =]

{ 3271
{3278
{3284 I 3281 I 3288 I 3289
{3281 I 3271 I 3274 I 3276

[*comment]

B[UFFER SIZE =] 490 I 1920 [*comment]
PA[GE LENGTH =] form feed index number [*comment]
AU[TO ACQUIRE =] MPE logical device number [*comment]
•

At ending of file:
O[N] on list I # AL[LOW] allow list; [*comment]

J-34

USING DSN/IMF

Configuring DSN/IMF into MPE I/O system
An INP must be configured.

Configure one pseudo device for each INP, as follows:

3·5 LOGICAL DEVICE #? nnn
3.6 DRT #? #xx

The pseudo device.

A number sign (# ) followed by the DRT
number of the INP

3.7 UNIT #? 0
3.8 SOFTWARE CHANNEL #? 0
3.9 TYPE? 22
3.10 SUBTYPE?

A pseudo-device type.
For DSN/IMF

3.50 DRIVER NAME? IOM3270

For DSN/IMF

: IMFMGR COMMANDS
A[CQUIRE] LDEV U[SING] DEVICE NUMBER
[;E[NHANCE] = 0 I 1 r 2 I 3
[; B[LANKS]]
[;F[ORMAT] = 1 I 2 I 3 I ~ ]
[ ; P [RIORITY]
0 I 1 I 2 I 3 I ... I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 ]

ldev

An MPE logical device number of a
terminal or printer.

device number

The number of an emulated device.

C[ONFIGURATION FILE

filename
D[ISPLAY

LDEV

ldev
ALL
C •••

= ] FILENAME

[*COMMENT]

The name of an IMF configuration file.
A[LL] I C[ONFIGURATION FILES] [*COMMENT]

The currently active pseudo-devices.
All pseudo devices.
The configuration file names for all
currently configured DSN/IMF pseudo
devices.

E[XIT] [*COMMENT]
H[ELP] [COMMAND NAME]

J-35

USING DSN/IMF

K[ILL] [*COMMENT]

CAUTION
The line is closed immediately.
R[ELEASE] DEVICE NUMBER [*COMMENT]

device number

The number of an emulated IBM device.

STA[RT] [*COMMENT]
STO[P] [*COMMENT]

This command initates an orderly line closing.
TRACE ON [PARMLIST] I OFF [*COMMENT]

parmlist

[,[ALL] [,mask] [,[numentries] [, [WRAP][,file]]]]]

ALL

All activity is traced.
trace errors.

If absent only

mask

A number to indicate the activities to be
traced.
Bit

nurnentries

The number of entries in a trace file
record. This is not used by DSN/IMF.

WRAP

Use the trace file circularly.

file

The name of the trace file.
is CSTRACE.PUB.SYS

To produce a listing of the trace file for analysis:
FILE CSTRACE=file
FILE LIST;DEV=LP
RUN CSDUMP.PUB.SYS[,HEX]
V[ERIFY

J-36

= ] CONFIGFILE

[*COMMENT]

The default

USING DSN/IMF

System Console Commands
:IMFCONTROL
:IMFCONTROL
:IMFCONTROL
:IMFCONTROL
:IMFCONTROL

START configfile [;TRACE ON [parmlist]
STOP configfile
KILL configfile
TRACE configfile ON [parmlist]
TRACE configfile OFF

INP RAM dump
When an INP RAM dump has occured, this message appears at the
system console:
INP RAM DUMP IN INPLOGnn
This is a sample job stream to print the dump file:
:JOB INPDUMP,MANAGER.SYS
:FILE INPDUMP=INPLOGnn.PUB.SYS
:RUN INPDPAN.PUB.SYS-:EOJ

IMF Monitor Internal Dump
An IMF monitor internal dump will have taken place if one of the
following files appears in the PUB.SYS group:
MONDUMPn or MONDUMnn or MONDUnnn
where n is the logical device number of the IMF pseudo device.
Any files which already existed are reused.
The IMF monitor internal dump should be submitted on magnetic
tape to your Hewlett-Packard representative.

J-37

TABLES

Bit Assignments in the 3270 Field Attribute Character
Field Description

Bit(s)

Value determined by the contents of bits 2-7.

0-1
2

U/P

o = Unprotected
1 = Protected

A/N

o = Alphanumeric (alphameric)
1 = Numeric
Note:
If bits 2 and 3 are both on, an
automatic skip will result.

4-5

Display indicator

00
01

=
=

Normal display.
Normal display and selector pen
detectable.
Intensified display and selector pen
detectable.
Nondisplay and nonprint

RESERVED

Set to 0 by host.

MDT

Modified Data Tag (MDT).
This bit indicates
whether the field associated with this attribute character has been modified.

o = Field has not been modified.
1 = Field has been modified.
Either the terminal operator modified the field, or the
host program set the Modified Data Tag
when it sent this attribute character to
the terminal.

J-38

TABLES

Attention .ID Codes Generated by IMF
AID

Decimal
Code

ASCII
Code
(octal)

EBCDIC
Code
(hex)

Graphic
Character

ENTER

047

PF
PF
PF
PF
PF

1
2
3
4
5

49
50
51
52
53

061
062
063
064
065

Fl
F2
F3
F4
F5

1
2
3
4
5

PF
PF
PF
PF
PF

6
7
9
10

54
55
56
57
58

066
067
070
071
072

F6
F7
F8
F9
7A

6
7
8
9

PF
PF
PF
PF
PF

11
12
13
14
15

35
64
65
66
67

043
100
101
102
103

7B
7C
Cl
C2
C3

PF
PF
PF
PF
PF

16
17
18
19
20

68
69
70
71
72

104
105
106
107
110

C4
C5
C6
C7
C8

PF 21
PF 22

73
91

III

133

C9
4A

PF 23
PF 24

46
60

056
074

4B
4C

PA 1
PA 2
PA 3

37
62
44

045
076
054

6C
6E
6B

CLEAR

137

System
Request

060

(apostrophe)

#
@

A
B
C
D
E

F
G
H

I
(ASCII)
(EBCDIC)
(period)

<
%

(comma)
(underline)

Note: Attent~on ID codes for Card Reader and Selector Pen,
are not used by DSN/IMF.

J-39

TABLES

Command Codes for 3271, 3274, 3276 Control Units
ASCII
Code
(octal)

EBCDIC
Code
(hex)

Graphic
Character

Copy

067

Erase All Unprotected

077

Erase/Write

065

Read Buffer

062

Read Modified

066

Write

061

Command

The Read Modified All and Erase/Write Alternate commands
not supported on DSN/IMF.

J-40

are

TABLES

Write Control Character (WCe)
Bit(s)
0-1

(RESERVED)

2-3

LINE
LENGTH

Meaning

Define line length in printout as follows:
00 = The NL, EM, and CR orders in the data
stream determine print line length.
Provides a 132-character line when
orders are not present
01 = Print line is 40 characters long
10 = Print line is 64 characters long
11 = Print line is 80 characters long

START
PRINTER

When set to 1, this bit starts print operation upon completion of the write operation

ALARM

When set to 1, this bit sounds an alarm at a
selected output device as soon as an operation finishes (if the selected device has
an alarm)

KEYBOARD
ENABLE

When set to 1, this bit re-enables the keyboard of a selected device.
(Device will
now accept input)

MDT
RESET

When on, this bit resets all MDT bits in
the data in the existing buffer of a
selected device before any data is written
or any orders are executed

TABLES

Copy Control Character
Meaning

Bit(s)
0-1
2-3

(RESERVED)
LINE

Define length of line in printout as follows:
00

01
10
11

=
=
=

The NL, EM, and CR orders in the data
stream determine print line length.
Provides a 132-character line when
orders are not present
Print line is 40 characters long
Print line is 64 characters long
Print line is 80 characters long

START
PRINTER

When this bit is on, it starts a printout
operation at the "to" device after buffer
transfers have been completed

ALARM

When on, this bit sounds the alarm at the
"to" device after buffer transfers have
been completed (if "to" device has an
alarm)

DATA
COpy

Define the type of data to be copied as
follows:

6-7

00 = Attribute characters only
01 = Attribute characters and unprotected
alphanumeric fields (including nulls).
Nulls are transferred for alphanumeric
characters not copied
10 = All attribute characters and protected
alphanumeric fields (including nulls).
Nulls are transferred for alphanumeric
characters not copied
11 = The entire contents of the storage
buffer (including nulls)

J-42

TABLES

Bse Device

Addresses Used for Transmission, and SDLC Control
Unit Addresses

In BSC these codes are use for:

•
•
•
•

Polling of specific devices
General polling
Selection of specific devices
Return Addresses

In SDLC these codes are used for: • Control Unit address byte.
Control Unit#
or Device ID

ASCII
Code
(octal)

EBCDIC
Code
(hex)

0
1
2
3
4
5

40
101
102
103
104
105

40
Cl
C2
C3
C4
C5

SP
A
8
C
D
E

6
7
8
9
10

106
107
110
111
133

C6
C7
C8
C9
4A

F
G

Graphic
Character

H
I

(ASCII)
(EBCDIC)

[
¢

11
12
13
14
15

056
074
050
053
041

48
4C
4D
4E
4F

16
17
18
19
20

046
112
113
114
115

50
Dl
D2
D3
D4

21
22
23
24
25

116
117
120
121
122

D5
D6
D7
D8
D9

135

27
28
29
30
31

044
052
051
073
136

5B
5C
5D
5E

(ASCII)
(EBCDIC)
$

(period)

<
(

+
(ASCII)
(EBCDIC)
J
K

L
M

P
Q

*
i
A

..,

(ASCII)
(EBCDIC)

3-43

TABLES

BSC Control Unit Addressing Used by the Host
Control Unit/
Device Number

ASCII
Code
(octal)

EBCDIC
Code
(hex)

0
1
2
3
4
5

055
057
123
124
125
126

60
61
E2
E3
E4
E5

6
7
8
9
10

127
130
131
132
174

E6
E7
E8
E9
6A

11
12
13

054
045
137

6B
6C
6D

14
15

076
077

6E
6F

16
17
18
19
20

060
061
062
063
064

FO
Fl
F2
F3
F4

0
1
2
3

21
22
23
24
25

065
066
067
070
071

F5
F6
F7
F8
F9

5
6
7
8
9

26
27
28
29

072
043
100
047

7A
7B
7C
7D

30
31

075
042

7E
7F

J-44

Graphic
Character

(hyphen)

S
T

U
V

W
X

Y
Z

(comma)

(underline)

#
@
I

=
"

(apostrophe)

TABLES

SDLe Device Addresses From the Transmission Header
Device
Number
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Transmission Header Field Address Bits:
Octal Hex
7
3
4
5
6
2

1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0

0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

0
0
0
0
1
1

1
1

0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0

1
1
1
1
0

0
0
0
1
1
1
1

0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1

0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0

1
0

0
1
0

1
0
1
0

1
0

1
0
1
0

100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
110
III

112
113
114
115
116
117
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137

40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
4A
48
4C
4D
4E
4F
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
5A
58
5C
5D
5E
5F

J-45

TABLES

3270 Buffer Control Orders
\

Byte 1
Order code
(EBCDIC hex/
ASCII octal)

Byte 2

10/035

field
attribute
character

Set Buffer Address
(SBA)

11/021

address
(1st byte)

address
(2nd byte)

Insert Cursor

13/023

Order
Start Field

(SF)

(IC)

Byte 3

Program Tab (PT)

05/011

Repeat to Address
(RA)

3C/024

address
(1st byte)

address
(2nd byte)

Erase Unprotected
to Address (EUA)

12/022

address.
(1st byte)

address
(2nd byte)

J-46

Byte 4

character
to be
repeated

TABLES

Result Codes Returned to a Program
MESSAGE, MEANING, AND RESPONSE

CODE
<0

This code indicates that the error is not a normal
IMF message.
To find the code's meaning, look up its
absolute value under GENMESSAGE in the MPE Intrinsics
Reference Manual.

OK
Intrinsic worked properly.

Device not open.
An Intrinsic other than OPEN3270
first having opened the device.

was

called

without

Could not access configuration file.
The OPEN3270 Intrinsic could not FOPEN the IMF configuration file specified. Check the syntax of the configuration file name and make sure that the configuration file exists as an old, permanent file.

Invalid configuration file.
The IMF configuration file specified has not been
Use the IMF Manager's VERIFY
validly constructed.
command to check the validity of the configuration
file.

IMF subsystem started but host is not communicating.
OPEN3270 returns this error when the IMF START command
has been issued but no host communications have been
detected on the telephone line.

Device requested not in configuration file.
The device number passed to the OPEN3270 Intrinsic
does not exist in the configuration file.
Either configure the device or use one that has been configured.

Not authorized to use this IMFdevice.
Neither the program or user attempting
device, nor the device itself is on the
the configuration file.
Check the ALLOW
sure that access has been provided

to open the
ALLOW list in
list to make
for properly.

Device requested is already in use.
The device requested has already been
other program.

opened

an-

3-47

TABLES

Result Codes Returned to a Program
CODE
9

MESSAGE, MEANING, AND RESPONSE
Host modified screen since last receive request.
The host system has modified the contents of the current screen since the last time a call to RECV3270 was
made; any attempt to change or transmit the screen at
this point would be based on old information.
Issue a
call to RECV3270 to clear this condition.
Subsequent
calls to READFIELD will provide you with the new contents of the screen.

Attempt made to update protected field.
You are not allowed to change the contents of
tected field.

pro-

Non-existent field number specified.
The field number specified in a call to FIELDATTR,
READFIELD, or WRITEFIELD does not exist in the screen.

Invalid character in field or stream.
Unprotected fields may contain characters between octal
40 and octal 176, inclusive, and the characters
octal 34 and 36.
Control characters to STREAM3270 may
only be between octal 23 and octal 37.
See the descriptions of OUTBUF in the WRITEFIELD and STREAM3270
Intrinsics.

Attempt to write too long of a field.
The field length specified in the call to WRITEFIELD
is longer than the field length in the screen.

Attempt made to update or transmit from a printer.
The device opened was a printer; you are not allowed
to change the contents of any field on a printer, or
to attempt to transmit from such a device.

Invalid AID code.
The AID parameter of the TRAN3270 Intrinsic is invalid.
Check the list of valid AID codes in the description of the TRAN3270 Intrinsic.

J-48

TABLES

Result Codes Returned to a Program
CODE
16

MESSAGE, MEANING, AND RESPONSE
Invalid cursor address.
The cursor address parameter of the TRAN3270 or
STREAM3270 Intrinsic is invalid.
The row address must
be less than the number of rows on the screen and the
column address must be less than the number of columns
on the screen (IMF starts counting rows and columns at
"0".) Do not attempt to use a "-1" value unless you
are
in data stream mode.
Check the description of
cursor address under the TRAN3270 or
STREAM3270
Intrinsic.

Attempt made to write field with input inhibited.
You called WRITEFIELD, STREAM3270, or TRAN3270 with
input inhibited by the host.
Either wait for the host
system to re-enable input by issuing another call to
RECV3270 or call the RESET3270 or STREAM3270 Intrinsic
to simulate pressing of the RESET key.

Communications with the host system have been lost.
For some reason, the host system stopped communicating.
IMFwill wait for the host to resume communications.
Your program may either terminate or wait for
the host to resume communications.

System Operator/Manager has requested disconnect.
Either the System Console Operator or the IMF Manager
has requested a disconnect. · You may continue to communicate, but this code will be returned by the
TRAN3270
Intrinsic to indicate successful completion
and that a disconnect has been requested.
Issue a
call to CLOSE3270 as soon as it is convenient.

System Operator/Manager killed the Subsystem.
The System Operator or the IMF Manager has issued the
KILL command. No further communications are possible.

Field offset out of range.
The offset specified is not within the

field

length.

BASIC calling sequence error.
A bad call was made to an IMF BASIC Intrinsic.
parameters may be in the incorrect order.

The

J-~9

TABLES

Result Codes Returned to a Program
CODE
23

MESSAGE, MEANING, AND RESPONSE
Keyboard enable timeout occurred.
The host computer failed
to send a
keyboard-enable
within the time limi~ specified in the TIMEOUT parameter of OPEN3270.

Receive timeout occurred.
The host computer failed to send data to this device
within the Transmit/Receive time limit set in the
TIMEOUT parameter of OPEN3270.

Intrinsic call made in split stack mode.
You may only call the Intrinsics with DB
your own stack.

pointing

Intrinsic call made with parameter out of bounds.
The address of a parameter was either less than DL or
greater than S when this Intrinsic was called.
This
error may also mean that the parameter you passed is
out of range.

Could not open device, insufficient virtual memory.
There was insufficient virtual memory to allocate
extra data segment to contain the screen.

the

Could not open device, insufficient real memory.
There was not enough room in the PCBX of your process
to allocate a
file control entry for the device.

Called an
standing.

intrinsic

with

request

In no-wait I/O only, you made a call to
TRAN3270 with a previous request to one
trinsics still outstanding.
Issue a call
IODONTWAIT to complete the request before
new Intrinsic calls.
30

already

out-

RECV3270 or
of these Into IOWAIT or
issuing any

Internal error in IMF intrinsic.
Internal software error.
Note circumstances
and
report them to your Hewlett-Packard representative.

J-50

TABLES

Result Codes Returned to a Program
CODE
31

MESSAGE, MEANING, AND RESPONSE
IMF subsystem
file.

started

with

different

configuration

IMF is not running with the configuration
specified. Check with your IMF Manager.
34

file

you

Request has been aborted.
This message could occur if the IMF KILL command was
issued during your Intrinsic call or if IMF terminated
abnormally. Check with your IMF Manager.

Cannot start OUTBUF on an attribute byte.
The stream data you supplied positioned the cursor on
top of an attribute byte. You may not write over an
attribute character.

Specified MAXINBUFLEN too large.
You specified a MAXINBUFLEN that extends beyond the
end of the screen. This parameter will not cause a
wrap to the beginning of the screen.

SDLC reset from the host system.
was terminated.

Your

host

session

This error is used only in SDLC protocol and will be
returned with a TRAN3270 or RECV3270 Intrinsic. It
means that the host has sent an SDLC protocol reset
and has aborted your session on the host. The IMF
line is still up and you do not have to do anything
special for IMF but you should re-establish your session with the host and then verify that no transactions were lost.
46

Transmit timeout occured.
The host computer has not indicated that it will accept data from this device within the Transmit/Recsive
time limit set in the TIMEOUT parameter of OPEN3270

IMF START command has not been issued.
The IMF Manager or the system operator must issue an
IMF START command. You may not access IMF until this
command successfully starts communications with the
host.

J-51

TABLES

Result Codes Returned to a Program
CODE
49

MESSAGE, MEANING, AND RESPONSE
INBUF is too small to hold the entire data stream.
This error message only applies to the READSTREAM intr ins ic, and it is returned when the si z.e of the data
stream received from the host is larger than the size
of INBUF.
IMF will return the first part of the data
stream in INBUF.

Called READSTREAM without calling RECV3270 first.
This error is
stream mode.
from the host
data from the

only returned when the user is
in data
You must issue a RECV3270 to accept data
and then call READSTREAM to obtain the
extra data segment.

Called TRAN3270 without calling WRITESTREAM first.
This error is only returned when the user is in data
stream mode.
You must put the data to send to the
host in the extra data segment by calling WRITESTREAM
before you issue the TRAN3270 call.

Data stream is too long.
This error message only applies to data stream mode,
and
it means that the size of the data stream is larger than the maximum allowable size; for 480 character
screens, the maximum size is 540 bytes; for 1920 character screens, the maximum size is 2160 bytes.
If
this error occurs when RECV3270 is called, only the
first 2160 (or 540) bytes of the data stream will be
buffered in the XDS.

Invalid intrinsic called for data stream mode device.
You may not use
Intrinsics such as READFIELD and
STREAM3270
in data stream mode.
There is no internal
screen image in data stream mode; therefore, you may
not use any intrinsic that reads or writes to an internal screen image.

Device not opened in data stream mode.
You did not specify data stream mode in the FLAGS parameter of your call to the OPEN3270 Intrinsic;
therefore,
you may not use the data stream Intrinsics
READSTREAM and WRITESTREAM.

J-52

TABLES

Result Codes Returned to a Program
CODE
55

MESSAGE, MEANING, AND RESPONSE
Data Stream mode not allowed with SSC line.
SSC protocol was specified in your configuration file.
Data Stream is supported only with SDLC.

The System Request function is not
protocol.

allowed

with

SSC

SSC protocol was specified in your con£iguration file.
This feature is allowed with SDLC protocol.
60

Invalid spool file
and 13 inclusive.

priority;

must

between 1

This error message is returned to PRINT3270 when the
user has provided a priority for the spool file which
is invalid.
The number must be between 1 and 13,
inclusive.
For more information on the meaning of the
priority parameter see the FOPEN intrinsic in the MPE
Intrinsic Reference Manual as the number that the user
provides is passed to this intrinsic.
61

Failed to open PRINT3270 spool file.
The attempt to open the spool file for
PRINT3270
failed when the FOPEN intrinsic was called.
The
PRINT3270 Intrinsic will leave the FILEID parameter
set to
zero so that you may call the file system Intrinsic FCHECK to determine the specific reason why
FOPEN failed.

Failed to write to a PRINT3270 spool file.
PRINT3270 attempted to call the file system Intrinsic
FWRITE to the spool file identified in FILEID; however, the call to FWRITE failed.
Check that the value
of FILEID is correct.
One possible reson for
this
error is that there is no more disc space.

Illegal ACTION number.
The value of the parameter ACTION in the PRINT3270
Intrinsic must be between 0 and 4, inclusively.

Wrong file type for PRINT3270 output file.
You used a FILE command to override the formal designator LOGIMF,
which is used by the PRINT3270 Intrinsic.
This was incompatible with the requirements
of the PRINT3270 Intrinsic for a spooled output file.

J-53

TABLES

Result Codes Returned to a Program
CODE

MESSAGE, MEANING, AND RESPONSE

Failed to close PRINT3270 spooled output file.
The PRINT3270 Intrinsic attempted to call the file
system Intrinsic FCLPSE to close the file specified in
FILEID; however, this failed.
Check that you supplied
the proper value for FILEID in your call to the
PRINT3270 Intrinsic.
If you used a file equation for
file LOGIMF be sure that you did not equate it to an
existing file.

Failed to open CATIMF.PUB.SYS
The file CATIMF.PUB.SYS, which is the message catalog
for DSN/IMF,
could not be opened.
Check to see that
this file is present.

GENMESSAGE failed to extract message.
The MPE Intrinsic GENMESSAGE did not execute properly.
Check to see that CATIMF.PUB.SYS and the GENMESSAGE
Intrinsic are correctly installed.properly.

Invalid LDEV specified or LDEV is already in use.
Verify that the value you used for
LDEV is correct.
Also, determine what other processes are using the
LDEV you have identified.

The ENHANCE parameter must be an integer between 0 and
3.
Verify that the value you used for the ENHANCE
eter is within the range of 0 through 3.

The PRIORITY parameter must be an
and 13.

integer

param-

between

Verify that the value you used for the PRIORITY parameter is within the range of 1 through 13.
73

The BLANKS parameter must be either 0 or 1.
Verify that the value you used for the
eter is a 0 or 1.

BLANKS

The FORMAT parameter must be an integer between 1
4.
Verify that the value you used for the FORMAT
eter is within the range of 1 through 4.

J-54

paramand

param-

TABLES

Result Codes Returned to a Program
CODE
75

MESSAGE, MEANING, AND RESPONSE
Invalid FLAGS parameter.
You used an invalid value for
the FLAGS parameter.
Check the documentation for the parameter of the Intrinsic you used to determine the correct value to
use.

TTSSON.PUB.SYS is missing.
The file TTSSON.PUB.SYS has not been installed.
It
may be that the file was loaded into an incorrect
group and account.

J-55

I K I

Data Communications
Troubleshooting Guide
REFERENCES
Data Communications Testing, Hewlett-Packard Company, 1980
Data Communications Concepts, National Cash Register, 1918
Technical Aspects of Data Communication, J. E. McNamara,
Digital Equipment Corporation, 1911
Guidebook to: DATA COMMUNICATIONS, Hewlett-Packard Company, 1911
Troubleshooting short- and long-haul analog lines, David Levin,
Netcomm, Inc., Data Communications, November 1981
Various Hewlett-Packard HP3000 manuals including:
2180/3180 Emulator Reference Manual
DSN!MTS Reference Manual
DSN/DS Reference Manual
DSN/IMF Reference Manual
DSN/MRJE Reference Manual
System Error Messages and Recovery Manual
COMMUNICATIONS HANDBOOK
Diagnostic Manual Set
Various AT&T and Bell Technical References

CONTENT
THE BASICS
THE METHOD
THE SYMPTOMS
Newly Installed
Changed Software
Changed Hardware
No Changes
THE CAUSES
THE TESTS
THE TOOLS
Usage Tools
Protocol Tools
Digital Tools
Analog Tools
TOOL DESCRIPTIONS

PAGE
2
4
5
6
8
10
12
11
21
22
22
23
24
26
21

K-l

THE BASICS

WHAT IS NEEDED IN GENERAL:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

the version ofMPE that is on the system
the MPE I/Oconfigurat~on,
what hardware is being used,
that the problem is not already listed in the Software
Status Bulletin (SSB),
that the product is right for the application,
the SYMPTOMS of any operations that have been done, and
the results of any testing that has already been done.
J

WHAT IS NEEDED FOR THE SPECIFIC DATA COMMUNICATIONS PRODUCTS:
DSN/DS (Distributed System)
•
•
•
•
•

Versions and fix levels of DS and CS of both sides
from CSLIST and DSTEST,VERS
Accurate description of data comm network on both sides
inclUding controller switch settings and cable numbers
Pertinent console messages from both sides
Error messages reported to the user
TRACE with ALL parameter

DSN/IMF (Interactive Mainframe Facility)
•
•
•
•
•
•

Version numbers of modules from CSLIST
IMF configuration file
Description of screen or print file on real device
Host type
TRACE with mask of ~277 for BISYNC with HEX entry in CSDUMP
TRACE with mask of ~77 for SDLC with HEX entry in CSDUMP

DSN/MRJE (Multileaving Remote Job Entry)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Version numbers of modules from CSLIST
MRJE versions numbers from MRJECONTROL CHECK
MRJE configuration file
Copy of print banner (if applicable)
Copy of MRJE message file
Copy of console messages
Host type
TRACE with ALL parameter

DSN/MTS (Multipoint Terminal Software)
•
•
•

K-2

Version number of MTS
Models of terminals and modems involved
Complete description of network hardware

THE BASICS

DSN/RJE (Remote Job Entry)
•
•
•
•
•
•

Version number of CS from CSLIST or RJINFO
Version number of RJE
Listing of command file and/or console session
RJINFO list
Remote or host type
TRACE with ALL parameter

TERMIO (Terminal I/O)
•
•
•
•
•

MPE version
TERMIO patches level applied
ATC, ADCC or ATP
3-wire(RS-Z32-C), 5-wire (RS-449), or modem
Terminal models

Modems
•
•
•
•
•
•

Manufacturer
Model
Speed
Synchronous or asynchronous
Type of phone line or wire
Communications software

K-3

THE METHOD

Symptomatic Troubleshooting Flowchart
1. Answer the questions

Choose
Symptom
Table

that follow about what
has changed.

2. Look thru the symptom
tables for those which
apply.

Find
Symptom
Tools

3 · Do the test for the
most likely cause as
listed in the Cause
Table.

Do
Test

Yes

Fix
Problem

K-4

4. If the test is passed,
go back and check
another symptom.

5. If the test fails,
fix the problem.

THE SYMPTOMS

Questions to Help Choose a .Symptom Table

Is this a new
installation of
software and
hardware?

Yes
I
luse "Newly Installed", I
then other tables.

Nol
Has the software or
MPE configuration
changed but not
hardware?

Yes
I
luse "Changed Software"
symptom table.

Nol
Has the hardware
changed but not the
software?
Not

Yes
I
luse "Changed Hardware" I
symptom table.

Use 'No Changes'
symptom table.

The symptom tables begin on the next page and are listed in the
following order:
Newly Installed
Changed Software
Changed Hardware
No Changes
Page numbers for the symptom tables are listed in the Table of
Contents.

K-5

THE SYMPTOMS
Newly Installed

Newly Installed
Symptom Table
(limited to symptoms encountered prior
to getting the line open)
MRJE
CS
DS
IMF

DSN/MRJE
All subsystems
DSN/DS
DSN/IMF

SYMPTOM
DS

console locked
hung console
system failures

IMP can't connect
can't sign on
printer problems
screens don't work
various problems

MRJE
aborts
host shuts line

line closes
MTS can't open line
can't open MPMON
CSl17

K-6

MTS
RJE
TERMIO

DSN/MTS
DSN/RJE
Terminal I/O

POSSIBLE CAUSES
software installation bad
software installation bad
software installation bad
configuration files
configuration files
host compatibility
screen design error
configuration files
request aborted by host
'application wrong, IMF is not a
3270 host configuration
MPE resource problem
user written procedure
line problem
modem problems
sign on procedure error
host configuration
line problems
modem problems
software bad
controller problem
modem problem
MPE resource problem
INP switches wrong
cable bad
MPE configuration

THE SYMPTOMS
Newly Installed

RJE aborts
host shuts line

host won't take input
line closes
no output
poor response

TERMIO

can only logon atone speed

can't logon

remote spooled printer problem

system failures
SF 700,701,704-6,109
SF 703,708,710

MPE resource problem
user written procedure
line problem
modem problems
sign on procedure error
host configuration
line problems
modem problems
sign on procedure
line problems
modem problems
host not sending data
sign on procedure
host busy
HP3000 busy
line problems
MPE configuration
terminal switches/configuration
MPE configuration
terminal switches/configuration
cable problem
controller problem
MPE configuration
printer switches
modem problems
cable problems
software installation bad
software installation bad
configuration bad

K-7

THE SYMPTOMS
Changed Software
Changed Software
Symptom Tab~e
(same old hardware)
MRJE
CS
DS
IMF

DSN/MRJE
All subsystems
DSN/DS
DSN/IMF

CSERR

6-7

CSERR
8-10
CSERR 11-13
CSERR 14-19
CSERR 57-58
CSERR 153
CSERR
CSERR
CSERR
CSERR

154
156
157-159
158

CSERR
CSERR
CSERR
CSERR

201
203-204
205-207
207-209

CSERR 207-217
CSERR 212-214
CSERR 217
DS

DSCONTROL fails
DSCOPY aborts
line closes
poor response
sessions hang
system failures

K-8

DSN/MTS
DSN/RJE
Terminal I/O

POSSIBLE CAUSES

SYMPTOM
CS

MTS
RJE
TERMIO

software
configuration
configuration
operator procedure
configuration
operator procedure
operator procedure
remote device
hardware
software
remote device
remote device
operator procedure
operator procedure
remote device
operator procedure
hardware
line problems
modem problems
remote device
hardware
hardware
software installation bad
software bad
improper installation
configuration
configuration
DSMON bad
programs not compatible with new
MPE version
software installation bad

THE SYMPTOMS
Changed Software

IMF can't connect
can't sign on
printer problems
screens don't work
various problems

configuration files
configuration files
host compatibility
screen design error
configuration files
request aborted by host
application wrong, IMF is not a
3270 host configuration

MRJE
can't open line
can't sign on
didn't get host number back
job management doesn't work

MRJE user errors
no input taken by host
no output
only one input or output set
printer problems
MTS can't open line
poor response

RJE aborts
can't sign on
TERMIO
can only logon at one speed
can't change speed
hang while running program
remote spooled printer problems
SF 700,701,705,706
SF 708

software installation bad
configuration file
message modified, can't read
job log corrupted
didn't get host number back
banner messed up
configuration file corrupted
RMT# changed or wrong
new user commands
user sign on procedure
user sign on procedure
host configuration changed
out or disc space
spooler space problem
software installation bad
download file bad
configuration file error
software error
MPE bufter size
MPE resource problem
user written procedure
sign on procedure
MPE configuration
MPE configuration
program busy
program changed terminal config.
MPE configuration
MPE configuration
software installation bad
configuration bad

K-9

THE SYMPTOMS
Changed Hardware
Changed Hardware
Symptom Table
(same software and configuration)
MRJE DSN/MRJE
CS
All subsystems
DS
DSN/DS
IMF DSN/IMF

MTS
RJE
TERMIO

DSN/MTS
DSN/RJE
Terminal I/O

SYMPTOM

POSSIBLE CAUSES

CSERR
CSERR
CSERR
CSERR
CSERR
CSERR
CSERR

hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware

line closes

84 through 109
101-105
111
154
201-209
212-214
211

poor response
REMOTE HELLO fails
remote system shuts line
system failures
IMF CSERR 111
host shuts line
poor response

modem problems
line problems
didn't change configuration
line problems
line problems
configuration
hardware problem
hardware problem
MPE configuration error

MRJE
can't open line
can't sign on
didn't get host number back
host shuts line
line closes
poor response
MTS all but one remote
drop is dead

can't logon
can't open line
commands don't work
poor response

K-IO

hardware problem
host configuration changed
hardware problem
line problems
line problems
line problems
line problem
terminal problem
modem problem
terminal switches/configuration
terminal sWitches/configuration
conroller problem
modem problem
terminal switches/configuration
hardware problem
line overloaded

THE SYMPTOMS
Changed Hardware

RJE can't open line
can't sign on
host shuts line
line closes
no output
poor response
TERMIO
can only logon at one speed
can't change speed
can't logon
hardwired worked, but
modem won't work the same

remote spooled printer
problems

SF 208 (HP-IB only)
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF

209
211
709,715
708,710
714-716

controller problems
modem pt'oblems
host configuration
modem· problems
modem problems
line problems
host configuration
line problems
modem problems
line problems
line problems
terminal switches/configuration
MPEconfiguration
MPE configuration
port hung
port DOWNed, REFUSEd
terminal switches/configuration
port configured wrong
modem problems
line problems
cable bad
modem problems
line proble.ms
MPE configuration
printer switches
noisy modems or lines
using last port on main with
modems
noisy modems or lines
ADCC hardware problem
softwat'e bad
configuration bad
hardware problem

K-11

THE SYMPTOMS
No Changes

No Chan~ges
Symptom Table
MRJE
CS
DS
IMF

K-12

DSN/MRJE
All subsystems
DSN/DS
DSN/IMF

MTS
RJE
TERMIO

DSN/MTS
DSN/RJE
Terminal I/O

SYMPTOM

POSSIBLE CAUSES

CSERR
CSERR
CSERR
CSERR
CSERR
CSERR
CSERR
CSERR
CSERR
CSERR
CSERR
CSERR
CSERR
CSERR
CSERR
CSERR
CSERR

user
user
hardware
hardware
user
user
remote device
hardware
remote device
user
user
remote device
user
hardware
remote device
hardware
hardware

11-13
57-58
84 through 109
101-105
103
153
153
154
157-159
158
201
203-204
205-207
207-209
207-217
212-214
217

THE SYMPTOMS
No Changes

console locked
DSLINE fails
DSCOPY aborts
DSCOPY fails
hung session, can't abort

line closes
NFT errors 101-110
poor response
REMOTE command fails
remote system shuts line
system failures
transfer only one way
IMF can't connect
can't sign on
CS errors
CSERR 117
host shuts line
IMP errors
line closes
poor response
printer problems
system failures

terminal problem
MPE problem, not DS
line not open
line open one way
line errors
user error
wrong file type
copy in wrong direction
user errors
PTOP program logic
sUbsytem problem
application program problem
line errors
resource errors
internal software errors
line errors
user errors
MPE problems
lack of psuedo-devices
line problems
hardware failure
software problems
missing patches or fixes
remote configuration problem
line problems
configuration file
other problems

K-13

THE SYMPTOMS
No Changes

MRJE

can't get into console mode
can't sign on
didn't get host number back
host shuts line
job management doesn't work

line closes
MRJE console operator errors
MRJE user errors
no input taken by host
no output

only one input or output set
poor response
printer problems

K.. . 14

someone else has console
host configuration changed
user signon procedure
configuration file
message modified, can't read
hardware problem
line problems
job log corrupted
didn't get host number back
banner messed up
configuration file corrupted
RMT# changed or wrong
line problems
host operator shut line
file system problems
user' error
user sign on procedure
user sign on procedure
host went down
devices not open
user command error
host configuration changed
line problems
systems busy
out of disc space
tile equation error
out of file space
spooler space problem
operator inhibit ted printouts
printer not ready

THE SYMPTOMS
No Changes

lTS all but one remote dead

is dead

can't logon
can't open line

commands don't work
dead terminals, no response
hung terminals
line shuts
no polling on any terminals
no polling on some terminals
polling, no prompts
polling, some prompts
poor response

read errors
write errors

line problem
group DOWNed
terminal problem
modem problem
terminal switches/configuration
terminal switches/configuration
user error
MPE resource problem
software installation bad
download file bad
modem problem
controller problem
terminal switches/configuration
user error
line not open
line problem
modem problem
terminal switches/configuration
program problem
line problems
modem problems
line not OPENned
terminals DOWNed
line problems
modem problems
terminal switches/configuration
MPE resource problem
system busy
some terminals DOWNed
configuration file error
line overloaded
software error
terminal switches/configuration
modem problems
MPE buffer size
line problem
line problem

K-15

THE SYMPTOMS

RJE aborts
can't sign on
host shuts line

line closes
no output
poor response

TERMIO
can only logon at one speed
can't get back into block mode
can't logon

session logged off
hang while running program

hardwired worked; modem won't
worked
remote spooled printer
problems

SF 208 (HP-IB only)
SF
SF
SF
SF

K-16

209
211
714,716
715

MPE resource problem
user written procedure
sign on procedure
host configuration
line problems
line problems
modem problems
sign on procedure error
host configuration
line problems
modem problems
host not sending data
line problems
host busy
HP3000 bUsy
line problems
terminal switches/configuration
user hit break key
port hung
port DOWNed, REFUSEd
terminal switches/configuration
MPE resource problem
user procedure wrong
operator aborted session
BYE in UDe
program busy
program changed terminal
configuration
user changed term switches
terminal switches/configuration
modem problems
line problems
cable bad
modem problems
line problems
printer switches
program problem
printer status not checked
MPE resource problem (TBUFS)
noisy modems or lines
using last port on main with
modems
noisy modems or lines
ADCC hardware problem
hardware problem
console hardware problem

THE CAUSES

Once the symptoms are found and the possible causes are determined,
the next step is to check to see which one is really the problem.
The problems can generally be put into four groups.
Usage problems are those arising from improper use of an otherwise
working data communications network. For example:
Using wrong parameters
Giving wrong reply to dial message
Using wrong controller
Protocol problems involve the software that handles the link such as
the CS subsystem, CSSBSCO, or the INP. These usually indicate a
software or hardware error in the DTE. They may be caused by the
user.
Digital problems are in the interface between the DTE and the DeE
such as cables, connectors, RS-232-C pin usage, or modem options.
Analog problems are usually called impairments and dwell within the
transmission facility.
Transmission line impairments come in two
types, fortuitous and systematic. The former is relatively similar
to an lacute illness;
it comes up suddenly, goes away quickly, and
may come back when ever it pleases. Not much can be done about them
except to redial the connection and let someone else have the
problem. Some categories of fortuitous impairments are:
I

Noise
Crosstalk
Echo
Loss
Jitter

electrical disturbances
interference from another channel
reflected signals
drop in signal power
instability in frequency shifts

The other type of transmission line problems is systematic. These
impairments, called distortion, can be corrected by conditioning the
line. The are:
Delay
- frequencies arrive at different times
Attenuation - loss of some frequencies
There are several important steps to checking these causes:
•

Verify the results - what really happened?

•

Verify the software and I/O configuration - coldloads and restores can cause accidental destruction of the I/O configuration
or system software.

•

Actual protocol errors, where there is a bug, may require more
extensive testing.
If your software is up to date, CSDUMP may
show the problem.

•

Test the data communications network, modems, and DTE.

K-l1

THE CAUSES

The following 'Cause Table' lists the possible causes of problems
along with the type of cause and the tests used to check them out.
Remember, some tests may be as simple as asking someon~what they
did or checking version numbers.

Cause Table
CAUSE
ADCC hardware problem
application program problem
application wrong
ATP problems
banner messed up
BYE in UDC
cable bad
configuration
configuration file
configuration file corrupted
configuration file error
controller problem
copy in wrong direction
devices not open
didn't change configuration
didn't get host number back
download file bad
DSMON bad
file equation error
file system problems
group DOWNed
hardware
hardware failure
hardware problem
host busy
host compatibility
host configuration
host configuration changed
host not sending data
host operator shut line
host went down
HP3000 busy
improper in$tallation

K-18

TEST or ACTION
try another port
run ADCC diagnostic
check program
IMP is not exactly a 3270
run ATPDSM
check banner & configuration file
examine UDC files
check cable part number
check cable continuity
check configuration
check configuration file
check configuration file
restore configuration file
check configuration file
run DSM
check user procedures for
attempts to copy wrong way
check remote operator procedure
check configuration to be sure
all changes were made
check host configuration
restore from tape
check version
check user procedures
check file error code
check console log
run DSM
run modem selftest
run terminal selftest
run hardware diagnostics
run hardware diagnostics
retry later
check host specifications
check configuration
check changes in configuration
check host configuration for
when host sends or terminates
check remote operator procedure
call host operator
try again later
check versions numbers
reinstall software

THE CAUSES

INP switches
internal software errors
job log corrupted
lack of
line
line
line
line
line

psuedo~devices

not OPENned
not open
open one way
overloaded
problem

message modified, can't read
missing patches or fixes
modem problem

MPE buffer size
MPE configuration
MPE configuration error
MPE problem, not DS
MPE problem
MPE resource problem
MPE resource problem (TBUFS)
new user commands
noisy lines
noisy modems
operator aborted session
operator inhibited printouts
operator procedure
out of disc space
out of file space
port DOWNed, REFUSEd
port configured wrong
port hung
printer not ready
printer status not checked
printer switches
program bUSy
program changed terminal
configuration
program problem
program not compatible
with new MPE

check switches for correct setting
check SSB
reinstall or coldload software
check job log
clean out job log
check configuration
add more devices
check operator procedure
check operator procedure
check remote operator procedure
check line traffic to speed ration
run modem diagnostics
run terminal data comm tests
run DSM loopbacks
run MPTEST over lines
check host specifications
check patch list in SYS
run modem diagnostic
run terminal data comm test
run DSM loopbacks
run MPTEST over lines
check configuration
check configuration
qheck configuration
check SSB
check SSB
check configuration
check configuration
check user procedure
run modem selftests
run modem remote tests
run modem selftests
run modem remote tests
check operator console log
do :SHOWOUT SP at console
check operator procedure
run FREE2
do :LISTF,2 and run LISTEQ2
do SHOWDEV
check configuration
run TABLE
check printer
check program
check printer switches
wait program to complete I/O, then
check for hung terminal causes
check terminal switches/config.
check program
check SRB for changes to MPE

K... 19

THE CAUSES

PTOP program logic
remote configuration problem
remote device
request aborted by host
resource errors
RMT# changed or wrong
screen design error
sign on procedure
software bad
software error
software installation bad

software problems
some terminals DOWNed
someone else has console
spooler space problem
subsytem problem
system busy
terminal problem
terminal switches/configuration
terminals DOWNed
user changed term switches
user
user
user
user
user

command ,error
error
hit break key
procedure wrong
sign on procedure

user written procedure
using last port on main
wrong tile type

K-20

check program
check remote configuration
check remote device hardware
check remote operations
rcheck user sign on procedure
check line
check system resources
check job card
check host contiguration
check screen design with original
check user sign on procedure
coldload trom known good tape
check SSB, call PIeS
check versions
reinstall sottware
check modems
check line
check SSB, call PIeS
check configuration file
UP terminals
check user procedure
do :SHOWOUT SP at console
check contiguration
tryon hardwired terminal
check SSB
retry later
check system usage
run terminal selftest
run MPTEST
check terminal switches/contig.
check configuration file
UP terminals
check terminal switches/config.
check user procedure
check user procedure
check user procedure
check user procedure
check user procedure
check user procedure
check job files
check changes to MPE procedures
check terminal connections to
last port on each main
check user procedures tor
attempts to copy data bases

THE TESTS

Data Communications Tests

D_T_E_--l~---

TelCo

---~:...-_D_T_E_.....I

<-Usage->
<-Usage->
<-Protocol->
<-Protocol->
<-- Digital --><-----Analog-----><-- Digital -->

Verify user procedures
Examine software tables
versions
configuration
configuration files
job card, files, logs
SSB
Protocol Tests
Check software versions
Analyze data stream
Verify RS-232-C signals
Digital Tests
Controller software tests
Cable tests
Modem tests
Terminal tests
Hardware diagnostics
Analog Tests
Phase jitter
Single frequency interference
Frequency shift
Return loss
Envelope delay distortion
Frequency response
Noise
Loss
Each of these test can be used to check out possible causes. Most
of them can be done with software diagnostics available on the
HP3000. Some require very specialized equipment that is generally
used by TelCo personnel. Different tests are performed by a different set of tools.

K-21

THE TOOLS
Usage Tools

Usage Tools
Usage test tools are usually commands or programs on the HP3000.
The major use of these tools is to verify that the system management
and users are using the system properly.

~f---

__D_T_E_......

TelCo

---~

......_D_T_E_......

<-Usage->
Verify user procedures
CSDUMP
TRACE
DSDUMP
MPCONFIG
SHOWME
EDITOR
IMFMGR
LISTEQ2
Examine software tables
FREE2
SHOWCOM
TABLE
CSDUMP
DPAN4

<-Usage->

Prints data collected by TRACE facility
Records exactly what data went across line
Side by side trace of DS conversation
Will show the~oll and downs lists
Shows version number of current MPE
Will list various job stream and UDC files
Will list parameters for host access
Show file equations in effect
Shows free disc space
Shows current errors, retries, status
of a line
Will display terminal DIT and other table
entries
Will show how the line was openned
Shows all tables at time of memory dump

versions
CSLIST
DSTEST,VERS
MRJECONTROL,CHECK
MPMON

Displays
Displays
Displays
Displays

configuration
SYSDUMP
SYSINFO
DSTEST,VERS

Will show I/O configuration, table sizes
Will show I/O configuration, table sizes
Shows DS MPE configuration

configuration files
IMFMGR
MPCONFIG

Will display and verify configuration files
Will display configuration file

version
version
version
version

numbers of CS modules
numbers of DS modules
numbers of MRJE modules
number of MTS

job card, files, logs, other
EDITOR
Will display job files and logs
SSB
Contains known problem information

K..,.22

THE TOOLS
Protocol Tools

Protocol Tools
Protocol test tools provide a means for finding the source of
problems in the software that handles the link..
They may simply
check that the right software is on the system or collect the data
for the factory to resolve the problem.

TE_.......-..~---

"'--- D......

<--Protocol->

Check software versions
HP1640Data Analyzer
CSDUMP
DSTEST,DIAG

TelCo

----.,B--1

D_T_E

<-Protocol->

Verifies what protocol is being used
Displays protocol sequences
Traces what protocol is being used
Tests the DS protocol

K-23

THE TOOLS
Digital Tools
Digital Tools
Digital test tools are for testing the interface between the DTE and
the DCE. They are usually devices or programs that test the
hardware.

__
D_TE

<--

Digital -->

TelCo

--~~

__D_T_E__

<--

Digital -->

Controller software tests
DSM
Interconnect
Onboard
Offboard
INPDPAN
ATPDSM

Groups 1 & 5 test INP processor and memory
Groups 2, 3, 4 and 5 test the USART chips
Groups 6 & 7 test the USART with cables
or modems
Processes the INP RAM dump showing protocol
and errors
Tests the ATP hardware and software

Cable tests
DSM loopback
MPTEST
Breakout Box
Multimeter
Terminal data cornm
loopback

Groups 6 and 7 test the INP with cables and
modems
Will test the complete cabling network for
MTS terminals
Indicates which signals are passing through
the cables
Used for continuity tests
Test the cables attached to the terminals

Modem tests
Selftest
Digital loopback
Analog loopback
Remote test

K-24

Hardware within the modem
Digital interface connections
Analog (TelCo) interface connections
Modems as a set and the TelCo lines

THE TOOLS
Digital Tools
Terminal tests
Selftest
Data comm board
Data comm loopback
MPTEST
Display functions
Monitor mode
Driver mode

Terminal hardware
MUltipoint hardware within the terminal
Multipoint cable connections
Shows the strap setting and tests terminal
I/O
Shows what terminal is receiving
Shows what is passing through the
communications interface
Polls other terminals without computer

Hardware diagnostics
ADCC diagnostic
ATC diagnostic
ATPDSM
DSM
IOMAP
SLEUTH
SSLC diagnostic
Data Link Tester

ADCC hardware
ATC hardware
ATP hardware
INP hardware
HP3000 HP-IB system hardware
HP3000 Series II/III hardware
SSLC hardware
Shows the status of signals on the DATA LINK

K-25

THE TOOLS
Analog Tools
Analog Tools
Analog test tools provide the capability to examine the quality or
the TelCo line or any privately owned transmission racility. They
do this by sending data acroSs the line which is read by another
device on the other end or looped back to the originator.

_ _D_TE
__

TelCo

a-1

D_TE
__

<-----Analog----->

Analog TelCo line tests
Noise and Loss
BERT (HP1645)
MPTEST
DSM Orrboard
Modem remote test
Terminal driver mode
TIMS (HP4943,4935)
Terminal data comm
loopback

K-26

Test or TelCo line and modems
Extended test of TelCo line
Extended test of TelCo line
Pass/rail test or TelCo line
Extended test of TelCo line
Many extended tests or TelCo
line quality
Pass/rail test of TelCo line

TOOL DESCRIPTIONS

TOOL DESCRIPTIONS
This section includes an alphabetic list of tools.
It tells what
they do, when to use them, where to find them, and where they are
documented.
ADCC diagnostic
It is

a set of diagnostics for the ADCC including tests
for the 1MB handshake logic thru the RS-232-C cable.
After loading from the tape, specific tests can be
selected. It requires a loopback hood and at least
one good ADCC is needed for the console.

Use it when

a port is suspected and nothing else has helped

Find it

on the DUS tape

Documented

in the DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL SET, Vol. 2

ATC diagnostic
It is

a set of offline diagnostics td verify the operation of
the ATC ports. This simple test requires only the
male-to-male cable that comes with your system.

Use it when

a port is suspected and nothing else has helped

Find it

on the Non-CPU Diagnostic tape

Documented

in the ATC DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL

It is

a diagnostic program that provides corrective
capabilities for the ATP through easy commands

Use it when

a port appears to be stuck or the LEDs remain ON after
the AlB self test

Find it

in PUB.SYS

Documented

in the ATP DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL

K-27

TOOL DESCRIPTIONS

BERT (HP1645)
It is

a box for testing the quality of a phone line or modems
by sending and receiving test data. One is placed on
each end of the line or just one end with the other
end in loopback

Use it when

a line or modem problem is suspected or it is necessary
to prove that one exists

Find it

HP and other supplier catalogs as HP1645A, Red Box,
BERTs

Documented

in manuals supplied with device

Breakout Box
It is

a small box which fits in between two RS-232-C cables
that allows monitoring and patching of signals

Use it when

there is doubt that a signal is getting through or a
test is to be made prior to modifying a cable

Find it

on the HP parts list or in the International
Data Sciences catalog or other catalogs as
breakout box, traffic light, etc.

Documented

by instructions that come with it

It is

a program that analyzes the data collected by a
TRACE process on one of the data communication
lines. It expects to find the file CSTRACE.

Use it when

there is any question as to what is going over the line
or you want to determine what a user is sending. It is
usually required for factory involvement.

Find it

in PUB.SYS

Documented

in RJE MANUAL and in Section I of the COMMUNICATIONS
HANDBOOK

K-28

TOOL DESCR IPTION S

It is
Use it when

an unsupp orted program to list the versio n, update and
fix levels of the CS module s on the system
wrong softwa re module s are suspec ted or you want to
know what version s are on your system

Find it

in PUB.SYS

Docume nted

nowher e, just run it and answer yes

CSTRACE
It is

Use it when

an open
the data file created by the TRACE proces s for
line which contain s a recent history of the data
transm issions that have gone over the line
the subsyst em in questio n is MTS, RJE or IMF; DS uses
a file called DSTRCnnn and MRJE uses MRJETRCh

Find it

in PUB.SYS

Docume nted

in the RJE and DS manual s and in Section I of
the COMMUNICATIONS HANDBOOK

Data Analyz er
It is

Use it when

Find it
Docume nted

(HP1640)
C
a protoc ol analyz er device placed into the RS-232device s
line to display the conver sation betwee n two ability
or to simula te one of them. It also has the
to trap timing conditi ons and sequen ces.
ation
the TRACE proces s does not show the needed inform
in conten t or time frame, or the problem is on an
asynch ronous termin al connec tion
in. the HP catalog or at a local HP sales office
in Section B of the COMMUNICATIONS HANKBOOK, the DATA
CAPTURE MANUAL, the Operat ion Manual that comes
with the device , and Applic ation Notes 275

K-29

TOOL DESCR IPTION S

It is

a facilit y to analyze a memory dump tape. There is
a
job stream called DUMPJOB4 which collec ts additio
data from the system such as the loadmap and I/O nal
config uration .

Use it when

any commu nication s subsyst em aborts or the system fails
in PUB.SYS.

Find it
Docume nted

in the SYSTEM UTILITIES MANUAL, SOFTWARE POCKET GUIDE

It is

a CSTRACE analyz er program specif ically for DS
.
It prints the DS conver sation on altern ate sidestraces
of the
page at the high level of DS protoc ol.

Use it when

you are trouble shootin g a DS problem and want
to elimin ate the bisync protoc ol of CS.

Find it

in PUB.SYS

Docume nted

in newer DS manual s and in data commu nication s
trainin g materi als for SEs

DSM Interco nnect
It is
Use it when

the INP diagno stic and test tool Groups 1 thru 5 which
do extens ive tests of the INP proces sor and memory
the INP fails

Find it

in PUB.SYS

Docume nted

in the INP DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL supplie d with the-INP
and in the help feature within the program

K-30

TOOL DESCRIPTIONS

DSM Offboard
It is

the INP diagnostic and test tool Groups 6 and 7 which
provide the capability to test the network external to
the INP. It uses loopback connectors and modem loopbacks.

Use it when

you want to test cables, modems, or a complete INP to I
connection

Find it

in PUB.SYS

Documented

in the INP DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL supplied with the INP
and in the help feature within the program

DSM Onboard
It is

the INP diagnostic and test tool Groups 2 thru 5 which
test the boards USART and other data comm chips. It
requires card edge loopback hoods.

Use it when

the INP is suspect and the Interconnect tests have
passed

Find it

in PUB.SYS

Documented

in the INP DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL supplied with the INP
and in the help feature within the program

It is

a program to list versions of DS modules, list the I/O
configuration pertaining to DS, and provide online
diagnostics over the DS line

Use it when

DS software versions are suspected, you are in doubt
about the configuration, or you want to test the line
and software

Find it

in PUB.SYS

Documented

in the DS MANUAL

K-31

TOOL DESCRIPTIONS

Data Link Tester
It is

a small device used to test the Data Link cable at a
connector box for continuity and proper wiring

Use it when

you are installing a Data Link to test your connections
and when the data link cable is suspected

Find it

in the Data Link Installation Kit and HP parts list

Documented

in the DATA CAPTURE MANUAL

It is

the text editing facility of MPE

Use it when

you need to look at an ASCII file such as UDes or job
job streams

Find it

in PUB.SYS

Documented

in the EDIT/3000 MANUAL

It is

a system utility to report on the current status of
free disc space on the system

Use it when

you are unsure of whether there is sufficient free disc
space available to do your job

Find it

in PUB.SYS

Documented

in the SYSTEM UTILITIES MANUAL

It is

a command for the Interactive Mainframe Facility subsystem which provides the manager of the facility with
control over its use and the capability to verify
configuration files.

Use it when

it is necessary to confirm the contents of a configuration file

Find it

as :IMFMGR

Documented

in the IMF MANUAL

K-32

TOOL DESCRIPTIONS

INPDPAN
It is

an analyzer for the INP RAM dump. Except for 'status
at time of failure,' reading these dumps is usually
done by the factory.

Use it when

the CS subsystem has created a RAM dump file for the
INP and has notified the operator of its creation

Find it

in PUB.SYS

Documented

in Section I of the COMMUNICATIONS HANDBOOK and SE data
communications training materials

It is

a diagnostic to identify and checkout the basic I/O
system hardware. This command driven program lists
the hardware, channels and devices.

Use it when

the exact I/O configuration is not known.

Find it

on the DUS tape

Documented

in the DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL SET

LISTEQ2
It is

a program to list file equations and temporary files.

Use it when

files don't seem to be going to the right place or in
the right fashion.

Find it

in PUB.SYS

Documented

in the SYSTEM UTILITIES MANUAL

MPCONFIG
It is

a program to list, change and create MTS configuration
files.

Use it when

you want to view the contents of a configuration file

Find it

in PUB.SYS

Documented

in the MTS MANUAL

K-33

TOOL DESCRIPTIONS

It is

the MTS line supervisor.
version number.

Running it will display the

Use it when

the version of MTS is unknown

Find it

in PUB.SYS

Documented

in the MTS MANUAL

MPTEST
It is

a testing facility for MTS lines and terminals. It
will check terminal strap settings and perform
read/write tests of the line, modems and terminals.

Use it when

a new MTS line is installed to check the terminal
straps or a line is not functioning properly.

Find it

in PUB.SYS

Documented

in the MTS MANUAL

MRJECONTROL
It is

a console operator command used to control the MRJE
line. The CHECK parameter will cause a list of version
numbers to be listed.

Use it when

the version numbers are unknown or are suspected of
being wrong.

Find it

as :MRJECONTROL

Documented

in the MRJE MANUAL

Modem analog loopback
It is

a modem capability to connect the analog output and
input parts of the modem together to read whatever
is written. This tests about 8o~ of the modem.

Use it when

testing data terminal equipment without going over the
TelCo line (local test) or the local modem.

Find it

as a button or switch somewhere on the modem

Documented

in the modem manual, Bell and HP modem tests are in
Section B of the COMMUNICATIONS HANDBOOK

K-34

TOOL DESCRIPTIONS

Modem digital loopback
It is

a modem capability to connect the digital output and
input parts of the modem together to return whatever
was received. This loopback is necessary to test a
TelCo line and is set on the far end modem from either
the computer or terminal.

Use it when

when testing data communications equipment by going
over the TelCo line (remote test).

Find it

as a button or switch somewhere on the modem

Documented

in the modem manual, Bell and HP modem tests are in
Section B of the COMMUNICATIONS HANDBOOK

Modem remote test
It is

a modem capability to send data to and receive it back
from a remote modem. Some modems have the capability
to tell the remote modem to go into loopback. It
provides a pass/fail test of the hardware.

Use it when

the TelCo line and modems are being tested
independently of the data terminal equipment.

Find it

as a switch or button on the modems

Documented

in the modem manual, Bell and HP modem tests are in
Section B of the COMMUNICATIONS HANDBOOK

Modem selftest
It is

a modem pass/fail test. It will determine if the modem
is functioning within specifications.

Use it when

any time there is any doubt.
it does the rest.

Find it

as a switch or button on the modem

Documented

in the modem manual, Bell and HP modem tests are in
Section B of the COMMUNICATIONS HANDBOOK

Just push the button;

K-35

TOOL DESCRIPTIONS

Multimeter
It is

an electronic tool for testing volts and ohms. It can
be used to test the continuity of a cable or connector
when set to ohms.

Use it when

cables or connections are suspected of being faulty

Find it

in nearly any electronics store such as Radio Shack

Documented

in the manual that comes with it. Some cables are
documented in the DTD CABLING MANUAL and the
COMMUNICATIONS HANDBOOK.

SHOWCOM
It is

a console operator command to display the statistics
generated for a data comm line such as CS errors,
timeouts and retries.

Use it when

the line appears hung, an exceptional number of errors
are being encountered, or the last CS error message
for the line was lost.

Find it

as :SHOWCOM XX;ERRORS

Documented

in the CONSOLE OPERATOR'S GUIDE and the COMMUNICATIONS
HANDBOOK

It is

an MPE command to identify the session

Use it when

the current version of MPE is needed

Find it

as :SHOWME

Documented

in the MPE COMMAND MANUAL

It is

a diagnostic programming language useful in determining
the exact I/O configuration on Series II/III computers.

Use it when

the exact I/O configuration is not known

Find it

on the Non-CPU Diagnostic tape

Documented

in the diagnostic manuals that come with the system

K-36

TOOL DESCRIPTIONS

It is

the SOFTWARE STATUS BULLETIN, a publication containing
a list of all known problems and enhancement requests.
It may have the problem you are troubleshooting already
listed with a fix or work around.

Use it when

you first encounter the problem to see if it is already
known.

Find it

in the mail from your CSS or SSS contract

Documented

in the GUIDE TO A SUCCESSFUL INSTALLATION

SSLC diagnostic
It is

a diagnostic useful in testing the SSLC, cables and
modems in the same manner as DSM for the INP. It
requires loopback hoods and cable connectors or modem
loopbacks.

Use it when

the modems, TelCo lines, or SSLC are not functioning
properly

Find it

on the Non-CPU Diagnostic tape

Documented

in the diagnostic manuals that come with the system

SYSDUMP
It is

the MPE configurator. When used with $NULL as the tape
file designator, it provides a quick method of finding
the exact configuration as MPE sees it.

Use it when

the exact configuration is not known

Find it

as :SYSDUMP

Documented

in the CONSOLE OPERATOR'S GUIDE and SYSTEM MANAGER
MANUAL.

K-31

TOOL DESCRIPTIONS

SYSINFO
It is

a contributed program that analyzes the MPE I/O
configuration and lists it in parts or whole. It gives
a nice analysis of how each controller and supervisor
is used.

Use it when

the configuration is not known

Find it

usually in PUB.SYS

Documented

with an internal help facility

It is

an unsupported program that lists terminal DITs and
other tables used by MPE. It is command driven and
is useful for examining DITs at a time when a
terminal appears hung.

Use it when

a terminal appears hung

Find it

usually in PUB.SYS

Documented

in TABLEDOC on some systems or ask PICS for it

Terminal data comm tests
It is

a terminal resident test of the data comm board,
cables, cable connections, modems and TelCo lines.
The loopback hood and connectors come with the
terminal. Modem loopbacks are also used.

Use it when

any component of the MTS network is not functioning
other than the computer.

Find it

as sequences on the terminal keyboard

Documented

in the terminal and MTS REFERENCE MANUALS

K-38

TOOL DESCRIPTIONS

Terminal display functions
It is

a terminal capability to display all terminal
escape sequences and functions rather than perform
them. It is very useful in finding improper data
being sent to terminals.

Use it when

a terminal is hanging while receiving data

Find it

as a key on the terminal keyboard

Documented

in the terminal reference manual

Terminal driver mode
It is

a capability of 2645 and 2626 terminals to poll other
mUltipoint terminals over a line. It can be used to
eliminate the computer from the list of possible
problems.

Use it when

you are trying to determine whether the problem lies in
the computer or not, or you want to test the TelCo line

Find it

as sequences on the terminal keyboard

Documented

in the terminal reference manuals

Terminal monitor mode
It is

a method of using the terminal to display the traffic
on the MTS line.

Use it when

information is needed about what polling is being done.

Find it

as a key on the terminal keyboard

Documented

in the terminal and MTS REFERENCE MANUAL

Terminal selftest
It is

a pass/fail test of the terminal hardware.

Use it when

a terminal is not functioning properly or other
tests are to be done using a terminal

Find it

as a key on the terminal keyboard

Documented

in the terminal reference manuals

K-39

TOOL DESCRIPTIONS

TIMS (HP4943,4935)
It is

a Transmission Impairment Test Set or similar device
for analyzing the quality of a line or set of modems.
It is a standard piece of TelCo equipment and is used
by many companies with large data communications
installations.

Use it when

line quality is suspected as the cause of problems

Find it

on the HP price list and in various catalogs

Documented

in Telco manuals and accompanying literature

It is

a process created when the TRACE parameter is used with
a communications subsystem

Use it when

line activity is to be recorded to diagnose problems

Find it

the Operator commands for DS, IMF, MRJE and MTS, or the
RJLINE command of RJE

Documented

in Section I of the Communications Handbook and in each

subsystem reference manual

K-40

READER COMMENT SHEET
HP 3000 Computer Systems
Communications Handbook
30000-90105

January 1983

We welcome your evaluation of this manual. Your comments and suggestions help
us improve our publications. Please use additional pages if necessary.
Is this manual technically accurate?
(If no, explain under Comments, below.)

Yes D No D

Are the concepts and wording easy to understand?
(If no, explain under Comments, below.)

Yes D No 0

Is the format of this manual convenient in size, arrangement,
and readability?
(If no, explain or suggest improvements under Comments, below.)

Yes D No 0

Do you want a personal reply?

Yes 0 No 0

Comments:

FROM:
Name:
Company:
Address:

FOLD

III II I
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST CLASS

PERMIT NO. 1070

CUPERTINO, CALIFORNIA

POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE

Information Networks Di\"ision
Hewlett-Packard Company
19420 Homestead Road
Cupertino, California 95014
Attn: DataComm Documentation Manager

NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY
IF MAILED
IN THE
UNITED STATES

1
1
1
1

1
1
1

FliOW

HEWLETT

~~ PACKARD
Part No. 30000-90105
Printed in U.S.A. 1/83
3DCOM.345-30000-90105

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.0-c321 44.398116, Tue Aug 04 2009 14:24:30
Modify Date                     : 2013:07:03 21:45:23-07:00
Create Date                     : 2013:07:03 11:40:20-07:00
Metadata Date                   : 2013:07:03 21:45:23-07:00
Creator Tool                    : Adobe Acrobat 8.31
Format                          : application/pdf
Document ID                     : uuid:39a7b93e-27d6-d546-bd77-1f1b74142219
Instance ID                     : uuid:df099c1f-32b5-ef4a-b96e-9b8b71afab85
Producer                        : Adobe Acrobat 8.31 Paper Capture Plug-in
Has XFA                         : No
Page Count                      : 500
Creator                         : Adobe Acrobat 8.31

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

30000 90105_Communications_Handbook_Jan1983 90105 Communications Handbook Jan1983

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation